Home

EZ Series Touch Panel Software Manual

1. Animation Multi Position General Images Visibility Details Animation Sequence Control Timer Numerictag Discrete tag Update image even 100 milizec J i Animate Only Once I Animate Continuously Restart Animation Sequence Restart Tag fw Restart sequence when tag value switches to f On i g ox Cancel Help IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual To put a label on a single location animation object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See language section for details 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the animation object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Specifying Background The background of the animation object can be either transparent or have a certain color To set a background color click on the radio button labeled Color and choose a color To set a transpar ent background click on the radio button lab
2. Project Information If the panel IS connected to a P LC the Project Title c program files projecthdemo project 1 ezt Panel to PLC EINK will display a green Panel Type pre dot next to the Connected message to indicate that a link is established PLC Type DirectLogic K Sequence Rev B Panel Information Panel to PLC Link Firmware 7 Total Memory fi2a2ee Bytes iai Panel Information will display the bi For Total and Free Memory in Bytes Most elie Baer feo models allow you to increase memor y Operation Complete Project written to the Panel by adding another RAM card It will PITT TTT also display the Firmware Revision l CAUTION Ethemet Com Port number the revision of the EZ Series Pressing Start will OVERWRITE com z x program already in the panel IF you do Touch Panel internal firmware not want to lose program in the panel press Cancel and first Read program from Panel and save it on your PC Start Help Q J dp _ S hom ou Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual E Z Series ka pE Fa Touch Panels G Dopp ELS ip on 5 2 EZ Series Touch Panel is shipped with a bitmap program installed The image shown above will display on the EZ Series Touch Panel screen upon initial power up The first project you transfer to the panel will replace this bitmap program Objects In this chapter you will be shown how to cre
3. 7 Display Frame StingTag 7 Sine Justification 6x8 m Horizontal Vertical C Left Top Text E B Blink Center Center f Right C Bottom Background T Blink steps Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect o_o Bi VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear NOTE For a list of ASCII Characters that EZ Series Touch Panel Supports see Appendix B the box will be empty Choose the Trigger Tag Name This Tag allows the EZ Series Touch Panel to monitor a bit in the PLC and display text based on the ASCII values in a block of PLC registers 1 Select the Trigger Tag Name by clicking on the down arrow to display the list or enter a Tag Name in the entry field If the
4. Edit Program C Program Files EZPanelEnhanced Projecti B F n OFF LINE writ a rows View Edit PLC Com Setup Peneitste Project Name lt The PLC Attributes dialog new la z Firmware Revision E box will appear Enter the saa Para m Edit OFF LINE D N ew Screen parameters shown Click on Select Panel the OK button to save your Panel Family Size selections You will return Paim E EZPanel Enhanced EZTouch f EZTouchPLC ss o so sl to the Project Information Select Model ALL 8 Coor640480 S screen Click on the OK button sthi Ee gt Cum x ELC Type and Me View Edit PLE Com Set to begin creating your EZ ea D Series Touch Panel Project slap il Ok Help Language Clear E CTC Binary X PLC Revision Number C Communication Parameters Other Parameters Baud Rate 19200 Timeout Time 1 255 ho Parity E tenths of a second Stop Bits One 7 Poll Time 0 255 Select RS485 No tenths of a second Contiol RTS No Require CTS No v EEEN u a wn D xe xipueddy O a F co 20 O l qA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Idec Computer Link Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Computer Link Protocol To set up the Idec PLC Computer Link using Idec Window Loader configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Softwar
5. To put a Label on the Numeric Entry object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Choose Tag s 1 Choose whether or not you want to use a single tag for both Entry and Display purposes or two tags a Display Tag and an Entry Tag Two tags will be necessary if you are using Expressions in the tag See Note in margin on next page ISVARXS SESH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual F NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear OTE When a single tag is used the I O type the tag can accept is Read Write When two tags are used the first tag s I O type also accepts Read Only and therefore can define source expressions l Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose Enty a
6. Siemens 7_200 PLC Revision Number A Baud Rate 3600 7 Parity Stop Bits One nd Data Bits Eight Data Timeout 1 255 Jap tenths of a second Cancel Help Poll Time Out 1 255 tenths of a second eries EDITOR Touch Panels ESenes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D EZAutomation Phone 1 67 7 7 74 EASy WW ezautomation net EZS Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Browse Project Name hew project ezt x Firmware Revision Start Editing Screen Number fi x Name New Screen m Select Panel Panel Family Size le EZPanel Enhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC e E g S at ier Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 hat View Edit PLC Com Setup PLC Type and Yv Protocol Siemens 57 ThinknDo theres Help Language Clear Exit e PLC Default Node 0 31 fo Panel Station Number 0 31 fi Square D Symax Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 300 Series CPU 400 Series CPU Symax Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a 300 Series CPU or 400 Series CPU using Symax Protocol Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and P
7. Position Color Top Text z N Display Frame Bottom Background v Digit m Char Size Color ee W Text E 1 Blink Background a Blink NOTE Contrast cannot be adjusted on EZ Series NOTE For this object resizing will always be in multiples of default size Touch Panel TFT mod els including 6 8 10 OK OK Cancel Help and 15 panels To put a Label on the Adjust Contrast object perform the fol lowing steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 IWANA EAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty aoe DS Select Digit Format This allows you to program characteristics of the current contrast setting that will display on the button The current setting will appear on the button above the UP and DOWN arrows Use the arrows to increm
8. EZ Series Remote I O The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a PLC5 with Remote I O Protocol To set up the PLC5 with Remote I O using PLC 5 Programming Software Series A 6200 program the Channel Configuration screens as shown below f IT ATTACHS Auto Hae a A Channel Overview This screen is the Channel overview Highlight the Channel setting in this case Channel 1B fSsserirs R is set for Scanner Mode Once setting is highlighted press F5 key to access next screen Channel O0 SYSTEM POINT TO POINT Channel 34 UNUSED 5 20 Addr 30 PGIRIO Channel Channel Select Config Status Option F5 F F10 Scanner Mode NOTES Channel 1B Configuration 1 Panel baud rate must match ma ee ag jaud rate 57 6KB PLC baud rate Complementary I 0O DISABLED 2 Rack assignment of the PLC f ER ae ae ne i lack Starting ack Range must include rack assignments BeSt Reso designated in the panel D j2 010 013 000 000 000 000 Forces None 5 20 Addr 30 PGIRIO Auto Clear Insert Delete Chan 1B Select Config List to List fr List Status Option FS F6 F F8 F9 F10 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Click on Rack Number 01 in the
9. 1 Click on the Add Edit Tags button The following window will appear Add Hei lag Del ik Deth Tag Hame l joe malae for hi lag Haoikd be from i Corean Another tag O Yale fom onstani alki 0 Da loma Discrete male om antha tag A A Tag Hams Hie Deshnston jag end sours tag daa hos met maich ree imma oe 2 Under Destination Tag Name click on the down arrow to view list of available tags or enter a new name Select the tag you wish to use If you enter a new tag name the Add New Tag Details dialog will open Enter the tag details 3 The Destination tag type determines the data format 4 Under Source choose Constant default or Another tag for the value 5 If you choose Constant the Value from a constant group will be enabled and Value from another tag will be disabled VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 6 Enter a Value that you want written to the register 7 Select from the available Data Format choices i e Unsigned Decimal Signed Decimal Octal or Hex 8 Ifyou choose Another tag the Value from another tag will be enabled and Value from a constant will be disabled 9 Enter a new source tag or choose an existing tag from those available Only the tags that are of the same data type as the destination tag will be displayed 10 Repeat for the second entry You may continue writing values for up to 20 Tags l
10. e Follow the onscreen prompts and the installation is complete 5 Now you will set up the module as follows a Create a New Project or Open an existing project using SIMATIC Manager b Open the Hardware Configuration window by double clicking the Hardware icon as shown to the right c Select VIEW gt CATALOG or press CRTL K to open the catalog shown to the right d Open the PROFIBUS DP folder until you get to ANYBUS S PDP Click on the folder and drag it to the line in the window shown in the picture to the right Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Lookin Dwe e File name hms 1003 gsd Files of type faso tiles gs 7 EEA K SIMATIC Manager ANYBUS_PGI_RES Fie Edit Inset PLC View Options Window Help El lt No Filter gt ossa Aee a e a e E ANYBUS_PGI_RES 49 SIMATIC 300 1 P cPusi5 2 DP 3 67 57 Program 1 D Source Files E Blocks ES HW Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_P ly Station Edt nset PLC View Oplios Window Help Drag this folder e The properties window will open as shown to the right once you drag and drop i B Comeatble PROFIBUS DP Slaves i Closed Loop Cortioler L Under the PARAMETERS tab m Coniigacd Statins i E oe BES 207 oo configure your PROFIBUS poseo peza tt Poe ADDRESS Eme i Gy ET 2000 B T 20 fe Gl ET 200M g Click the PROPERTIES butto
11. Not used O p e n E Z S e r i e S To u C h Step 1 Project Information _ _ Panel Editor Programming a po Software and configure Project 4 Step Fi i Information as shown in the f figure to the right Es aseasy as 1 2 3 ESenes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D After selecting the PLC Type Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later EZ utomation Phone 1877 77 E EAST and Protocol click on View SCLCCT ACTION eee s Edit Program C iPro Ler B Edit PLC Com Setup The DF LHE patas SEON EEE Browse 4 o Panel Later PLC Attributes dialog box will eA EET appear Enter the parameters E Start Editing Screen shown Click on the OK button Honra Number 1 v Name New Screen to save your selections You will Select Panel return to the Project Information RRAN pe on seg screen Click on the OK button ON LINE e EZPanel Enhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC So o S W to begin creating your EZ Series ae Select Modal JALL 8 Color 640x480 Touch Panel Project LUMI eve and Omron Host Link Adapter Rev F View Edit PLL Lom Setup Umron Hostlink PLC Revision Number B gt gt Hel L z ch Ew BaudRate ERMENE Deut Hostlink 5 te Language Cear unit number 10 31 J Parity Even Link Selector Single 7 Select S485 no gt a e a NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC If E communicating to other t
12. mport or create a new image m Import image from r Create image Symbol Factory Bul Biman om Oi Allow Stretching Clipboard Maintain Aspect Ratio Preview of Selected Image Dimension a OF Cancel Help To add a new image perform the following steps 4 Click the item labeled lt Add a New Image gt in the image list 5 Choose from one of the following options a To use an image from the symbol factory click on the button labeled Symbol Factory Select the desired symbol and then close symbol factory b To use an existing image click on the button labeled File Locate the image using the file browser and click OK IWARA SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual c To copy an image from the clipboard click on the button labeled Clipboard Note that this but ton will be disabled if there are no images in the clipboard d To create an image from scratch click on the button labeled Built in bitmap Editor under the group box titled Create Image Use the bitmap editor to create the new image and then click OK 6 The newly added image will show up in the image list Each image is automatically assigned the next available integer starting with 0 Dragging and dropping the image to its appropriate location in the image list will modify the image number that is associated with the image and hence change its position in the animation sequence To replace an exis
13. MOTOR RUNNING ON YES YES NO STOPPED OFF YES YES NO MOTOR OVER Comma delimited 9 Click on Add New Alarm or Apply Changes Alarm button to save and exit the dialog box Export Alarms Click on the Export Alarms menu item to write the alarms from your current Open project to an Excel file or a CSV file Comma delimited The CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format saves only the text and values as they are displayed in cells of the Alarm Database All rows and all characters in each cell are saved Columns of data are separated by commas and each row of data ends in a carriage return If a cell contains a comma the cell contents are enclosed in double quotation marks Example of what a CSV file looks like opened in Notepad ALARM TAG NAME ALARM STATE LOW LIMIT HIGH LIMIT DISPLAY LOG PRINT LANG ALARM TEXT 1 MOTOR RUNNING ON YES YES NO 1 The Motor is Running 2 MOTOR STOPPED OFF YES YES NO 1 The motor has stopped 3 OVER TEMP 0 100 YES YES NO 1 Oven Temperature is over maximum Click on Comma delimited if you want to save the alarm database as a CSV file The window to the right will appear allowing you EZS Saen E Poet ics g e mal to name the file and navigate to the directory and folder where you want to save it To Excel Click on the To Excel menu item to write the alarm from your current open project to a Microsoft Excel file The EZ Series To
14. Style Poston Cdo A Fan Text 7 on C Bottom Background Tag Names Button IV Display Frame a e Actuator Type Toggle x On Off Text gt Cha Size Color Language E Text Blink Background Blink On Text On 68 Fi Per F at Off Text O1 ce ga T at Simulate Press 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose an Indicator Button Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Indicator button and the Indicator to correspond to 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will VARY et Touch
15. Effects Script Text Color eos Background Color Text Enty Select the desired Font Style Size Text Color Background Color or Effects and click OK WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Choosing International Languages NOTE For information on how to enable support for different languages please contact Tech Support at 1 877 774 3279 or visit Microsoft com Properties Unicode Text Object not only allows you to use different fonts on your computer but also allows you to use International Scripts for complex languages like Chinese Thai etc and display text in your specified language on the screen In order to take advantage of international scripts you will first need to enable support for the corresponding language in your OS Once you have the required support installed on your computer will appear on your task bar You must have the language EN bar turned on before you can see the language button Right click on your Windows taskbar and select Language bar through the Toolbars menu Toolbars Address Links wv Language bar h Desktop a Quick Launch Show the Desktop mn New Toolbar Task Manager i v Lock the Taskbar Using this button you can change the input language to the specified language already installed on your computer by clicking on it v English United States Arabic U A E Show the Lanquage bar IWANA E
16. NO 1 This is message number 1 This is message number 2 JJ D R D D O D Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Import Messages Click on the Import Messages menu item to import messages into your current open project from a Microsoft Excel xls file or a Comma delimited csv Comma separated values file format Comma delimited 1 Click on Import Messages gt Comma delimited to import messages from a CSV file The follow ing Read Message CSV File window will appear Navigate to the folder where the file is stored Oo pa i ee 3 o Read Message CSV File Look in E 03 03 16 2006_ Thu H e ES E For mik Mike Help 2 05 Image Update Application ZE Ls ig M 5 Sal g eB ii 4 ka File name Messagecey 0 Files of type EFT ouch Mexsage csv Files cev 7 ance 2 Click on the csv file you want to import to highlight it and then click on the Open button The fol lowing dialog box will appear Click OK if the first row in the csv file contains header information If it does not click in the box to remove the check mark and then click OK If the box is not checked and the first row does contain the header information click in the box to place a check mark and click OK 3 The file will be written to the Message Database To avoid overwriting or replacing an existing message s a dialog box will appear providing you with
17. TAG DATA TYPE MINIMUM MAXIMUM Signed 16 bit 32768 32767 Signed 32 bit 2147483648 2147483647 Unsigned 16 bit 0 65535 Unsigned 32 bit 0 4294967295 BCD 16 bit 0 9999 BCD 32 bit 0 99999999 Floating point 9999999999 9999999999 PL nversion Errors Pxx_x Error P01_1 The selected panel type does not support the PLC chosen for the project Do you want to continue Reason Some panels support all of the available PLC drivers and some support only DirectLOGIC drivers Solution Select an appropriate panel Error P02_1 lt PLCFrom gt is not compatible with lt PLCTo gt If you continue the PLC address from each tag will be lost and all the tags will become internal tags Do you want to continue Error P02_2 Change in selected PLC would result in possible loss of tag data Do you want to continue Error P02_3 Unable to convert to lt PLCTo gt Error P02_4 Unable to convert PLC Address Reason This error occurs if after creating a project with addressed tags an attempt is made to change to a PLC with a different address format Solution When changing PLCs check the addressing in the PLC manuals to see if they are compatible If they are not compatible then the tag database is no longer valid and the addresses will have to be reentered Error P02_5 Unable to build PLC details structure while converting to lt gt Reason If you try to change PLCs in a previously created project and select Cancel in the first message window
18. To put a Label on the Thumbwheel object button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty NOTE ONLY TWO TAG TYPES are available for the Thumbwheel object UNSIGNED_INT_16 can be UNSIGNED Decimal or HEX Data type and BCD_ INT_16 Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the object to correspond to 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button VARY SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Number of wheels 44 Character Size ex1 6 x Data Type Unsigned Decimal 7 Select Thumbwheel Format 1 Select the Number of Wheels
19. WRONG STATION REPLIED TO MSG The received message contains a different station number from the message that the driver from panel INCORRECT CSUM FROM PLC BCC ERROR The calculated Check sum from the panel did not match with the value that PLC received in a message FRAME ERROR Number of bits received by the PLC differs from the preset value stop bit is 0 for example DATA SEND RECEIVE ERROR Parity error or overrun error occurred on PLC COMMAND ERROR Unsupported request message is received PROCEDURE DATA QUANTITY ERROR Received request message for the panel does not match the expected data including quantity of data MITSUBISHI PLCs 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have incompatible revision 0x0002 Ge Limit of elements per screen exceeded WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual This occurs when there are too many elements on the display to monitor 0x0004 Communications Error This error occurs when there is an error involving communications between the panel and PLC A communications error results from one of the following no or bad physical connection between panel and PLC bad checksum in reply from the PLC bad checksum in command from the panel bad command from the panel bad format of command from the panel or unexpected reply from the PLC 0x0010 Invalid Write Panel register xxxx This error will occur when an attempt to w
20. 2 cal w o 0o W mB eBe oaOB me mB aes Draw Tool Bar AAw AY X2ER BOR L wit 7jo oie Ez aug e Basic Objects Tool Bar Panel Tool Bar a EAR l l P T TE Bitmap Objects Tool Bar ae MS System Objects Tool Bar ae Text Objects Tool Bar Project Screens Explorer View Status For a press F1 Bar No of Selected Obiects 0 X 305 Y 5 OFFUNE MODE T The Main Programming Screen is shown above Itis here that you will design your EZ Series Touch Panel operator interface screens In this section we ll briefly identify and describe the main features of this screen and familiarize you with the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software work area F E2PanelEnhanced new project name here ezt 1 Scr 1 EZPanel Enhanced Family Title Bar The Title Bar tells you the name of the project and name and number of the screen that you currently have open FER File Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help Main Menu Bar This is the Main Menu Bar EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software menus are represented by the names listed across the top of the Main Programming Screen and directly under the Title Bar O z z o i O Oo ou Screen CALES BR o PAX aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual mS o tle 2 l 47 i et es BaeaeSe t s Standard Tool Bar The Standard Tool Bar consists of icons for frequently us
21. 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text Type in what you want to appear within the button Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled a SY R Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Enter Tag Name and Register Values Geneva Recipe Protection wiibiliyDetais Maximum number of reape lags 20 Number of lag inthis erpe obs O at Tag Heme Dats Foma Yake Tag Mame bioa Lp biona Donn Add Edit Tag Cancel T Halip Pressing the Recipe button allows you to write values to several locations at once Click on the Recipe tab to view the window above This is where the recipe tag database is displayed You will enter the values to be written to the PLC location as follows
22. 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame NOTE To edit the Address 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button Enter a Tag Names The EDIT TAG DETAILS 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select screen will appear the Tag Name that you want the Button tag and the Indicator tag to correspond to down arrow to view the color palette IV ARIA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE If you select Momentary ON or Momentary OFF the PLC must set bit to proper state on powerup This must be done when programming PLC Logic If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Select from the Actuator Type Actuator Type determines Button Tag Indicator Tag 7 Actuator Type Toggle IV Display Frame Transparent Background color for Bitmaps how the tag will be controlled If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Mo mentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature will not be enabled e Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Momentar
23. Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card after the card s init has failed or the driver has been stopped Error 13 CARD_WD_ERR Screen Message CARD IS DEAD Condition Driver has attempted to Read the watchdog counter and found it not updating indicating a card failure Error 14 CARD _OL_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT ONLINE Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card to be offline Error 15 CARD_CN_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT CONNECTED Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however found the card was not connected S D o y y xipueddy dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho IDARI 3 A 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 16 INVALID_TAG_ERR Screen Message TAG NOT DEFINED IN MEMORY T rrr BB Condition Occurs if the driver encounters a tag during a Read or Write that does not exist in the user defined IN or OUT area of the Ethernet IP option card Error 17 TAG_READONLY_ERR Screen Message TAG IS READ ONLY T rrr BB Condition Occurs when the driver encounters an OUTPUT tag during a Write and OUTPUT data can t be written to Error 18 DATA_ERR NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message DATA ERR NN E CCCCC IIII AAA MMMMM Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The quantity of data in the reply is mo
24. General Messages Piotecion Vsbaiy D ead i Mamim number of messages 99 Number of messages in this repat object 0 2 From this dialog box you can see the Maximum number of Messages 99 limited by memory and the number of messages you have programmed for this report object Number of messages in this report object A list of programmed Messages is displayed showing the Message Number Language Number and Message Text 3 To add a message click on the Add Edit Message button The following window will appear Ci 2x r Message Text Language f 4 Press F7 to embed a data variable WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 4 Select the Language Number 1 9 5 Enter the Message Text up to 200 characters for the message you are creating or edit the text of the Message Number you have selected previously 6 Press the F7 function key on your keyboard to embed a data value within the message The following dialog box will appear Ce 2 Embedded Command Numeric d Select tag from where value will ooo be read for embedded data Selected tag is a numeric o M Digts AutoCheck lt 1 gt Display Format Unsigned Decimal Total Digts 2 24 Justification LeadingSpaces Fractional Digts 0 Selected tag is a discrete tag j On Off Specify the string for sending to printer Press F7 to embed a non printable Asca character _ Cenc Heo 7
25. Pall Time 0 255 Select Panel Stop Bits e E terths epee 1D r Panel Family r Size EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch C EZTouchPLC Ce fe te et ae Defaut SNP ID sting SNPXID Stings Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 Bree and GE Series 90 30 SNPX Rev F v View Edit PLC Com Setup Og F co 20 O l q o Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup Melsec FX The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a MFX PLC Communications Driver To set up the MFX PLC using MEDOC configuration software program the Communication Setup screen as shown to the right Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel Project Mitsubishi CCLink Attributes PLC Revision Number Transfer Set default settings wz gt gt B 4 yo N 7 fi isp ff f R l s az easy as 1 2 3 oon A E Senes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 E
26. Reason If you have moved all the PLC dlls from the directory where EZ Series Touch Panel exe resides you will receive this error message Solution Reinstall the software Error M06_7 PLC DII file being used by this project is not found Reason APLC dll file has been moved or deleted from the program directory Solution Reinstall the software Error M06_8 Received checksum is not equal to calculated checksum Solution Reinstall software and try again o c oo 26 c ZC J 0 o Br oQ lt Error M06_9 No PLC has been selected Solution Reinstall software and try again Error M07_1 Invalid Screen Name Error M07_2 Invalid screen ID screen ID range is 1 999 Reason Valid screen name s length is 1 to 40 characters Solution You have to specify a valid screen name Do not include any special characters lt gt etc while naming your files First character should be alphanumeric Error M08_1 Downloaded project is a protected project This cannot be edited viewed in the editor Reason Project is write protected Solution You will not be able to open this project for viewing editing purpose Contact the people from whom you got this project Error M09_1 System out of memory to run Symbol Factory Solution Restart your system Error M09 _2 Invalid Symbol Factory exe file Solution Reinstall the software Error M09_3 Unable to find Symbol Factory application
27. Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the Bar Graph object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty a pa NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog IWARA AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual V Show Ticks Note E 7 Range Ranges should be Maximum Number for Left Top f Right Bottom i entered in Decimal No of Major Divisions 5 the Major Divisions and e o o eek Maximum 65535 Sub Divisions is 20 No of Sub Divisions 3 ae Blink 5 Color i T Bipolar Background x a Show Tick Numbers V Mid 92767 Bar Foreground mm L T point Precision for Floating Pt z Bar Background mm E box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC
28. Texas Instruments Series 545 PLC Revision Number B E Timeout Timefi 255 0 Baud Fate p Rs tenths of a second a wiing Rs232 Control RTS ho Poll Time 0 255 p tenth of a second Require CTS No Character Order in Registers f Char 1 Char 2 Default Help Language Clear Exit Protocal f Char 2 Char 1 Cancel Help Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Modicon Communications Setup Uni Telway Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Uni Telway Protocol Open EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel Project Step 1 Propert Information i j A j b N P F Step i h F hy i j Kan oa ak Pyas easy ag j 2 3 m Ef Sernes Touch Panel Programming Software version 4 3 0 o E Automation Phone 1 977 r4 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Latar waw BZ automation net SELECT ACTION ENTERFPROJECT INFOR NON _ _i i w aSpTprAA Project Location Poa Cais Progam Flies E PonslEnhanood Project B
29. WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 0x0080 Invalid write to panel register nnn A write was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0100 PLC Communications Timeout The panel is unable to communicate with the PLC 0x0200 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used GENERAL ELECTRIC PLCS 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 PLC Time out X YYYYY This error results from a loss of communication with a PLC The X shown stands for the PLC that timed out This will be a number one through 16 or default The YYYYY stands for the actual SNP X ID string entered for the PLC that timed out If the SNP X ID string is a null string the space after the equal sign will be the last character in the error string 0x0008 Invalid PLC Attributes using default The attributes passed from the program loader or the existing attributes in memory do not match those expected by the driver The default attributes will be used and normal operations will commence 0x0010 Invalid Write to panel register xxx There was an attempted write to panel internal
30. 1 5 AMP or larger Slo Blo input power fuse recommended RS 232C Programming Cable P N EZ PGMCBL RS 232C or RS 422A 485A PLC Interface Cable see page 11 for part numbers e PC requirements IBM or compatible PC Pentium 166 MHZ or better with a mouse and separate serial port VGA display with at least 800 x 600 resolution 1024 x 768 recommended Standard Windows 98 NT4 0 2000 XP Professional XP Home Requirements CD ROM Drive Software e EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software P N EZ PANELEDIT r O Q T O Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Need HELP PLEASE NOTE The Troubleshooting section Appendix A should be able to help you with most problems you might encounter Oo E S m O e i Onscreen HELP One of the most important features of the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software is the availability of context sensitive onscreen help To access the Help windows simply press the F1 function key while on the topic where you need help For example if you need help while working with screens press the F1 function key while in that area and a popup window will be displayed You may also click on the Help button located at the bottom of most dialog boxes to go to the help topic Fly Over HELP When the mouse cursor comes to rest over any tool bar or object button for a short while a small window will appear containing a
31. Click on Replace All if you want to overwrite replace all Messages or Do Not Replace Any if you want to stop importing the messages Replace Message Number 1 Neplace All Do not Replace Do not Neplace Any 4 Open the Message Database to view the imported messages Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Project Attributes Project Attributes represent the attributes that contribute to the configuration of the panel Attributes listed under the General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel and Language tabs are provided below Under the General tab you will enter the following attributes Power Up Screen This is the screen that will be displayed after the unit completes its power up sequence If the initial value of the Switch to Screen Number from PLC is anything but zero this entry will be ignored Range is 1 999 oO pa ob tps 3 am Alarm Display Time sec Specifies the length of time in seconds 1 to 60 that each alarm will remain displayed before the next alarm in the circular queue is displayed Alarm List Size If two or more alarms are active they are placed in a circular queue and displayed one after another This parameter specifies the length of the queue Range is 1 99 In other words this is the maximum number of alarms that will be on at one time This is not the number of alarm inputs that are monitored See the section on alarms for more inf
32. Color _ E Background x Show Tick Numbers IV Needle ma Precision for Floating Point 7 To put a Label on the Meter object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Click on a Style under Select Style 8 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the Meter to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Og a IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices 2 If the Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Make the following selections to Format your meter 1 If you want to show tick marks on your meter click on box in front of Show Ticks to
33. Loader of the INPUT is invalid Error 29 INCORR_IN_DPRAM_LENGTH screen Message INCORRECT IN DPRAM LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 30 INCORR_IN_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN TOTAL LENGTH oO z 1 gt oO oO F m Co y xipueddy o gt Z pE 26 c C J 0 o M oQ lt IDAR T 3 a 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 31 INCORR_OUT_IO_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT I O LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the OUTPUT is invalid Error 32 INCORR_OUT_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT DPRAM LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT DPRAM i
34. Panelto PLC PLC to Pane Language Alarm Protection GROUP Password Tag PASSWORD TAG Manager Password gt fo sounds Select Yes or No Under the Printer tab you will make selections for the following attributes Baud Rate Select baud rate to match Printer Select from 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 Default is 9600 Parity Stop Bits Data Bits Select the corresponding attributes of the printer Select RS485 oO hn ob a 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE Leading Zeroes are ignored in passwords In other words if you enter a password of 000455 the password will be 455 This allows you to select RS 485 as the communication protocol If you are connecting RS 232 or RS 422 do NOT select this feature Click on the box to place a check mark if you want to enable RS 485 Require CTS Select this to match the printer Control RTS Select this to match the printer Under the Passwords tab you can make the following selections There are eight groups to which you may assign Passwords Passwords restrict a user from using objects such as push Buttons Numerical Entry etc Passwords can also be used with Change Screen buttons to restrict access to other screens Select from the following Group headings or enter your own GROUP Managers e Shift 1 Operator e Engineers e Shift 2 Operator e Supervisors e Shift 3 Operator e Maintenan
35. Select Pic Name to change DiectLogic K Sequence Rev B OK Cancel Help Counts See note on dialog box above Select from the following Group headings or enter your own To program passwords to the groups see Passwords feature beginning on page 183 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Oo pa pee 3 am NOTE These settings must match the PLC Communications Port that you are connecting the panel to GROUP Managers e Shift 1 Operator e Engineers e Shift 2 Operator e Supervisors e Shift 3 Operator e Maintenance e General Alarms allow you to select the security or Protection level of those that can DirectLogic K Sequence PLC Editor Revision B Baud Rate Parity Select AS 485 Control RTS Require CTS Data Timeout 0 40 sec clear alarm history or counts A numerical keypad will pop up when the Clear or Clear All buttons are pressed on the Alarm History screen or the Alarm Counts screen prompting the user to enter a password Passwords are entered by the operator with the popup keypad Enter text here to describe your project You may enter up to 400 characters Click on the OK button when you are finished Select PLC Click on the down arrow to view the available PLCs Select the type protocol re using If want to View or Edit the PLC Attri lick on th View Edit Attributes button Click on OK to save selection The dialog box shown below appea
36. Tiles csv Caneel 3 Click on the csv file you want to import to highlight it and then click on the Open button The fol lowing window will appear Define Source and Destination PLCs Mappings r Source PLC 1 Destination PLO 1 4 Click on the OK button to begin the import Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 5 The file will be written to the Alarm Database An Errors Log View will display letting you know if there were any problems importing the file into your current project 6 Click on Setup gt Alarm Database to view the database and make any corrections or changes Excel Format 1 Click on the Import Alarms gt Excel Format menu item to select the Microsoft Excel file where the Alarm Database resides The following window will open Navigate to the file you want click on it to highlight it and then click on the Open button Oo pa ob tees D am Read Alarm Excel File Look in 29 03 03 16 2006_Thu J e eke For mke Help I 05 Image Update Application File name RE Open Files of woe EZ Touch Alarm Excel Files xls Cancel 2 Awindow will open showing you the status of the import process When finished importing the Alarms you will receive a message telling you how many Alarms were successfully imported 3 The Error Log View will appear to let you know if there were problems in the import process or if the Alarms already exist in the
37. Under Color click on the down arrows next to Back IWANA OLEH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual ground Bar Foreground fill and Bar Background to view the color palettes and make your selections Click on the box below Blink to enable that feature Click on the Digital Display Tab to Format the numbers and how they will be displayed on the Bar Graph 1 Click on the box in front of Digital Display if you want the current register values to display on the bar graph 2 Click on Justification and select from the following Lead ing Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces Click on the Scaling General Digital Display Visibility Details tab if you want the 7 Scaling Bar Graph s Display PLC Value Display Value Value to be different Point 1 0 than the PLC Value Point 2 65535 65535 Example Scaling is only for display purpose on this object The value you enter would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Point 1 PLC Yalue 1 Display Value 10 Point 2 PLC Yalue 5 Display Value 50 Your value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object If PLC value is 23 it will be displayed as 230 Cancel Help 3 Click on Total under Digits Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the Data Type of the Tag that you want to display 4 Ifyou want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none Fo
38. Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame ol a a WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear NOTE Selecting Bit Num ber will display the messages based on whichever bit is ON in the tag Selecting Mes sage Number will display the messages based on the tag value 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter a Tag Name 1 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Choose how Messages will be displayed Messages can be displayed based on bit whichev
39. box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Ur eS Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Indicator Button on the screen and size it To size the Indicator button select it grab a handle and drag e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag it to where you want it to appear on the screen Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to one side to see the object on the programming screen Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the button object will display on the screen when pressed IWANI SELAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Radio Buttons Object The Radio Button object has a maximum of 8 buttons however only one can be on at any given time When a button is pressed it releases any button that may be ON and becomes the active button Each button controls a bit and is assigned an area of the touchscreen Radio buttons can have from 2 to 8 buttons Please note that no more than 6 vertical ou e 2 buttons can be used for the regular 6 inch panels slim bezels with 192 16
40. commands m Click on Apply to enter your selections You will exit the Non Printable ASCII Character dialog and return to the Embedding Data Value dialog n The ASCII characters will appear in blue and underlined in the printer string field me NU NU Message 1 Nia i Message 2 NO 1 Message 3 Multi state Messages Past xi Please specify the bit number to start copying to 3 Y Confirm before overwntting C Overwrite without confirmation C Donot overwrite IWARA AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual When you have selected the Confirm before overwriting o Press the Add button to add the embedded data option the following message to the message You will return to the Add New will appear Click on YES to Message dialog When inserted in a message replace message or No to can each Embedded Data Value will be represented in cel the overwrite blue and underlined as shown below gt Bet 3 7 Engi 5 You may continue to add messages or click on the Close Message 3 button to return to the Messages tab dialog Your pro aa grammed messages will display in the list Do you want to replace Msg 6 Ifyou want a programmed message s attributes to become the default for all new messages created click on the message in the list to highlight and then click on the Set as Default Message Attributes button 7 Ifyou want to change a programmed message to the cur rent default attributes click
41. essary modifications and click OK To remove an existing image in the image list perform the following steps 1 Click on the image you want to remove 2 Click on the button labeled Remove Image under the group box labeled Preview of Selected Image IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual MultiPosition Animation Multi position animation allows you to display a sequence of images at different locations on the screen The images in the animation can be updated either periodically using a timed interval us ing a numeric tag or when a discrete tag changes state General Tab The General tab in the Multi Position Animation object dialog allows you to configure the following how and when the animation is triggered animation sequence control whether the animation happens only once or continuously loop control when to restart the animation sequence restart animation sequence Animation Multi Position General Images Visibility Details r Animation Sequence Control f Timer Numerictag Discrete tag Update image even 100 millizec i Animate Only Once I Animate Continuously Restart Animation sequence Restart Tag fe Restart sequence when tag value switches to On C o Cancel Help Specifying Animation Sequence Control The animation sequence control option allows you to specify when and how to trigger the anima tion of the imag
42. 1 Project Information 59 Step 2 Design Your Screens 58 Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel 82 Step Switch 56 Step Switch Object 57 Label 57 Number of Steps 126 Simulate Press 56 Step 1 Tab 93 Style 133 Stretch to Fit 57 String Tag 56 Sub Divisions 56 Subtract 120 switch between screens 184 switches C 24 Switch Object 106 Actuator Types 164 Background Color 56 Label 218 On Off Text 187 Style 188 Tag Name 188 Switch Screens from a PLC 226 Switch to Screen Number 226 tag 9 Tag 44 2749 Tag Database 47 7198 201 Data Type 199 Number of Characters 199 PLC Address 199 Sort list 200 Tag Name 199 Tag No 198 Tag Data Type Ae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual ap IWARA a LAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual set default 176 Tag Name ix Tag Related Errors Txx_x A 63 tags internal tag database 198 Tags Internal tag database 83 tation Number 199 Technical Support 76 test A 11 Test Flash 192 testing 190 Test RAM 192 Text 83 Text Entry 84 Text Entry Object Label 77 String Characteristics 164 String Tag Name 38 Text Object 99 Text Objects Tool Bar 9 text strings 69 theoretical perfect value 132 Think N Do Live C 32 Think n Do Map File 9 Think N Do Map File Import C 33 Think N Do Software data types import C 32 Think N Do Studio C 32 Throw Switch 70 thumbnail view 69 Thumbwheel 46 Thumbwheel Object 86 Format 161 Label 9 Number of Wheels 225 Tag Name 48 Tile 232 Tim
43. All rows and all characters in each cell are saved Columns of data are separated by commas and each row of data ends in a carriage return If a cell contains a comma the cell contents are enclosed in double quotation marks Example of what a CSV file looks like opened in Notepad 1 YES 6x8 144 NO 3195072 NO 1 This is message number 1 2 NO 6x8 49152 NO 15765504 NO 1 This is message number 2 3 NO 8x16 0 NO 12632256 NO 1 This is message number 3 4 NO 6x8 15728640 YES 12632304 YES 1 This is message number 4 Click on Comma delimited if you want to save the Message Database as a CSV file The following window will appear allowing you to name the file and navigate to the directory and folder where you want to save it Save in Project amp c E E File name Fes Save as type Message CS Files cs z Cancel i To Excel Click on the To Excel menu item to write the messages from your current open project to a Microsoft Excel file The EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software will open Microsoft Excel and write the messages to an Excel book as shown below Click on File gt Save As in the Excel program and enter a name for the file Click on the Save button to save the file under the name you have entered Close Excel to return to EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software ESSAGE PRINT_CHAR SIZETEXT COLBLINK BKG COLIBLUINK LANG MESSAGE TEXT YES 6x8 o NO A NO 1 NO 6x8 NO
44. BZ automation net SELECT ACTION r ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION i Proj ocation to the Project Information PRE a 1 OFF LINE fwrite f Browse screen Click on the OK to PanelLater Project Name button to begin creating rew project ext z n your EZ Series Touch Panel Read Program PUREE So Project Edit OFF LINE Number fi Name New Sereen Select Panel Panel Family Size EZPanelEnhanced C EZTouch C EZTouchPLC Ce CI Cas PLC Editor Version B Baud Rate ake v Timeout Time 1 255 tenths of a second il Odd gaw Poll Time 0 255 Stop Bits oe l tenths of a second Default SNP lt ID string Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual GE VERSAMAX i HWC Test 0 0 IC200CPU001 aii Fille Edit Parameter View Tools Window Help The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up Settings Scan Port RS 232 Porte RS 485 Memory Power Consumption Parameters Values a GE Versamax PLC with SNP rima aE P rotocol Port Type Slave Data Rate bps 19200 Parity Odd To set up the PLC using GE Fanuc Seesis ong Software VersaPro configuration _ Tumarcund Delay mec in 10 mSech 0 SNPID T HWC Test 0 0 IC200CPU001 BIZ Ele Edit Parameter View Tools Window Help oleja Hoea Sil ACEL Settings Scan Port 1 RS 232 Porte RS 485 Mem
45. Baud Aate J Stop Bits One SE X Carcel ote ae e 30 ee G Detault fin tenths of a second Parity Even Poll Time 0 255 i l in tenths of a second Stop Bile 1 zi Help A PLC Newark Setn em e CaN Device Ho 000 G Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Mitsubishi CC Link CC Link Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a CC Link Protocol To set up the Mitsubishi PLC CC Link using GX Developer configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type BEISA SE r and Protocol click on the d N i i A yo a da View Edit PLC Com Setup sep I 3 The PLC Attributes dialog i box will appear Enter the R s ar easy as l 23 parameters shown Click on E2Series Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 the OK button to save your Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Witte Later A tomaton Phone T97 7 2 EASY selections You will return SELECTACTON ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Locaton to the Project Information RETO C Program Files EZPaneErhanced Proect Browse screen Click on the OK button to Panel Later Project Name to begin creating your EZ new projectet PIPL fabs aid Series Touch Panel Project cor ier p7REd
46. Configuration Mewtocol_COM fp Project Information as shown in the figure below Hold Nor hold1 Hold Nor hold2 Action onEror Time Link High Speed Counter Interrupt Input Tool Pot COM Port COM2 Port After selecting the PLC Type and e472 UnitNo MEEN Protocol click on the View Edit PLC No 412 Modem Enabled J Com Setup The PLC Attributes No 413 Communication Format dialog box will appear Enter the Char Bit 8 Bits gt parameters shown Click on the OK Parity Odd button to save your selections You StopBit 1 gt will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel Project OK xi E Fask iiie as Cancel Read PLE No 415 Baudrate 19200 bps Initialize Help Step 1 Project Information E a a a A Step f E 2s as easy as T a Do ai y tg E Seres Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D O Ke Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later E Automation Phone 1 877 774 EASY X SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION WAY ezautomation ret 4 z Project Location mp Edt Program CAPe an Fier EP ane parce Peoec x lt OFF LINE write C Program Faes EZPanek nhanced Projec ic to Panel Later Prapct Name a ew proyect eat tee Heys Revision B nanea Il ei Baud Rat mei Numba fi z Naene New Sereen e 3600 Select Panel Panty Odd Panel F amdy Sas ae
47. Currently Active Language Allows you to select the Current Editing Language Click on Default Tag Data Type Default Tag Datatype Click on this menu item to set the Default Tag Data Type Click on Select the default tag data type the down arrow to view the list of data types Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Tag Name as Address Click on this to use the Tag Name that you type in as the Tag Address The Address must be in the correct Data Format For example if using an Allen Bradley SLC 500 you might name the tag N7 2 which is the address format of the PLC register JJ D h D D O D Objects Overlapping Warning This is enabled by default Click on it to deselect check mark in front of item will disappear This warning message if enabled will pop up when you attempt to save a screen or project with overlapping objects Click Yes to save with overlapping objects or No to cancel the save Objects Overlapping Error Message Numeric Entry and Change Screen are overlapping on the screen named Demo Project 1 prp 1 Numeric Entry S creen l Do not display this message again Overlapping Objects Information Click on this to bring up the following dialog box Information about the overlapping objects is displayed From here you can rearrange the order of the overlapping objects by bringing them forward Move Up or sending them back Move Down Click on the object in the list that you
48. Decrease or Set Reset values Or enter the new values in Edit Box TagName BUTTON v Data Type Discrete Value Rest 0 Set pees You can use this menu to specify a certain value to a tag and press Update Value or press the Decrease Increase buttons to change the values in real time oO pa ob tps 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Right Click on the bezel area to view modify the value of any Tag associated with the project Tag List TagName DataType Vawe BUTTON Discrete NUMERIC ENTRY Unsigned 16 You can further click on any available Tag Name from the Tag list to invoke the Change Tag Value dialog box Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual JJ D h D D O D S hn eb pees 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Read Efliags Export Tags Import Tags Alarm Database Export Alarms Message Database Export Messages Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware Setup Menu Tag Database The Tag Database is where you define the Tags for your project A Tag can be a discrete single bit location or word location within the panel Tags may be either Internal no address or External PLC Address In other words a Tag is an alias for a PLC address or an Internal
49. Details PleType DirectLogic K Sequence RevA Tag Name Tag Datatype DISCRETE PLC Address of Characters f 4 ioe p _ oe _ JJ D h D D O D Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 2 Click in the field next to Tag Name and enter a name for the tag c 3 Click on the DOWN arrow next to the Tag Data Type field and S select the data type from the list ees E 4 Enter a PLC Address or leave blank if it is an Internal Tag 5 If you have selected ASCII String as your Data Type the of Characters field will become available Enter or select the number of characters up to 40 for the ASCII String 6 Click on the Add New Tag button The new tag will appear in the Tag Database list To Edit an existing tag 1 Highlight the tag in the list that you wish to edit 2 Click on the Add Edit button The following screen will appear Edit Tag Details PleType DirectLogic K Sequence Rev A TagName eae era Tag Datatype SIGNED_INT_16 PLC Address vo2004 of Characters Hep Cose 3 Make any changes and then click on the Apply Tag Changes button The changes will be made to the tag and are reflected in the Tag Database list To Sort the Tag Database list 1 Right click your mouse while your cursor Add Edit resides anywhere in the Tag Database list Deaete The popup menu to the right will appear PERAR g PP Sort on Address Sort on Tagname From here yo
50. ESM nH Be DI x Sg Project Screens Qg 1 Numeric Entry Screen A 2 Time and Date AQ 3 New Screen AQ 4 Meter Screen i 5 Alarm History Sereen A 6 Salute to America Demo Nu gt Far Heln ness F1 You may also use the Screen Explorer view to navigate between screens Double click on an existing screen listed in the Explorer window that you want to edit The Main Programming Screen will open to the selected screen You can easily switch between screens you are working on to copy paste make changes etc Right click the mouse at any time while designing your screens to access the menu shown to the right Gut Objects Gopy Objects Paste Objects Select All i New S ss Some of the screen design features available iene to you are view isan e Program labels in up to 9 languages Display Grid e Popup Keypad that allows you to enter v anapte Grid data Grid Size e Vector based graphics for easy sizing 50w Touch Celis displayed in up to 128 colors Screen Description Background Color Graphical trending PID loop tune face plates Recipe download Thumbwheel interface Radio buttons Analog clocks Meters switches and lamps Symbol Factory library of over 4 000 factory objects 5 You are now ready to begin configuring objects Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel Click on the button for Step 3 Write Yo
51. EZ Series Touch Panel Software touch objects are always snapped to a touch cell therefore you would be able to move only display objects When I have objects at the boundary of the screen I am not able to move the objects freely vertically up down or Horizontally left right near the boundary What can I do to correct this You can use the PC s keyboard arrow keys to move objects up or down along the boundary line What is the maximum number of screens that a project can have The maximum possible is 999 However the panel s memory may limit the achievable maximum to a lower number of screens depending on the complexity of bitmaps and objects dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho Apts a 0 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 17 What is the maximum number of alarms that a project can have The maximum is 999 but there is no limit to how many times each alarm can be used in the panel 18 What is the maximum number of messages that a project can have You can define a maximum of 999 messages in a project 19 Can I insert a 640 x 480 bitmap on a screen The maximum size of a bitmap that can ever be placed on a screen is 640 x 480 on a 8 or 10 panel But the compressed size of bitmap is also a limitation EZ Series Touch Panel uses an RLE RunLength Encoding algorithm to compress bitmaps for storage If this compressed bitmap size exceeds 64K bytes you cannot place the bitmap on the scree
52. Enhancement for AB DiiWers vices d0corsecencessenendecenss veestcveseuienasesessiodeeouineseaeseas oasaasecsseanesserruacesadbansesadercose xi New PLC DriverS added ccccccccceseeececececeeecceeeeseeeusceeeesaeeeeeceeeesaeeeeceeeeesuseeeeesesaeaseeeeesaseaeeeeeeeaaenes xi Chapter 1 Manual Organi zZalOi essasi n E a eE N ee ee eee ee 2 ALKE EIE e a g ENEE EEN E ENE AE INE P E E TI EAE N E A E E TE E O EN I E E N 3 What you need to get started 5 sacs rtessccsusa cetera tcimarie ice notte aenea ERAN DENENA SRNR AARRE RRNK ENNE MEERN N EARE DNE r ERA E REREN 3 PON E E S E E E E E E A 3 EINA U AMEE EAN E EAE E EE AE IE EE E A EAE E E EN E E E eenseetew 3 Need HELPT Seen eee e ee ee ee E 4 ea on ai cee eee ete cece en en nr ee ete en ee ne eee eee Coen Serer 4 Fy Over HE CP errer EE t ones ieee beeen tea E E E a 4 PLO HELP aene ene eee E E ee ee eee eee 4 BOC INN A SUID OU sensns ans xcouianiian sad ants saessyaiaue lend oaderaunianntensaieutcniantun E a 4 Warant REDAS sssr nen dep tenes soenn tare em emsacenuys E E 4 OUI Waranty Repairs secsi nape irana EEE ANSEIOS AE EARTE SEEEN NE RER AEREN ANNES ES 4 EZ Series Touch Panel Models gsctsessedicieesdeetecteeshesemsseateadndeagietancdupevaecttiobinetondivdesesesiedgvetcacoadecteseetdontesteedees 5 6 inch Monochrome WOGGIS oe nicc saa decegiendscstadereexeisabsntonteaecacaetiosdontenddadewegssietscadussonluxedenieideqonsbneenteetdel 5 G anCH GOlOr Models senese nE rE ERT a e ret a ia 6 B inceh
53. ExecFlash 524288 User Memory Flash 0 Option Board System Memon 65536 DriverMemoy 10324 User Program 2712 FreeMemon 445716 User hemon 524288 Panel Name EZP S8C P 8 Color 640x480 Option Board Type No option board selected Help Click for important information about the EZ Series Touch Panel unit you are using and your PLC Information includes Revisions Hardware This is the revision of the EZ Series Touch Panel unit Boot Software This is internal panel firmware used oO pa ob tps 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual up the panel Exec Software This is also internal firmware used to display panel information and allow panel adjustments to the internal clock Contrast adjustment and testing of the Touch cells and Display Memory bytes Exec Flash Amount of memory available to hold the boot and exec firmware User Memory Flash This will let you know if the panel all models except 6 inch mono restricted P N EZ S6M R or EZ S6M RS can have a Flash card installed It will say O if not installed This feature allows you to back up your program from the panel itself There are two available memory sizes 512K P N EZ FLASH 1 and 1 MEG P N EZ FLASH 2 Once the program is backed uponto the card you can use it to load the program into different units no programming computer is necessary System Memory This tells you how much RAM memory
54. File bjects ToolBar Static Text Triggered Text Lookup Text Dynamic Text Text Entry System Objects Tool Bar Adjust Contrast Sb a Ej Activate ScreenSaver Increment Decrement Hour EA Select Language Bitmap Objects Tool Bar Dynamic Bitmap i Bitmap Button g IF Multi state Bitmap ISVARYS SEAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Ik 7 O O G 5 Draw Tool Bar Any of the following draw functions can be accessed by choosing the selection from the Draw Menu or by clicking on the specific Draw Tool Bar icons shown below Pointer E Line lt O Rectangle 2 Circle e ha Static Bitmap Op Draw Frame Panel Tool Bar The Panel Tool bar consists of icons for frequently used commands These commands are also found in and accessible from the Main Menu Bar From left to right they are as follows Trasfer to Panel H E e m Panel Information Display Screen Reboot Panel Panel Time and Date Diagnostics COM Port Configuration Simulate Project OFF BO il D n For Help press F1 No of Selected Objects 0 x 305Y 5 OFFLINE MODE Z o D 20 o 2 5 Status Bar 3 The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the Programming Screen and E shows the status of the current screen It provides information about a tool bar or menu item on the main programming screen that the pointer passes over the number of selected objects the XY location coordinates of th
55. Firmware Revision to begin creating your EZ eae RE RE A 1 am Series Touch Panel Project romok te Name NewSeeen S Smib __ _ _ _ _ _______ 3 B l Panel Family Siaa 1mm Control Techniques ANSI Unidrive xj EZPanelEnhanced C EZTouch EZTouhPLC Ce Gg Ci Cir PLC Revision Number E Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 PLC Type and FControl lechniques v l Gie Group Number 1 9 Protocol Vesti en Sei J i Think n o Tepes Unit Number 1 9 piii Ok Baud Rate a Data Timeout 1 40 tenths of a second Select RS 485 2 wire Control Technology Corporation CTC Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual CTC2600 2700 and 5100 CTC Binary The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a CTC2600 2700 and 5100 CTC Binary Protocol To set up the CTC PLC Binary using Modasst configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen Step 1 Project Information Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type setect action and Protocol click on the E s as easy as 1 2 3 Step P lt ESenes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D E Automation Phone 1 67 7 7 4 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later e a fel ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location
56. Language number for the On Text and the Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the frame for the On Text and for the Off Text up to 500 characters VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear Enter a Tag Name LE 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Trigger Text object to monitor If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Make selections for On Text and Off Text Format n Text Format Size axi6 x Justification tet MIX Foti tet rk Off Text Format Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical C Left C Top C let C Top Center Center Center Center C Right f Bottom Justification Right C Bottom Under On Text Format 1 2 3 Select Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Choose the Horizontal and Vertical Justification for the On Text For Horizontal justifi
57. Letter with Circumflex I 207 Latin Capital Letter with Diaeresis 208 Latin Capital Letter Eth 209 Latin Capital Letter N with Tilde 210 Latin Capital Letter O with Grave 211 Latin Capital Letter O with Acute 212 Latin Capital Letter O with Circumflex O 213 Latin Capital Letter O with Tilde O 214 Latin Capital Letter O with Diaeresis x 215 Multiplication Sign 216 Latin Capital Letter O with Stroke 217 Latin Capital Letter U with Grave Diaeresis is also called an Umlaut continued next page Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Character Code Description U 218 Latin Capital Letter U with Acute U 219 Latin Capital Letter U with Circumflex U 220 Latin Capital Letter U with Diaeresis Y 221 Latin Capital Letter Y with Acute P 222 Latin Capital Thorn B 223 Latin Small Letter Sharp S 224 Latin Small Letter A with Grave 225 Latin Small Letter A with Acute 226 Latin Small Letter A with Circumflex a 22 Latin Small Letter A with Tilde a 228 Latin Small Letter A with Diaeresis a 229 Latin Small Letter A with Ring Above se 230 Latin Small Letter Ae 231 Latin Small Letter C with Cedilla a 232 Latin Small Letter E with Grave 233 Latin Small Letter E with Acute M w 234 Latin Small Letter E with Circumflex xo 235 Latin Small Letter E with Diaeresis zg I 236 Latin Small Letter with Grave oo 237 Latin Small Letter with Acute 26 i 238 Latin Small Letter with Circumflex
58. ON Momentary OFF Set ON Set OFF and TOGGLE Buttons x General Protection Visibilty Details Y Label Text r Select Style Language fi Character Size 8x16 7 Selected Label Text Demo Button S pe n Position G Top C Bottom Background x TagName BUTTON OBJECT F Display Frame Actuator Type Toge r On Off Text Char Size _ Color Blink Language 1 Text Blink Background Blink On Text ON x16 Film Ofte fore fes zil Wa Fa r Simulate Press _ Cancel Help To put a Label on a Button perform the following steps Choose from 128 Colors P 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty or a Click on the down arrow next to the default color block for text or To Choose a Button Style perform the following steps background to view the color palette 1 Under Selec
59. Object A Dynamic Bitmap can show a visual representation of a process There are two bitmaps per object one that is shown when a bit is ON and another that is displayed when the bit is OFF For example you could create a green blower and a red blower to display If the E is running the green blower would be shown If the z A rT Label Text DYNAMIC BMP oJ j apa Text r E B 1 r Background E 2 Tag Name Background color for Bitmaps E Dipa Frame Transparent On Bit SE F Allow Stretching 5 Stretch to Fit aes mal Maintain Aspect Ratio mj Copy From Clipbost Clipboard Edi Image r OFF Bima Sze u Allow Stretching Stretch to Fit Maintain Aspect Ratio Inport Bitmap Symbol Factory Copy From Cipboard Edi Image Sint Pes can oc SSE Ss process is not running the red blower would be displayed To put a Label on the Dynamic Bitmap object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual F NOTE To edit the Address i String with your cursor in the Tag Name field c
60. PLC and the Panel are established the PLC can control the screen that will be displayed on the Panel a In the PLC write a value to the register that was assigned to the Switch to Screen Number tag The value should correspond to the screen number you wish to display Note this attribute is value oriented not bit oriented b If a value is written that does not correspond to a valid screen number the displayed screen will not change or give any indication that the value was invalid c Writing a value of zero to the Switch to Screen Number tag will change the screen displayed on the panel to the previously displayed screen d Writing the same value to the Switch to Screen Number tag will be ignored For Example Assume the PLC wrote a 5 to the Switch to Screen Number tag and the Panel is displaying screen 5 If the panel screen is changed using a Change Screen Object to change to screen 6 writing a 5 to the Switch to Screen Number tag a second time will be ignored The panel will not respond until it sees a new value in the Switch to Screen Number tag Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE For an operator to change the language on a configured panel see System Objects Select Language NOTE For ANSI and ASCII Character Codes see Appendix B ANSI Character Codes can be used to insert Spanish characters into text To insert an ANSI Character refer to the list
61. PLC not in TERM Tag write inhibited The user attempted to write a tag when the target PLC s switch was not set to Terminal The user should place the switch in Terminal mode so writes can be processed The inhibited write must be re issued after the PLC is placed in Terminal mode Error 35 Node using an invalid protocol Attempt to use protocol other than IPX IP HOST MODICON PLS WITH UNI TELWAY PROTOCOL Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WILL OCCUR y xipueddy Error 1 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES Condition You will receive this message if attributes do not exist or there are less than the original number of attributes oO z gt oO oO m Co Error 2 PLC_TIMEOUT_NP Screen Message PLC TIMEOUT_NP Condition The Driver did not get polled to send a message in the allowed time see Timeout in attributes Error 3 PLC_TIMEOUT_NM Screen Message PLC TIMEOUT NO MSG Condition The Driver did not receive a reply to a message in the allowed time see Timeout in attributes Error 4 BAD_MODULE Screen Message INCORRECT MODULE REPLIED DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The Driver received a reply to a message from the incorrect module Error 5 BAD_CHANEL Screen Message INCORRECT CHANNEL REPLIED DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The Driver received a reply to a message from the incorrect channel Error 6 SERVICE MSG Screen Message REQU
62. Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Momentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature will not be enabled Also if you select Momentary ON or Momentary OFF the PLC must set bit to proper state on powerup This must be done when programming PLC Logic appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Select from the following Actuator Types Actuator Type determines how the tag will be controlled Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled Set On will latch the tag ON Set Off will latch the tag OFF e Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the button is pressed Enter On Off Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button for the On Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the buttons instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the
63. Programming Software User Manual Texas Instruments TI5x5 Series T1505 TI545 1102 T1545 1104 Transparent Byte Protocol or Non Intelligent Terminal Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a T15x5 T1505 T1545 1102 and 11545 1104 Protocol Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below Step 1 Project Information After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog E s as easy as 1 2 3 l 7 box will appear Enter the ESernes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D EF Automation Phone 1 OF FFF EASY parameters shown Click on Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ww ezautomation net SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION the OK button to Save your Project Location selections You will retu rn aS INE Wie C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Browse to the Project Information Project Name a ce ject ezt imwWare Revision screen Click on the OK button E a zl t b in r ti n r E 7 Read Program Start Editing Screen aioe E E ae cat OF _ se a J i Select Panel Panel Family Size TAr le EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce Ce Cie Cm Select Model JALL 8 Color 640x480 00 Ethemet COM Port comi a a _View Edit PLC Com Setup
64. Shift 1 Operator X Shift 2 Operator X Shift 3 Operator X General Edit Passwords x GROUP Password Tag PASSWORD TAG Maintenance Password fo z Shift 1 Operators Password fo Shift 2 Operators Password fo z Shift 3 Operators Password fo z General Password fo z Cancel Password Tag Select whether or not you want your password to be stored in the panel or in the PLC If you choose Password it will be stored in the panel If you choose Tag it will be stored in the PLC PASSWORD A 1 10 digit number numeric only is assigned here The user must then enter this number to perform protected functions for a particular Group You will not be allowed to enter a password if you select Tag in the second column Do not enter leading zeroes in a password Leading zeroes are ignored In other words if you enter a password of 00456 your password will be 456 TAG Tag names are assigned to PLC addresses that hold the passwords This allows you to store the codes in your PLC You will not be allowed to enter a Tag if you select Password in the second column VARY ae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Visibility Details Tab Click on the Visibility PAETA Visibility Tag Tag Name Make Object Visible When Bit Is ON C OFF Object Name Object Description Simulate Press Cancel Help Visibility 1 Check the box in front of Visibility Tag if yo
65. Software User Manual Why use Unicode Multi state Indicator vs Multi state Indicator Both Unicode Multi state Indicator and Multi state Indicator ob jects can display pre programmed multiple messages based on the value of a tag or state of a bit However Multi state Indicator object only allows the user to display text in only one custom font for EZ Series Touch Panels with pre set sizes of 6x8 8x16 8x32 etc Whereas with Unicode Multi state Indicator object users can use any font in any size already installed on the user s PC This object also allows the user to enter text in any supported Inter national Language including complex script e g Chinese and right to left languages Thai Arabic etc WARY eX Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Single Position Animation Single position animation allows you to display a sequence of images at a fixed location on the screen The images in the animation can be updated either periodically using a timed interval using a numeric tag or when a discrete tag changes state General Tab The General tab in the Single Position Animation object dialog allows you to configure the follow ing the label on the animation object the background of the animation object how and when the animation is triggered animation sequence control whether the animation happens only once or continuously loop control when to restart the animation sequence restart animation sequence
66. Solution If you have moved symbols directory to some other place please copy it back Otherwise reinstall the software ASCII and ANSI Characters In this Appendix ASCII Character List ANSI Character List aa a a Q Q lt a i _ S t Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EZ Series Touch Panel ASCII Charactotom Name Octal Dec Hex Description SP 040 32 20 Space 041 33 21 Exclamation point 042 34 22 Double quote H 043 35 23 Pound sign 044 36 24 Dollar sign 045 37 25 Percent sign amp 046 38 26 Ampersand i 047 39 27 Apostrophe single quote 050 40 28 Left parenthesis 051 41 29 Right parenthesis 052 42 2A Asterisk 053 43 2B Plus 054 44 2C Comma 055 45 2D Hyphen minus 056 46 2E Period decimal point dot j 057 47 2F Slant slash 0 060 48 30 Zero 1 061 49 31 One 2 062 50 32 Two 3 063 51 33 Three 4 064 92 34 Four 5 065 53 35 Five 6 066 54 36 Six T 067 55 37 Seven 8 070 56 38 Eight 9 071 of 39 Nine 072 58 3A Colon 073 59 3B Semicolon lt 074 60 3G Less than Left angle bracket 075 61 3D Equals sign gt 076 62 3E Greater than Right angle bracket 077 63 SF Question mark 0100 64 40 At sign A 0101 65 41 Uppercase A B 0102 66 42 Uppercase B C 0103 67 43 Uppercase C Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Name Octal Dec Hex Description 0104 68 44 Uppercase D 0105 69 45
67. Tag Name is new the ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button 2 Choose to Activate When ON or Activate When OFF If you choose ON the Text will display when the bit is ON When the bit is OFF the Text will disappear Choose the String Tag Name The String Tag is the PLC register location where the values are read and displayed in a character string The string may be up to 40 characters long The Address String is the beginning register for the text Choose the Tag Name by clicking on the down arrow to display the list of Tags or type in the Tag Name in the entry field If the Tag Name is new the ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC ASCII STRING is the only choice Click on the OK button Select the Dynamic Text Characteristics 1 Select the Character Size from the available choices 2 Select the Color of the Text and Background and whether or not they will Blink 3 Choose the Justification of the Text that is displayed within the frame Choose both Horizontal Left Center or Right and Vertical Top Center or Bottom justification for the Text within the frame Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your s
68. The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button 4 Under Do click on the down arrow next to the Operation field and select ADD or SUBTRACT Select ADD if you want to increment a register value or select SUBTRACT if you want to decrement a value 5 Select your Data Format type from the available choices Signed Decimal Unsigned Decimal Octal Hex BCD or Floating Point 6 Enter the Value This value will be either added to or subtracted from depending on which operation you have chosen the destination tag each time you press the INC DEC Value object button 7 Select or enter the Write to Tag The Write to Tag may be the same as the Read from Tag WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Report Object The Report Object allows you to configure a button that when pressed will send a report to a printer Report General Messages Protection Visibilty Details T Label Text Label Tew REPORT f Top Text Bat Background gt Sr E Display Frame m Text r ha Se r Coler Back Language 14 Test Blink ground Bink ret ero ee I a r Print Forn Feed at the end of the page cet __ To put a Label on the Report perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a la
69. Type in this object will be limited by your Tag and PLC data type EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software will automatically limit your selections based on the PLC and Tag address format The program will also let you know if you have entered an invalid data type SIGNED DATA TAG SIGNED Keypad only UNSIGNED DATA TAG UNSIGNED OCTAL HEX Keypad BCD DATA TAG BCD Keypad only FLOATING POINT TAG if available for that PLC FLOATING POINT Keypad only VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual The Data Types and their respective ranges that may be available are as follows Signed 16 Decimal 32768 to 32767 Signed 32 Decimal 2147483648 to 2147483647 Unsigned 16 Decimal 0 to 65535 Unsigned 32 Decimal 0 to 4294967295 Octal 16 O to 177777 Octal 32 O to 37777771111 Hex 16 0 to FFFF Hex 32 0 to FFFFFFFF BCD 16 0 to 9999 BCD 32 0 to 99999999 s Click on Data Type and select from the available choices 2 Click on Justification and select from the following Leading Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces 3 Click on Size and select from the available character sizes Click on down arrow to view list of sizes NOTE If a Decimal Point 4 Under Color click on down arrow to view the color palette for tag is selected the Fractional Text Click on any color to select Digits will not be used The 5 Click on the box in front of Blink if you want your text characters number of fra
70. Ye Ye Ye Ye Ye Ye Ye Ye Ye Ye Ye e TI TI TI TI TI O O w 0 O Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 8 inch Color Models In the table below are the 8 inch EZ Series Touch Panel models If using an option board connector you cannot use the PLC port at the same time to connect to another type PLC The panel supports only one PLC driver at a time EZ S8C F 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZ T8C F 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZ S8C FH 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZ T8C FH 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZ S8C FS 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZ S8C FSD 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB EZ S8C FD 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus DeviceNet EZ T8C FD 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB r O Q T O 5 Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus EZ Ethernet NEMA 4 4X Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus EZ Ethernet All plus AB DH and Remote I O All plus AB DH and Remote I O Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus EZ Ethernet NEMA 4 4X Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes NEMA 4 4X Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes NEMA 4 4X NEMA 1 FDA Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus DeviceNet NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 4 4X Ye All plus DeviceNet NEMA 4 4X S EZ S8C FSE 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus Ethernet I P NEMA 1 FDA EZ S8C FE 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Eth
71. a second window will appear Solution This message window appears to inform the user that no tag addresses were changed Error T01_1 Define a valid tag for lt control name gt Reason This error occurs when you have not defined all tags in an object requiring multiple tags Solution Define all the required tags for the selected object ban e c D V gt e O J Ke y xipueddy dD oo 26 TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho IDAT a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error T01_2 Tag name already exists Reason The tag name that was entered is a name that already has a data type and or PLC address assigned to it in the tag database Solution Change the tag name entered to a name that is unique when compared to all the other tags in the Tag Database Error T01_3 Tag category does not match Reason This error occurs when a Tag Name of an incorrect data type is typed into the Tag Name field of an object Solution Select a valid Tag Name from the pulldown list or create a new valid Tag Name Error T02_1 Invalid Unit Number Error T02_2 Invalid Address Type Error T02_3 Invalid Address Error T02_4 Invalid Bit Number Error T02_5 Address in not Word Aligned Even address is required Error T02_6 Address is not Word Aligned Odd address is required Reason Address entered for the tag is not correct Solution Specify a valid PLC address Error T02_7 Addres
72. address in the map entry or set the Panel address to a unique node address 0x2000 Panel not being solicited This error occurs if the panel is on the network but is not being solicited with a connect message To correct this problem check the maximum node address setting in the PLC or Panel with highest address This error will not appear on the screen until 10 seconds after the panel is on the network Time out Errors The time out time specifies the amount of time the panel will wait for a reply to a message before triggering an error Each message sent to the PLC must be acknowledged by the PLC The acknowledgment must be received within a certain amount of time If an acknowledgment is not received the driver will retry the message After the message has been sent twice with no response the driver will report a time out If the panel is constantly displaying time out errors or communication errors the time out time or poll time may have to be increased Only the Panel is allowed to communicate with the SLC500 20 20 or 40 series PLCs These PLCs can only handle one or two messages at a time and if more than one Panel is trying to communicate errors will occur A panel and a program loader can be connected to this series of PLCs without errors occurring The amount of information being requested from the Panel and the amount of activity on the DH485 network can affect the response time of a message Driver Errors for Micrologix SLC 500 wit
73. aen bokedad nne M Wore es Select Parel Pard nr ____________________ Sze Le is EZPanelEnhanced EzTouch EZTouchPLC ws ae mS ak J SelectModel aiL g Coresa o i CSY Elheme COM Port jum i iion CCL Ravi View Edit PLE Lem Setup Think aDo rowan Mitsubishi CCLink Attributes PLC Revision Number A Number of Stations to use 4 Data Clear 7 Hold Hold Cancel Help Hep Language Clear Exil D rr wn D xe xipueddy O a F co 20 O l qA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Siemens S7 _ 200 Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Siemens S7_200 Protocol To set up the Siemens S7_200 PLC using Step 7 configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below it s as easy as l 2 3 After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the SELECT ACTION View Edit PLC Com Setup anaes The PLC Attributes dialog 3 er box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Edit Program ON LINE Ethernet COM Port com
74. amp DO Modbus Rev B C 34 Environmental Specifications 34 Error Code Descriptions GENERIC DEVICENET I O A 39 192 Error Codes 217 Error Code Value 225 A 9 ERROR CODE VALUE A 7 202 208 Error Messages A 15 EZTouch Programming Software A 62 PLC Drivers A 15 Ethernet 3 Ethernet COM Port 41 EU Information 211 European Union EU Directives 204 Excel 204 Excel Database Fields 206 Excel file 204 Exec 231 Exec Flash 40 Exec Software 174 EXISTING PROGRAM 44 Exit 184 Explorer view 208 Explorer View 208 Export Alarms 212 Comma delimited 212 IWARA E LA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual To Excel 212 Export Messages 217 Export Scale Factor 12 Export Tags 204 external tags 3 EZ Ethernet Error Codes EZPackager utility A 61 EZTouch Panel Error Messages A 61 Programming Software A 62 F F1 function key 4 Faceplate 99 FAQs A 2 File Menu 170 37 File Name 142 Firmware 190 231 Revision 36 Firmware Revision number 9 firmware upgrade 4 Flash 191 Flash card 190 Flash to RAM 191 Floating Point 44 Floating Point Tag 29 Fly Over HELP 93 Fractional Digits 64 frame 45 Frame 187 Frequently Asked Questions A 2 G GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX C 20 C 21 GE Fanuc Software VersaPro configuration software C 21 General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup C 20 Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup C 17 GENERIC PROFIBUS DP Error Code Descriptions A 54 GE VERSAMAX PLC Communications Setup C 2
75. and ISA symbols It is accessible from the Draw gt Static Bitmap and Objects gt Dynamic Bitmap menus Once opened click on Symbol Factory Help menu item for Help JJ D h D D O D Gyiihal f aibory 0 0 rad batt n rbt pri NOTE Go back to page 170 for instructions on how to size a symbol bitmap before or after importing onto a screen or see Symbol Factory Help OOO NDO H089R0 5 0 yY A Paz NU z megg Over 4000 Symbols to choose from customize your panel screens Apes a LA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Index Symbols 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar 166 16 bit 44 16 bit register 81 24 Volt Power Supply 3 32 bit 44 ADD 134 omp 120 emf 120 EMF 186 ezt 19 SUBTRACT 134 wmf 120 WMF 186 A About EZPanel accumulator data 62 Actions Toolbar 122 Activate 82 Activate Screen Saver Label 108 Text 108 ACTUAL VALUE A 13 Actuator Type 126 Actuator Types 22 Add 133 Add Edit Button Tag Database 199 Add Edit Message 130 Add Image 47 Add New Alarm Dialog Box 210 Add New Tag Details ix 199 Address String 47 connecting panel to multiple PLCs 109 empty field A 8 Adjust Contrast 110 Digit Format 109 Label 9 Air Composition 9 Alarm Bit 104 Display Time sec 220 History 227 print outs from Panel 211 Alarm Count button A 11 Alarm Database A 7 A 8 A 9 Alarm History 230 A 10 button A 10 A 11 Details A 13 scree
76. and bottom of column 1 on panel At this point one of the following will occur a There is no change and the display remains blank This indicates UNIT FAILURE return for service b Unit SETUP screen appears screen is hard to read Adjust screen contrast control for 6 or 8 inch units 10 inch units have no contrast adjustment c Unit SETUP screen appears normal Unit has no user program transfer user program to panel Refer to the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZ Series Touch Panel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Display hangs when unit is powered up Initializing message remains on screen unit has invalid RAM memory Action 1 Remove power While pressing extreme upper and lower left touch cells on the panel reapply power 2 You will now be in setup mode 3 Run EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Select Panel gt Clear Memory from main menu bar or transfer a new user program to the panel 4 Press exit to enter run mode Screen will be blank WA aay Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Problem How do I log and display PLC Error Mes sages Action Following is a description of how to set up the panel to monitor communications between the PLC and panel This will allow the panel to detect a PLC error and log the PLC ERROR CODE VALUE in the Alarm Database Open you
77. and click on the Next gt button Select whether to install the English or the Spanish version of EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Click on the Next gt button NOTE A different version number may appear depending on which version To complete the installation click on Finish gt of the software you are button That s all there is to it The EZ Series installing Touch Panel Icon shown above will appear on your desktop Simply click on it to open the Programming Software Completing the E PanelEnhanced r O Q T 5 _ S m O O i ea Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Once you ve finished installing the software the screen below should appear Open the software to view the EZLaunch Pad see next page E EZPanelEnhanced File Edit Screen Panel Setup Help eOWl e Bo oljga o BHF le ATl Leie penang O e eolia m EH o r al m he E 88 F 3 Easy Steps al Exit Project to Information 2 Dasign Your Scraans 23 Vite Your The Mesi Practical na Touch Panels S Caper EEA ae FAE For Help press F1 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EZLaunch Pad Overview EZLaunch Pad is a convenient place to launch all EZAutomation software from one dialog box Distribution EZLaunch Pad software is distributed with all EZAutomation software packages such as EZ Series Touch Panel Ed
78. are limited by available memory To put a Label on the Multi state Bitmap object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Simulate Press ve pa WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame String with your cursorin 2 Ound the image to be visible click on the box to deselect the box the Tag Name field click Will be empty on the right mouse button Enter a Tag Name The Edit Tag Details screen 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button will appear Images Display images based on Selecting Bit Number would display the Bit Number C Image Numbe
79. as easy as 1 2 3 aa ESenes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 Selected Action None EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EAS y EATER SIEGE ICHAT wat ezautomation net m Project Name Firmware Revision Stat Editing Screen Nirnaber l 7 Name Read Proaiam from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Select Panel Panel Family ize ttl le EZParel Enhanced EZTauch EZTeuehPLe E ol ya eC 40 46 Galect Model Ethernet COM Port COM 7 a CTspe ais 7 View Edit PLC Com Setup Potoco Think nDo oo OWS Map fie we Ok Help Language Clear Exit Close Project Click on File gt Close Project to quit the current project Save Screen Click on File gt Save Screen to save the current active screen Save Project Click on File gt Save Project to save the current project Screens Project Attributes and databases will all be saved Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Copy Project As Click on File gt Copy Project As Ssm Ofee I OE to save your project under another name The dialog box shown to the right will appear allowing you to enter a name for the copied project File name ez Save as type EZTouch Projects ezt Cancel l a wn es Save Project As Protected 2 SRE Eaa idean f vou click on Save Project As Protected you will only be able to transfer the project to and from the panel as is The p
80. be asked if you want to resize the image to fit the screen see message to the left b You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain ac cess to a library of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is automatically imported into the object The third option is to click on Copy from Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen O To Edit a Bitmap See Edit Image section page 122 Visibility Details See Button Object Simulate Press Press the Simulate Press button to see how the Bitmap Button will be displayed on the screen when pressed OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE If you convert im ages from one to the other type of display Bit Num ber Image Number you m
81. be monitored to up date the line graph The trigger state conveys whether the line graph will be updated when the monitor bit is on or off Select an existing or enter a new Tag Name for the monitor bit Select On State or Off State Line Graph General Pen xv Axis Visibilty Details Tag Name Color Line Type Language Legend a ol Ol Fan m aja IV Display Legend Note If unsigned data type is selected for range then the pen tags must also have unsigned data types assigned to them Signed and Unsigned data types CANNOT be mixed on the same line graph Cancel Help Total of Samples is the number of readings stored in the line graph at one time The maximum number of readings is 999 Sample per Chart is the maximum number of readings that will be visible on the chart Use the arrow buttons on the object to view more of the chart Number of readings to average per sample You may choose to have the graph average a number of readings in a sample and display that sample average on a the chart For instance if you want to take several temperature readings in an hour s time and then have the graph display this average as one sample on the chart Select a number between 1 and 255 WARY AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Click on the Pen tab to program individual readings lines 1 Click on the down arrow to select the Tag Name or enter a new tag name for the register you want Pen 1
82. buttons can be password protected ALARM REGISTER 1000301234567690124474 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Under Display Screen you will choose which alarm screen you want to display when the Alarm History button object is pressed Alarm History or Alarm Count It should be noted that you can switch from one to the other from either screen Under Text choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Background and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the Alarm History button Enter the Text that you want to appear Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box ALARN DISCRETE 1888 ALARN DISLAETE 1881 ALARN REGISTER 188Z ALARN REGISTER 16696177 467 IWANA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual System Objects SSSR nctement Decrement Hour The System Objects allow the operator control over certain panel Multi state Indicator Activate Screen Saver x Bitmap Objects gt Adjust Contrast fi unctions and S etting
83. clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen 3 Click OK to import the bitmap or Cancel to quit Frame This Draw tool allows you to draw a Frame It can then be placed behind an object or text Draw a Frame around a Button Frame Object object Frame outline _ Frame Top Left m E es Frame Bottom Aight Demo Button Intenor Edit To position the frame behind an object or text click on the frame box to select right click the mouse button to view the menu shown here Click on Send to Back and then position the frame around the object Cut Copy F AJE Select All To draw a Frame 1 Click on the Frame icon on the tool bar or select Frame from the Draw Menu 2 A dialog box will appear allowing you to select the color of the Frame outline Frame Top Left Frame Bottom Right and Interior 3 Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button to locate the first corner of the frame Grab a corner or side handle of the frame with the mouse to the size you want Bring To Front Send To Back Cane Cree Jai JE Same telat Samne Width Oo pa eb 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory State Bitmap E Double click on the Static Bitmap
84. coils per message This causes the panel to use smaller messages that the PLC should be able to respond to at a faster rate 0x0100 PLC reply length exceeded PLC nnn The driver received or is receiving a message with a length exceeding the maximum allowed by ModBus protocol from the PLC with address nnn 0x0200 Invalid write to panel register nnn A write was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0400 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used DirectNet Protocol DL330 DL340 Direct Logic PLC Models D3 330 330P D3 340 0x0000 No Error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Invalid Checksum This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The unit is receiving invalid data 0x0008 Protocol Error The driver has received a serial communications protocol error from the PLC The driver is unable to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0040 PLC Error Incorrect Map Size An incompatible map has been loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs
85. communicate with the PLC with address nnn This may be corrected by increasing the time out time or increasing the baud rate An alternative may be to lower the number of registers or coils per message This cause the panel to use smaller messages which the PLC should be able to respond to at a faster rate 0x0100 PLC reply length exceeded PLC nnn The driver received or is receiving a message with a length exceeding the maximum allowed by Modbus protocol from the PLC with address nnn 0x0200 Invalid write to Panel register nnn A write was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0400 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used MODICON PLC WITH MODBUS PLUS PROTOCOL 0x0000 Noerror 0x0001 Incompatible Revision Need Exec rev This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to be monitored The number of registers on WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual the display must be reduced 0x0003 Board did not restart This message occurs when the software on the option board was unable to start 0x0004 Modbus Plus Command xx time out This occurs when a command to the option board times out The Modbus
86. d Fol time 0 255 a jiecths of a second Cancel Heb these eo ime EZ Series Data Highway Plus The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a PLC5 with Data Highway Plus Protocol To set up the PLC5 with DH using PLC 5 Programming Software Series A6200 program the Channel Configuration screens as shown below BORES Channel Overview Select DH to highlight and then press F5 to access the Channel ater Configuration screen Channel 1B SCANNER MODE Channel 0 SYSTEM POINT TO POINT Channel 3A UNUSED Forces None 5 20 Addr 30 PGIRIO Channel Channel Select Option F10 Configure as shown inthe screen kee ie e es A Data Highway Plus to the right Channel 14 Configuration NOTES Diagnostics file p Baud rate X 1 Panel baud rate must match Global status flags 0 PLC baud rate Node address 30 Link ID 0 2 Default PLC Station Number must match PLC Node address Forces None 5 20 Addr 30 PGIRIO Chan ia Status F9 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below Step 1 Project Information A sep l N A It s as easy as 1 2 3 After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown E Senes Touch Pa
87. default values for all PLC attributes will be used WA sete Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EZ Series Touch Panel Error M SS2 G ames WRITE QUEUE OVERFLOW This message indicates that the panel was unable to write all of the tags to the PLC The panel can queue up to 20 tags to write to the PLC After the tag is written to the PLC it is removed from the queue If a write is attempted while the queue is full then this error message is displayed and the write is ignored EXTERNAL CLOCK OBJECT IGNORED This message indicates that the increment decrement hour system object was pressed while the external clock has been selected in the project attributes The object can not change the external clock RAM TEST FAILED This message indicates that the RAM test performed at reset failed The RAM in the unit may be unreliable y xipueddy VIDEO CHIP TEST FAILED This message indicates that the video controller chip did not program correctly oO ZI gt oO oO m Co VIDEO RAM TEST FAILED This message indicates that the video RAM test performed at reset failed The video RAM in the unit may be unreliable KEYPAD ENTRY TOO HIGH This message indicates that the user attempted to enter a value that was greater than the maximum value for the numeric keypad The value is ignored KEYPAD ENTRY TOO LOW This message indicates that the user attempted to enter a value that was less than th
88. drag the dialog box to see the object on the programming screen Select the tab of the button you want to simulate Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the button object will dis play on the screen when pressed There are several types of Switch objects that you may place on the EZ Series Touch Panel screen They simulate mechanical switches of the same type e g Throw Switch Selector Switch Slide Switch Toggle Switch etc WARY ae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Switch Object fa m i Switch Object Switch Object NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear To put a Label on a Switch perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 Switches X General Protection Visibiity Detais M Label Text Language 4 Character Size fera 7 Label Text Position Cc lop e B MON IV Display Frame Tag Name Actuator Type Toggle Switch Background x On Off Text Char Size r Color Blink Language Text Blink On Text On ee et Off Text Of a Mar 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whet
89. ee ne Ne en 25 to 65 C TO OO caer cece tice sincere donc selene saeco E E eae net 25 to 65 C To 0 Gane nN ee ee OTe E nee eS ne eee 25 to 65 C Operating Humidity cccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 95 R H gt noncondensing Air Composition 0 0 0 cece ee eeeeseetnneeeeeeeeeeeeeenees No corrosive gases permitted No preventative maintenance is required The EZ Series Touch Panel touchscreen should be cleaned as needed with warm soapy water See the EZ Series Touch Panel Hardware Manual P N EZP PANEL M for a list of compatible incompatible chemicals and compounds EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EZ Series Touch Panel Editor The EZ Series Touch Panel product has been modified to offer new features in Software Drivers Compatibility of Software The EZ Series Touch Panel Editor is compatible with your existing EZ Panels as well as the new EZ Series Touch Panel models The EZ Series Touch Panel Editor version 4 provides many new features These features include the following EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Enhancements e Projects saved in a convenient single file EZ Series Touch Panel Editor software saves screen projects in multiple files EZ Series Touch Panel ver 4 software saves the projects in one single file making copying moving or backing up projects much easier Monitoring of tags Now you can monitor tags on your PC for easy machine diagnosis e Bit
90. enable 2 Next select the Number of Major Divisions and the Number of Sub Minor Divisions to display maximum for each is 20 3 Click on the down arrow next to Color to view the color palette for the Tick marks Place the cursor over a color and click to select 4 If you want to show numbers indicating the value of a particular Tick mark click on the box behind Show Tick Numbers 5 If you have selected a Floating Point Tag you may enable the Precision for Floating Point object This will allow NOTE When entering General Alams Digital Display Scaling Visibilty Details limits the ranges cannot Visual Alarm Settings Note lin Color SetLimit eg to overlap ae e entered in I Low Low Limit X 13107 decimal format Lowlow Limi M aa Low Limit 82 i NOTE These visual alarm Normal settings are only for display 7 Hightimt MM 29221 on the meter and are not High High Limit MM 52228 related to actual alarms in LE AA the alarm database Clockwise C Counter Clockwise you to display the value of a tick mark on the meter with up to 5 decimal points 6 Select the Minimum and Maximum Range of the values represented in the meter display Ranges should be en IWARA AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual tered in decimal only 7 Select the Color of the Background and the Color of the Needle from the available choices Click on the Alarms Tab to set the Visual Alarm par
91. from the Panel The user should re attempt the previous operation If the problem persists please contact Technical Support Error 2 Adapter could not lock Shared Ram The EZEthernet Card was denied a request to lock one or more internal data transfer buffers This prob lem is considered critical and may require a panel reset to restore proper operation If the problem persists please contact Technical Support Error 3 Node ID is not responding The Node with Module ID is not responding to the EZEthernet card If seen by the user this mes sage will immediately be replaced by the more generic Plc is Offline where is the Node ID as con figured in the EZEthernet configuration utility The user should check both the physical and logical link be tween the Panel and the PLC Error 4 Invalid tag type Internal error that indicates the EZEthernet Card was given a tag to process in which the tag type is in valid Operations on that tag only will be halted This might indicate a corrupt EZ Series Project tag database WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 5 Could not append pointer table The EZEthernet card encountered a fatal internal error The user should reset the panel If the problem persists the user should contact Technical Support Error 6 Could not build transactions The EZEthernet card encountered a fatal internal error The user should reset the panel
92. gt Project Screens to deselect QJ 2 Startup Screen WJ 3 General Pump Control Uy 4 Liquid Levels Screen To go to a screen shown in the Project Screens list double click on it You can move the window to a different location in the programming window Just click on the bar at the top hold the left mouse button and drag it to where you want it to appear If you double click on the bar at the top it will change to a floating window as shown below Double click on the title bar on the floating tool box and it will relocate to its last position Project Screens Gl Project Screens U 1 Panel Control Screen J 2 Startup Screen J 3 General Pump Control Screen QJ 4 Liquid Levels Screen Screen O z z o i O Oo ou ISVARYS SEAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Screen Thumbnails The Screen Thumbnail View feature allows you to see a thumbnail view of all the screens in the project It also allows you to jump to any design screen in the project without knowing the screen number To use this feature perform the following steps 1 Click on the item labeled Screens Thumbnail View in the Project Screens toolbar This will bring up a thumbnail view of the individual screens 1 Screen 1 2 SCheen 2 3 geen 3 U9919S gt 5 x O Co 3 3 m Q PAX aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Programming Screen This
93. import options Message Database Import from CSV i First row contains the header information Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 4 Click on Replace if you want to replace the existing Message No 1 with Message No 1 in the imported csv file Click on Do Not Replace if you want to keep the existing Mes sage No 1 Click on Replace All if you want to overwrite replace all Messages or Do Not Replace Any if you want to stop importing the messages 5 Open the Message Database to view the imported messages Excel Format 1 Click on the Import Messages gt Excel Format menu item to select the Microsoft Excel file where the Message database resides The following Read Message Excel File window will appear Navigate to the file you want click on it to highlight it and then click on the Open button JJ D h D D O D Read Message Excel File Look in 9 03 03 16 2006_T hu oot es ek FE For Mike Help io 05 Image Update Application File name me Files of tupe EZT ouch Message Excel Files ls Cancel 2 The file will be written to the Message Database To avoid overwriting or replacing an existing message s a dialog box will appear providing you with import options 3 Click on Replace if you want to replace the existing Message No 1 with Message No 1 in the imported xls file Click on Do Not Replace if you want to keep the existing Mes sage No 1
94. in appendix b You must press and hold the ALT key and using the numeric keypad on your keyboard enter a 0 plus the 3 digit code from the list Beeper On Off Discrete Project Attributes General Printer Passwords Clock Panelto PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection Enter Language Name System Language 1 language E Language 2 fisnquace2 sss English x Language 3 Languae3 Engish Language 4 Language English z Language 5 flanquace5 Engish Language 6 flanquage6 fEndish Language 7 language fEnish x Language 8 Languages English xi Language 9 flanguageS Engish JJ D R D D O D This tag can by written to by the PLC to turn on the panel beeper This will allow the PLC to turn on the panel beeper at anytime Beeper is activated by PLC and not by a press to a touch cell Increase Clock by 1 hour Discrete This allows the PLC to increment the panel system clock by 1 hour Decrease Clock by 1 hour Discrete This allows the PLC to decrement the system clock by 1 hour Clear Alarm History Discrete This allows the PLC to clear the panel alarm history Clear Alarm Count Discrete This allows the PLC to clear the panel alarm count Trigger Screen Saver Discrete This allows the PLC to trigger the panel screen saver Select Current Language word This allows the PLC to select the current language 1 9 Under the Language tab you wi
95. in applications where you want to provide a message or a description of the process or condition General Visibiity Details M Label Text i Text Language 3 Character Size S SF Language 12 TRIGGER TEXT ON z Label Tet TRIGGER TEXT Position T me Top Text s Bottor Background OffTex TRIGGER TEXT OFF M Display Frame Tag Name x On Text Format Off Text Format f t EV e ar 6x8 ZJ Background Blink 6x8 XI Background x Blink T a a a C Left C Top C Left Top Justification Center Center Justification Center Center C Right C Bottom Right Bottom To put a Label on the Triggered Text object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter the Text you want to appear on the display when ON and when OFF 1 Select the
96. in the screen ves __ LET x General Images Visibilty Detais fay Bit Number DEFAULT ER sg To edit an image Image Number 5 x Edit Image Symbol Select Copy from Factory Image Clipboard IV Allow Stretching i Stretch to Fit Maintain Aspect Ratio To remove an image Remove Image Simulate Press OK Cancel Help Select from the 3 available options Browse From Clipboard or Symbol Factory a If you click on the Browse button a window will appear allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where the bitmap file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button b Click on From Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen c You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain ac cess to a library of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is automatically imported into the object The size of the bitmap you have selected will appear in the field next to Dimensions If the Bitmap is too large you will be asked if yo
97. initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card had an error while storing the initialization configuration in FLASH Error 41 STORE_OPERATION_ERROR NOT IMPLEMENTED screen Message Store operation error Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card had an error while storing the initialization configuration in FLASH Error 42 BAD_CRC_OR_FLASH_EMPTY NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message CRC mismatch or FLASH empty Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card had an error while retrieving the initialization configuration from FLASH Error 43 LOAD_FAILED NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message Load failed Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card had an error while retrieving the initialization configuration from FLASH Error 44 INVALID_IP_ADDR_OR_SUBNET_MASK Screen Message Invalid IP address or Subnet mask Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card was unable to process the command Error 45 INVALID_SOCKET_TYPE Screen Message Invalid socket type Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card was unable to process the command O oO z gt oO oO F m Co y x
98. is used by the firmware Driver Memory This is the memory used by the PLC Driver User Program This is the size of the program that you currently have loaded into your panel Free Memory This is the RAM memory that you have left to use in the panel User Memory This is the total RAM Memory available for use in the panel PLC Driver PLC Manufacturer PLC Model PLC Driver Code Revision This provides information about the type of PLC you are using Panel Name A description of the panel model is provided Option Board Reboot Option Board Type This tells you if you have an option board installed and the type Click here to reboot the EZ Series Touch Panel Clear Program Click here to Clear the current user program from the panel Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PLC DRIVER CODE only Flash Pech cr Flash to RAM Click on RAM to Flash to copy RAM memory to Flash card This will transfer the user program loaded on your panel to the Flash Card The Flash card may then be removed and installed into another panel to transfer to the RAM You may also backup your user program to save it before shutting off power to the panel You may then reinstall the program later Click on Flash to RAM to copy the contents of the Flash card to the panel RAM memory This is used to copy the user program from one panel to another or to reinstall a program to the panel Update PLC Driver Click on this to update
99. line graph plots the tag values on a line as they change over a period of time To put a Label on the Line Graph object perform the follow ing steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette a Select the Background Color and the Axis Tick Color from those offered on the color palette To select a Color click on the down arrow to see the palette and then simply click on the color swatch you want NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear NOTE The minimum number of readings is two IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the Line Graph to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty The Sample Rate for the Line Graph can be timed or triggered by an event Timed how often in Seconds Minutes or Hours the line graph will update Enter this parameter next to Sample Rate and select per Hour Minutes or Seconds Triggered triggered by a bit that will
100. location that the panel writes values to indicating which PLC errors have occurred in the unit The values are in decimal only Convert them to Hex to find the PLC Error Code Value PLC Error messages are listed in the Appendix A PLC Error Messages and in the programming software help under the PLC Help topic Driver Errors PLC Error Discrete Tag for internal location where the panel sets a bit to indicate that a PLC error has occurred Under the PLC to Panel tab you will enter the following attributes Under this Project Attributes tab you will enter a tag to an internal panel location These locations can be written to by the PLC oO pa ob tps 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Switch to Screen Number word This tag can be written to by the PLC to display a screen on the panel This will allow the PLC to change screens at anytime A zero 0 placed in the tag will return the customer to the previous screen How to Switch Screens from a PLC 1 Create a project or open an existing project that contains multiple screens From the Main Menu Bar select Setup gt Project Attributes and click on the PLC to Panel tab For the item labeled Switch to Screen Number enter a tag for this item Note Must be a word type tag and the data type for this tag should be unsigned decimal or BCD Save the project and then write the project to your Panel When communications between the
101. lt IDARI 3 A L 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 6 ACCESS UNATTAINABLE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T ACCESS OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to get the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write Error 7 RELEASE FAILURE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T RELEASE OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to release the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write Error 8 MSG_TIMEOUT Screen Message DRIVER TIMEOUT Condition The DeviceNet I O option card failed to respond to one of the driver s mailbox init messages Error 9 MB_S_TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING SEND MAILBOX ACCESS Condition The driver timed out waiting to place a message into the card s mailbox Error 10 MB_R_TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING RECV MAILBOX ACCESS Condition CURRENTLY NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR screen Message CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Condition Occurs when the driver fails to start after power up or the driver fails to start after a reset Could be a result of errors 1 10 Error 12 CARD_RW_ERR Screen Message CARD INIT FAILED OR DRIVER STOPPED Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card after the card s init has failed or the driver has been stopped Error 13 CARD_WD_ERR Screen Message CARD IS DEAD Condition Driver has attempted to Read the watchdog counter and found it not updating ind
102. new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button IWAS SESH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear en roe ar B Character Size e8 gt Off Text OFF TEXT a ek T ek mate prer i BS Pe Second Text SECOND TEXT Off E zx E 1 Select the Language number for the Off First bit and Second bit Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button for the Off Text First Text and for the Second Text 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Protection see Button Object Visibility Details see Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Tri State Switch on the screen and size it To size the switch grab a handle and drag it to size you want e To move the switch select it click and hold left mouse butt
103. note however that if the data type for an object requires something other than the default data type you have selected it will show the required data type i e Discrete 1 Click on Objects gt Numeric Entry The following screen will appear This software option remembers 2 Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label the last Data Type used and it becomes the Default Data These are the four objects you are about to configure in this tutorial Select the Default Tag Datatype O i P Es EZPanel demo project 1_ezt 1 Numeric Entry Screen File Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help a x g DW rena aoln al e o glg l 4F 4 Lie ll ael HH o o Amn Blg aoma a lj e glg ANA ASEH mR 7 ooe Raa h a E i Project Screens C0 1 Numeric Enty Screen ___Demo Numeric Entre Demo Button IR gt l For Help press F1 No of Selected Objects 0 42226 mea OFI 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 3 Inthe field next to Label Text tvne in Demo Numeric Entrv as shown Munmeri bites i General Scaling Protection Yaibliy Detcils Character Size DE Lebel Text Humare Entry Paailion Colo Tos E There are many more features _ Bottom Beckaowd gt that you may program such a Tag Name NUM ERIC ENTF fh Disoley Frome as Position of Label Color of ea _ RangeChec
104. oO z gt oO oO F m Co y xipueddy SWArYaatace Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 32 INCORR_IN_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect IN DPRAM length Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 33 INCORR_IN_TOTAL_LENGTH screen Message Incorrect IN total length Condition The option card responded to a initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader fo pE 26 TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho Error 34 INCORR_OUT_IO_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect OUT I O length Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the OUTPUT is invalid Error 35 INCORR_OUT_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect OUT DPRAM length Condition The option card responded to a initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from t
105. oa Address can be any rewpoectes a ae ewe valid unused address Fead Prodan Slat Ediling Seren from 0 to 31 faethe Monte sl TE Select Pane Penal Family aiz Allen Bradley SLC 500 OH 485 MicarLogiz AIC EZPsnd Enhanced GZlash ETawhPLE Cromer Fat oe PLE Ediior Rewaior select Model PALL 9 Color GdOwd itl p ViewE dt PLE Com Sieh Panel Station Humbe g Default Station Humbe 1 Mos Gkal Humbet E Oh Helo Language Clear Ext Timeout 30 255 benih of second 1 Pol Tre i028 tenihatsssond 0 NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC If communicating to other than the default PLC the address string must be preceded by the PLC address of the unit you want to communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is PLC address 3 carcel Her Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PLC5 DF1 The following screens provide you with an exam ple of how to set up a PLC5 with DF1 Protocol Eramet chanel 14 Charnel 1B Chanel 24 Channel 26 Edit Channel Properbes Camnnurieation bre Ramota Merde Cheape To set up the PLC5 DF1 using RSLogix oa alls Pepi a configuration software program the Channel Satam stasis F Enable yeni Configuration screens as shown to the right F Uae ASC eeri Disgnesbe Fiejo Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming 7a Per miian Software and configure Project Information as BaudAate fia E Penit E shown in the figure
106. panel location that an object is communicating with Tag Database PLC Model Manufacturer DirectLogic K Sequence Rev A Number of PLC tags Number of internal tags M Highlight Internal Tags Total Tags ERROR CODE VALUE UNSIGNED_INT_16 PLC ERROR DISCRETE UNKNOWN TAG 1 UNSIGNED_INT_16 NUMERIC ENTRY BCD_INT_16 Y02002 NUMERIC DISPLAY BCD_INT_16 02003 LOOK UP TEXT MESSAGE 1 SIGNED_INT 16 Y02004 BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE C0000 INDICATOR LIGHT DISCRETE C0001 Deste Delete elected Teas na ses oe come PLC Model Manufacturer The model and manufacturer of the PLC used in the project is listed at the top of this dialog box Number of PLC tags Number of internal tags and Total Tags The number of PLC and internal tags that are currently programmed in the project are provided Also provided is the combined total of both kinds of tags Highlight Internal Tags This is enabled by default Click on the box with the check mark to deselect this option When it is selected the internal tags in the list will be displayed in blue Highlight Unused Tags Click in the box in front of Highlight Unused Tags to enable this option The tags that are not currently linked to an object or attribute are highlighted in the list The unused tags are highlighted in yellow Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual AN Invalid Address Type NOTE If your panel is connected to multiple PLCs use the Station Number to address a spe
107. project a pado Pa Fauky Moduls Module Information Operating Hode Clos Becsei Set Time of Da ANYBUS S FOP be Universal module IN OUT 7 Byte IN O 2 Byte 1 wod i INJO 4 Byte 2 woid DIVO OGx2 Assign PROFIBUS Addess i oof IN OUT 8 Byte 4 wod ioi i IN O 16 Byte B word IN OUT 32 Byte 116 word IN O 64 Byte 92 word gt i H g IN OUT 128 Byte 54 word 10 snveuss PDP o of INPUT 1 Byte ioi i INPU 2 Byte 1 word Sit p M Oide number l ddi Q d Co f U 4 Byte 2 wordl 127 _ IN DUT _32 Byte 16 word 256 287 256 289 aji i H UT B Byte 4 word peaa E cof INPUT 16 Byte 8 wond UT 32 Byte 15 word UT 64 Byte 32 word T 120 Byte d word TFUT 1 Bple OUTFUT 2Bpte 1 word TPUT 4 Byte 2 word TPUT 8 Byte 4 word TFUT 16 Byte 8 word TPUT 32 Byte 16 word TPUT 64 Byte 32 werd TPUT 128 Byte 54 word D 0 D xe xipueddy gade the curent station into the load memory cf the currert module Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Siemens S7 MPI Adapter PLC Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Siemens S7 MPI Adapter with Siemens 3964R Protocol KASIMATIC Manager EZTcxt_1 10 x Fie Edt Insert PLC View Options Widow Help Using the Siemens Step 7 Programming olele lale ia a safo E
108. screen or Cancel to exit without saving the new screen Open Screen Open New Screen Title New Screen Number Screen List 1 Ser 7 Cancel Help The Open Screen command brings up the dialog box shown below Click on the screen in the Screen List that you want to open and then click on the Open button Rename Screen This dialog box allows you to Rename an existing screen in your project Open Screen Title alarm Screen Mumber Screen List Screen O01 2 New Screen Alarm Screen Purp Operation Screen Monitor Pump Screen Help Cancel 1 Select the screen you wish to change from the Screen List Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 2 Click in the Title box and change the title to the new name 3 Click on the Rename button Your screen will be renamed to Rename Screen Number Title fi Screen 001 Screen List i Screen U0 2 Mew Screen 3 Alarm Screen 4 Pump Operation Screen 5 Monitor Purp Screen Cancel Help k the Title you have entered Delete Screen Click on the screen s you want to delete from the project and then press the Delete button Grid Size 2 Hew Screen 3 Alarm Screen 4 Pump Operation Screen 5 Monitor Pump Screen coe woo JJ D R D D O D Oo pa od a 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual f NOTE EZ Series Touch Panel Model Part Numb
109. specify a valid file name Do not include any special characters lt gt etc while naming your files First character should be alphanumeric Error 102_2 Invalid file name Do not use symbols Reason You have specified an invalid file name Solution To avoid getting both these messages when creating a project do not use character symbols lt gt etc in the project name Only use letters A Z and or numbers 0 9 for a unique project name Error 102_3 Invalid Think and Do map file Reason When working with Think and Do PLC type this program will map the EZ Series Touch Panel project to an existing Think and Do map file If you try to map the EZ Series Touch Panel project to a map file generated by any program other than Think and Do this message will appear and prevent you from continuing with the project Solution Select a valid Think and Do map file Error 103_1 Unable to find the DII Path Unable to build the Tag Database Solution If you have moved the Dils to some other directory move them back If you have deleted them you must reinstall the software Error 103_2 Cannot edit Online unless the panel has a program Edit Offline first and write a program to the panel Reason Having no project loaded into the touch panel the program loader will not allow one to go into On Line Edit mode or if the map file has been altered and this message will come up Solution Get into Off Line Edit mode an
110. state VENUS ON creer eeepc sorte npc cinco seg EAEE cinco ones ene e sai 112 Merc losis TA renner entrees nce ee ean eee caer nan ne eran ean ne ae ere nen anna ee ere ene eee et ee 114 Embedding a Data Value ainiccceicancimenzasinatwtdacdacimentvacwnaninbrindimeninetsmntn nat Gen dimes ouieanien taieundtoriauanvelh 115 Copy Messages ca eset cer ene ci es ine an pence seis on ee optnc en eon her nae cata cle 118 EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Bitmap 9 sie kc Seeman mate ore EEEE Sac Ono Nn ln ar Oe Senne Bae ERREEN 120 Dynamic Bitmap SG ccc ee cette oe ot ceed mente Soe niece veticee eta Senders esis meee dee eee eee eee 120 To Edita ENGIN NO peace Se techie ies ence EEA NEEE EEEE REE 122 PINO BOUON aerae tan aan Cretan tre eevee en eee eee tn net ett 125 ii 0 Css tate BMAD eee eee ee Ree en ee eee ee eee 128 Tage 9 eto 2 0 aRaneeeree te amr es E rt eter Serene ae eae eee ae eee 130 increment Decrement Value Object sicivsnsv2esisssavsenebennvdarncnssaveceannnnadeiuilediadverndviniabbaneciaiewentbecenbededsas 133 DEERD a o PATRE ne agente da ests E eg T E N EE E E E EE EE 135 VIW Fie 6 O Eea E E E E EE E E eee 141 Daa eia 295 gt EET AE PO E E T IO EE AE A A E E E E E E E S eee eee 143 Choosing International Languages cnsssncmanacstuninws aiieicmanancetialess Gia attwansardatualieaGusleininackassunidiacetervseaviabudielety 145 Unicode Moear gt Bile a memeeepmmrnentr eee E ams rhytme ete ernest mee errr
111. symbol already placed on the screen to change the size resize object The screen to the right will appear Click on Symbol Factory button The Symbol Factory screen to the BEI i A Ply d Wee pom hip right will appear Click on the Options button When picture symbols are exported as bitmaps they are exported at the size of the Preview window If you need a larger bitmap you can increase the Export Scale Factor from 1X to 10X from the Symbol Options screen Fine adjustment of the exported bitmap size can be done by resizing the Preview window To resize the Preview window drag its right or bottom edge omary Symbol Options ct Override Built In Colors From the Symbol Options screen Fil Colo i click on the DOWN Arrow next to fen ae Export Scale Factor under Export l Force Solid Colors Options Select the Scale Factor in X Filled l this case 3X Click on OK Flip Horizontal pee ee I Flip Vertical ackground Color You will be taken back to the Symbol pango Zi Eset ENA oe Factory screen shown to the right Click on the Copy button S ie You will be taken back to the Static Bitmap es ee Screen first screen capture shown above ae ae Zo it right click on OK i EE oe You will return to the EZ Series Touch Panel EE C TE Editor Programming Screen you were configuring Your object will be scaled to the size you have selected If the Scale Factor you have selected is to
112. the Legend text you want to enter You may program up to 9 different languages to display on the legend 2 Type in the text for the Legend Under Alarm select the Text and Background Color 4 Select the Language number and type in the text you want to appear for the Legend 5 Under Mode select the Text and Background Color Select the Language number for Auto and Manual Type in the Legend text for Auto and for Manual that you want to appear on the object al oO IWANA SEAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Change Screen Object a This object will allow EZ Series Touch Panel to change to display another Screen Change Screen General Protection Visibilty Details Change Screens Label Text Language piss Character Size 53 z Selected Wiew Pure Control Screen Label Text CHANGE SCR Style Position Color C Top Text C Bottom Background 7 MV Display Frame Go To Screen v Text Char Size Color Blink Language EE Text E 6x8 K Text Screen Background x E __ NOTE See Project Attributes sl gt PLC to Panel gt Switch to Screen Number page 188 TO puta Label on the Change Screen object perform the fol for information related to owing steps changing screens from the 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label PLC for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language num
113. the Grid Size dialog box described on the previous page Acheck mark will appear to show you that it is enabled Click on it again to disable snap feature JJ D h D D O D Description Screen Click on this menu item to view enter or edit a description of the current screen You may enter up to 400 characters When you print this screen the description you have entered here will appear on the printed page beneath the picture of the screen Screen Background Color This feature allows you to change the color of your Screen Background Screen Description Screen Name Type in your screen description here Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Move the pointer over the color swatches to view the color of the background on your current screen Click on the color you want to select Show Touch Cells Click on Show Touch Cells and a grid will appear on the screen representing the touch cells on your size screen This makes it easier to place your objects directly over touch cells Click on this Select Screen Background Coler Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual og menu item again to disable eb a a ae a o now 320x240 Rectangleh Show Touch Cells selected Click on this men item or the icon to show a 320 x 240 area on your 8 inch or 10 inch programming screen The 320 x 240 area depicts the size of the 6 inch panel screen This is useful when designing s
114. the Switch to Screen Number under Project Attributes gt PLC to Panel Not exactly because before the panel can actually display the Power Up Screen it reads from the PLC and displays the Switch to Screen Number 6 Can place objects anywhere on the screen Yes with EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software you can place Objects anywhere on the screen but with EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Software Touch Objects like Push Buttons Switches Numeric Entry etc will always snap to touch cells 7 What is a touchcell A touchcell is the physical area on the panel that defines user selection by touching A Touch Object can contain more than one touchcell but cannot contain less than one touchcell On most panels the size of a touchcell is 40 x 40 pixels However since the screen size differs the physical size of 40 pixels does as well On the 6 inch panels 40 pixels 0 57 On the 8 inch panel 40 pixels 0 52 On the 10 inch panel 40 pixels 0 41 On the 15 inch panel 40 pixels 738 On panel Model P N s EZ S6M R or EZ S6M RS the size of a touchcell is 20 x 20 pixels WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Can l use the floating point data type with all objects No only Numeric Entry Numeric Display Meter Bar Graph PID Faceplate Line Graph and Recipe objects support floating point tags All other objects do not support floating
115. the box size Circle The Circle Draw tool allows you to draw a circle To draw a Circle 1 Click on the Circle icon K or select Circle from the Draw Menu 2 Adialog box will appear allowing you to select the outline and fill color of the circle oO pa od tps 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE IMPORT BITMAP option To size a Bitmap once it has been placed on the screen click on it to select grab one of the handles and drag to the size you want NOTE SYMBOL FACTORY option To SIZE a symbol in Symbol Factory go to Options in the Symbol Factory when selecting the symbol See instructions on page 162 9D Error BNP The heaghe and width of selected image are out of range Do you want it to ba resred bo Fit in tha sorean eja Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button to locate the starting point of the circle Pull the circle with the mouse to the size you want and release the mouse button to set the perimeter size Static Bitmap This object allows you to import a bitmap and place it on the screen To place a Bitmap on the screen li 2 Click on the Static Bitmap icon or select Static Bitmap from the Draw Menu The following dialog box will appear If you want to be able to stretch the image once it is placed on Static Bitmap Copy From Cipboard Symbol Factory IV Allow stretching on the screen Sie 372Wx331
116. the card offline the card failed to reach a waiting to ransmit condition o c oo X T c ZC J 0 o Br oQ lt Error 4 REGISTER_READ_ONLY Screen Message OI REGISTER IS READ ONLY oo Nxxx yyyy Condition If writing to or O Error 5 BAD_ADDRESS Screen Message BAD ADDRESS oo Nxxx yyyy Condition If writing to SLC500 and the file address is greater than 255 or the word address is greater than 255 If reading from SLC500 and the file address is greater than 255 or the word address is greater than 255 Error 6 COMM_ERROR Screen Message COMMUNICATION ERRORS Condition Driver timed out while waiting for a reply to a transmission Card was not in a waiting to transmit condition during an attempted transmission Error 7 STATUS _ ERROR Screen Message STS xx EXT_STS xx ERRORS FROM PLC xx Condition PLC s reply to a read message returned a status error PLC s reply to a write message returned a status error WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 8 INVALID CARD _ERROR Screen Message INVALID OR NO OPTION BOARD Condition Invalid or no card found during restart Error 9 INVALID_ DRIVER_STATE screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver reached an invalid state during a write Driver reached an invalid state during a read Error 10 GENERAL ERROR Screen Message ERROR CODE xxx Condition Never should occur Error 11 LAST_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never wo
117. the object NOT the Message Database The Message Database is used by the Lookup Text Object only It displays one message at a time based on a bit the one that is set or a value in the tag The maximum number of messages that can be programmed is 255 Click on the Messages tab to program messages in the database Messages designed in the Database are numbered based on the tag data type If the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Message Number 10 will be displayed within the Unicode Multi state Indicator Text Frame In order to enter text for South Asian languages Thai Vietnam ese Arabic etc requiring Cyrillic alphabet or right to left script and Indic languages Hindi Tamil etc you might need to install additional support on your PC For entering text in East Asian languages Chinese Japanese etc using U S keyboard you might need to install an additional Input Method Editor IME Unicode Multistate Button General General Visibility Details Tag Name I Display Frame Messages Display images based on Bits are represented in f Bit Number Message Number Decimal System C Octal System Selecting Bit Number would display the images based on whichever bet is ON in the specified PLC Address Norr programmed message schon on panel w Display an error message C Display a blank message e Display the last displayed message Ignore the new value Simulate Press IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming
118. the output as displayed on the PID Faceplate object 1 2 3 Click on the down arrow to reveal Tag Names or enter a new tag name and make your selection Enter the Minimum and Maximum ranges for the Output bar graph display Select the Total number of digits you want to display and how many if any of those digits should be Fractional IWARA SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 4 Choose the Color for the Bar and Background PID FacePlate x General Legends Visibility Details r Legends You can define the multi language legends for Alarm Output Mode Auto Mode Manual Output Language Legends Output 4 OUTPUT Alarm Color Language Legends Text Color H TETY Background 1 Mode Language Legends Color Aut E fauto Text Color H Background 7 Manual E MANUAL Cancel Help 5 The PID Faceplate monitors two discrete bits e Mode Bit tells the operator whether the process is in Auto Mode or Manual Mode Enter the tag name for the discrete bit to be monitored for Mode ON Manual OFF Auto e Alarm Bit tells the operator if any alarm for the process is active or not Enter the tag name for the discrete bit to be monitored for active alarms ON Alarm OFF no display Click on the Legend tab to make your selections for the Legend that will display on the object 1 Under Output select the Language number for
119. the second alarm Remember or write down the ACTUAL VALUE In this case the actual decimal value is 256 ALARM HISTORY DETAILS ENTRY MO 1 ERROR CODE VALUE ACTIVATED 10 18 50 if JAaM1 CLEARED 10 18 53 10 JAM1 ACTUAL VALUE 256 HIGH LOW DIS HIGH LOU LIMIT O HIGH LIMIT O f Press the EXIT button to return to ALARM HISTORY screen and then press the EXIT button on this screen to return to the project screen g Convert the Actual Value of the error that you wrote down from the Alarm History Details screen All PLC ERROR CODE VALUEs are in decimal Convert them to HEX From the Actual Value of 256 you will get a Hex value of 100 Look for this value under Driver Errors 0x0100 See the following section for PLC Driver Error Messages j oO z gt oO oO m y xipueddy dD oo 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho fea a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual gt Problem What is Screen Buffer Overflow This message indicates that there are more objects on the screen than the panel can display When a screen is displayed the panel copies the objects to a buffer If the buffer is filled then this message is displayed and any remaining objects are ignored The amount of memory used by an object is dependent on the type of object visibility the label and strings used by the object Some objects should be removed from the screen gt Prob
120. to EZ Series Touch Panel EditorProgramming Software and begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel project dnies Jld xipueddy Og xp Oo D co 20 O l qA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a GE 90 30 PLC with SNPX Protocol To set up the PLC using Logic Master configuration software program the PLC Communications Serial Port Setup screen as shown to the right Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return Step 1 Project Information LM90 70 PRG9030 Auto Ce PLCSEL GE vVUMODE DE Po LC COMMUNI CAT LION S SERIAL PO RT o HT UP ICOM2 NAME D LM 2400 4800 9600 19200 TS TURNAROUND TIME 0 0 counts 1 count 1 100 second Communication JEJ c Information Installed at DOS nt OSFD DOS INT vector 3C i Da It s as easy as 1 2 3 5 Touch Panels ESenes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later E Automation Phone 1077 774 Easy WAAL
121. to contact an ECOM device The user should re check the EZEthernet node configuration Error 12 Node ID is offline Reason Not used in this release Error 13 Node ID is offline Reason unknown Not used in this release Error number 14 is not used Error 15 Node ID No more ecom buffers A condition in which EZEthernet Card requests are being discarded by the node indicated by because the ECOM transaction buffers are saturated The user should reduce the load on the ECOM by optimizing panel screens and or removing panels configured to talk through that ECOM Error 16 Program Segment packet timeout An exchange between the EZ Series Touch Panel Program Loader and the corresponding EZEthernet Card was not completed in the time out period specified in the EZEthernet Configuration Utility The user should retry the operation If this error occurs frequently the user should increase the time out setting Error 17 Could not write point A EZEthernet adapter was unable to process a tag write request The user should retry the operation If the problem persists the user should contact Technical Support o oo 26 c C p 0 o Mr oQ lt fei a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 18 Tag scan off Cannot complete Operation Not used in this release Error 19 Critical No more transaction buffers The EZEthernet Card has exceeded its resour
122. to its appropriate location on the screen The images in the screen regardless of their loca tion on the screen represent the same multi position animation object and double clicking any of the images will let you edit the object Selecting an image and placing the mouse over it displays the image number of that particular image If you want to select all the images in the multi position animation object you can do so by right clicking on a blank area on the screen and then checking the menu item titled Select All Multi Position Images from the context menu Once this is done all the images of the multi position animation object can be moved around the screen together Also you can apply the same size height or width to all the images in the multi position animation object by clicking on the appropriate item in the context menu Main Programming Screen In this chapter Title Bar Main Menu Bar Standard Tool Bar Object Tool Bars e Basic Objects Tool Bar e Text Objects Tool Bar e System Objects Tool Bar e Bitmap Objects Tool Bar Draw Tool Bar Panel Tool Bar Status Bar 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar Project Screens Explorer View Programming Screen Main Programming Screen Title Bar Main Menu Bar 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar EZI auch new project name here ezt CI Standard Tool File Edt Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help Bar 208 28 m6 2 p gH at f
123. to the front The title bar is grayed out in screens that are not currently active Tile Click here to view open screen files in the window Screens will be arranged within the window This is helpful if you want to copy or cut and paste objects or drawings between screens The title bar is grayed out in screens that are not currently active 1 new project ezt 1 Panel Control Screen 2 new project ezt 2 Screen 2 This is a list of the project screens that are currently open Click ona screen in this list to bring it into view A check mark will appear in front of the active screen in this list IWARA LAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Help Menu using Panel gt Flash gt RAM to Flash Help Topics About E PanelEnhanced JJ D h D D O D To Upgrade Firmware amp EZ Touch Panel Programming Software Help Topics File Edit Bookmark Options Help Help Topics Back UA Contents Index gA Seach gt Introduction AutomationDirect com is proud to present EZTouch Panel Programming Software for Windows Hardware Installation 95 98 NT4 0 2000 8 This is a comprehensive graphics and interface program for use with Windows Software Installation allowing you to program your EZTouch Panel operator interface Getting Started Vith its high level programming getting started is now easier than ever even if you are a novice We Na Main Programming Screen have included the most up to
124. to their intended purpose and that the instructions in this manual are adhered to The protection provided by the equipment may be impaired if this equipment is not used in accordance with this manual Only replacement parts supplied by EZAutomation or its agents should be used Consult EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Help or you may find answers to your questions in the operator interface section of our website www EZAutomation net If you still need assistance please call our technical support from 6 a m to Midnight CST at 1 877 774 EASY or FAX us at 1 877 775 EASY All electrical circuits connected to the communications port receptacle are rated as Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV Operating Temperature 6 White on Blue amp Mono non expandable ccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 0 to 45 C 6 Color nanaonan 0 to 50 C 0 Color TPI eee me ere een NN eT E ane INE Cs ee Dae ena 0 to 55 C 8 Color 06 0 to 50 C o Color TET Reon eee a arene S ESN Omen re HOE Ne Wes pen or en tae oe 0 to 55 C TO ONE crac c ts secsetice eceie ase apn E EE 0 to 55 C Io COO ee E E eo ee eee eee 0 to 55 C Storage Temperature 6 White on Blue amp Mono non expandable ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 20 to 60 C O GOOF serea E E on en nce ee ee 25 to 60 C 6 Golon TFI seeren E 25 to 65 C 8 Color 06 25 to 60 C 9 Color lence ne ener emma or eet EE ts Een an
125. to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Numeric Display object to monitor 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Enter the Format of the Numeric Display r Format Data Type Signed Decimal Justification Leading Zeros v Size exe Color Digits Total Digts 5 44 Text JE 6 Bink Background I Bink Fractional Digits P 4 The Data Type is dependent upon the Tag type In turn the Tag data type is dependent upon the type of PLC you are using Therefore your selections next to Data Type in this object will be limited by your Tag and PLC data type EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software will automatically limit your selections based on the PLC and Tag address format The Data Types and their respective ranges that may be available are as follows Signed 16 Decimal 32768 to 32767 Signed 32 Decimal 2147483648 to 2147483647 Unsigned 16 Decimal 0 to
126. want to move to highlight it and then click on the Move Up or Move Down button You can also click on an object in the list and click on the Edit button to edit the object details or click on Remove to remove the object from the screen Overlapping Objects Details T h i S d i a O g S h OWS overlapping Dynamic Objects only It does not show Static Objects such as Static Bitmap and a rectangle or circle 2 Change Screen CHANGE SCR Oo pa i J 3 o Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE The Apply Attributes function will only work on like objects and it doesn t work on ALL objects Select Objects Pick Attributes The Pick Attributes function can be accessed through the Edit Menu or by right clicking onto an object It basically acts as a copy and paste function only pertaining to the visual characteristics of an object Once an object is selected the Pick Attributes function copies the shape and color of the text and background and will apply those attributes by using the Apply Attributes function To Pick Attributes perform the following steps 1 Select the object which has the attributes you would like to pick by clicking the object 2 Click the Edit Menu and select Pick Attributes you can also right click onto the object and choose Pick Attributes Apply Attributes The Apply Attributes function will paste or apply the attributes you selected throu
127. x 12 touch cells can have up to 8 buttons Radio Button Object Radio Buttons x General Protection Visibiliy Details Button 1 Button 2 RADIO E Label Tex r Select Sile Language fi Character Size 65 X el Labe Text RAD 0 Selected s Position Color Se c op Text Z oe Botton Backgiound xl p O Tag Name E IV Display Frame Number of Cher Size Color Blink Butions Text Blink Background Blirk ae o ele Off Text E E E BE E NOTE For this object resizing will always be n multioles of delauk size Simulate Fress Cancel Help To put a Label on a Radio Button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Radio Button Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button NOTE To edit the Address o
128. you are about to transfer the Panel Type you are transferring the project to and the PLC Type and Protocol that you have selected as used by your application Press Start to begin the transfer or Cancel to abort If you receive an error message check to ensure your panel to PC connections are correct Under Ethernet COM Port click on Configuration button The window shown to the left will appear Click on the down arrow under Ethernet COM Port to select the correct PC Port COM1 COM2 COM3 or COM4 Group Number and Unit Number must match that of the panel you are trying to communicate with The Progress Bar will let you Know where you are in the transfer process and when the process is complete After the transfer is complete Panel Information gathered during transfer communication is displayed It will tell you the Total Memory installed in your panel in bytes and the Free Memory available after the project upload The panel Firmware Revision internal software number is displayed and whether or not a Panel to PLC Link is established oO pa ob a 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Be sure to select screens click on them to select up here if you choose Selected Screens down here Printing from Panel Only Alarms and Messages will print from the Panel To print alarms from the Panel see the Alarm Database section page 175 To print Messages from the Panel see the Mess
129. your EZ Series EZ utomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY Touch Panel Project Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later WANA ezautonmatian net SELECT ACTION ENTER PAQJECT INFORMATION Fiogot Location mol Tam Fil x AE Faneler have m i E rajag fs NOTE If attached to a 1747KE El Program communication module the PLC OFF LINE fine address is the address of the to Panel Later Papel Nara processor that the module is at rea pect ea niet S Hoven tached to Station Number is the ik OES l Station number assigned to the Read Proaiam elit acted KE module If attached directly Pe ORL Humber 1 Name New Siia x to a processor the PLC address Selec Parne niza Ce wre Ca owe is not used The Station Number refers to the PLC address Pano Fatty E cit Program rope c ON LINE E2Psnaliriansead EZT eush EST auchPLe el falL g Colo G40 0 Allen Bradley SLC S00 Attibules PLE E dbo Aevision Ho 41 Baud Rate seo0 Default PLC Adctiie Panky None Station Humber Stop Bils One Time Dut Time t 255 kaentha of a seconds Checksum Type eRC Fol Time 1 255 Seket A5485 No rv mien 0 Cancel Hel 0 NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC If communicating to other than the default PLC the address string must be preceded by the PLC address of the unit you want to communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is PLC address 3 D wn D xe xipue
130. your PLC Driver This will send the current PLC Driver code to your panel other project information is not sent Be aware that the existing driver will be removed from the panel Click on OK to start the update or Cancel to quit without updating Update Driver Name of the Driver Koyo_KSequence Updating driver will remove the existing driver from Panel Continue Time Date Here you may view and set da the Panel Time and Date and Bisel riae then send it to the panel The Time Hr Min Sec Date MM DD r current Panel Time and Date will 03222 0272800 display in the window Under Set Panel Time and Date your Sel Panel Time and Date PC time will display To change Time Hr Min Sec Date MM DD YY the Time click on the hour 21517PM E i2200 minutes or seconds and type in the appropriate numbers or use Sendto Panel _ JJ D R D D O D Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual the UP DOWN arrows to change the time To change the Date click the DOWN arrow next to the date field Acalendar shown below will appear Use the arrows to search for date The current October 2000 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri oO pa ob tps 3 am 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 25 Gp 28 29 30 31 1 3 PC date will be circled Click on the Send to Panel button to send your changes to the EZ Series Touch Panel clock Diagnostics To run a d
131. 1 Good Communication Toggle 224 Go To Screen 102 Graphical trending 40 graphic file size 186 Grid Size 181 H IWARA S LAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual handle 47 248 Handshake Tag 65 Hardware 189 Help button 4 Menu 233 Topics windows 4 HELP 118 Hexadecimal 97 Highlight Internal Tags Tag Database 198 Highlight Unused Tags Tag Database 198 Horizontal Center 175 Host Link unit C 24 IBM 3 IBM or compatible PC 3 icon 13 Image database 130 Image Number 128 Images tab 128 3 Import Bitmap 121 2127 Import Tags 205 208 Increase Clock by 1 hour 227 increment value 133 Increment Decrement Hour 106 Choose the function 107 Label 106 Text 107 increment decrement operation program 134 Increment Decrement Value Object 133 Increment Decrement Value Object 133 Enter Text 133 141 135 increment decrement operation program 134 Label 133 Increment Decrement Value tab 134 Indicator Button Object 52 Actuator Types 51 Label 51 On Off Text 71 Style 26 Tag Name 71 Indicator Light 71 Indicator Light object 72 Indicator Light Object 71 Label 71 1 240 44 Style 12 Tag Name 12 industrial automation 235 Information Panel 189 inputs 44 Installation 5 Installing the Software 44 internal Real Time clock 106 internal tags 145 J K keypad 28 62 69 display large 221 Keypad 84 Data Type 63 Fractional Digits 64 Justification 64 K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus C 16 C 14
132. 115 print out from PLC 216 Tag Name 114 sending to printer 79 Multi state Indicator 113 Message Database 114 788 print messages from D 3 Message Number 80 used as an indicator light 113 messages 112 Messages 9 N Print D 3 Message Text 87 Navigation Tool Bar 39 Meter 87 ndicator light 51 Meter Object 89 needle 87 Alarms Tab 90 New Screen 180 Digital Display Tab 88 non printable ASCII character 118 Format 90 Non Printable ASCII Character 118 numbers 90 Non programmed bitmap action on panel 129 Fractional Digits 90 Non programmed message action on panel 113 Justification 87 Nonvolatile flash card 9 Label 87 Notepad 204 212 Style 88 Notification Tag 65 Tag Name 33 Number of Steps 58 Meters 93 numeric 9 Micrologix 1500 C 5 Numeric Display 24 MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex C 3 C 4 Numeric Display Object 73 MicroLogix DF1 Half Duplex C 4 A 73 Data Type 74 MicroLogix DH485 AIC C 5 Digits 74 Midpoint value 99 Display Values 75 Miscellaneous Errors Mxx_x A 73 Format 74 Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup C 22 Fractional Digits 74 Modbus RTU C 23 Justification 74 Label 73 E gt Apes S LA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PLC Values 75 Scaling Tab 75 Tag Name 73 Numeric Entry 22 Numeric Entry Object 62 Enter Range and Test Display 63 Label 62 PLC Values 64 Scaling Tab 64 Select the Format of the Keypad 63 O Object Description 50 Object Errors Jxx_x A 67 object icon 45 Object Name 50 objects print D 3 Objects 4
133. 1_4 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum size usable BMP size Reason Panels use a Run Length Encoding RLE technique to compress Bitmaps for display and saving purposes The maximum allowable size of a compressed BMP is 64K If the selected BMP oD ban e c D gt e e Ke y xipueddy dD oo 26 TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho IDAT 3 a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual results more than 64K during compression this error occurs Even if the bitmap size is less than the panel s resolution you may get this error Solution You need to select a different BMP If you would like to use the same bitmap you need to reduce the complexity of the bitmap Although there is no straight forward way to tell that a bitmap would result in less than 64K during compression the following tips might be useful 1 Try to have the same color across the bitmap If you mix lot of color patches that may increase the compressed bitmap size 2 Try to reduce the font usage in the bitmap Error J11_5 Selected BMP files combined must not exceed 64K size Please select a different BMP file Reason There are two BMP files for dynamic bitmap Both BMP files would be compressed using RLE technique and combined length of compressed BMPs together should not exceed 64K in size If it exceeds you would get this error Solution Select BMPs which do not exceed the 64K size limit Error J11
134. 2 Data Bits 221 Parity 221 Require CTS 222 Select RS485 221 Stop Bits 221 Project Description 230 Project Information 33 Project Information Dialog box Errors Ixx_x A 66 Project Location 166 Project Name 48 Project Screens Explorer View 227 Project Screens Explorer View window 234 Project Setup 32 Proportional Integral Derivative PID 48 Protect 34 Q quotation marks 204 7212 R Radio Button Object Label 53 On Off Text 54 Style 53 Tag Name 53 Radio Buttons 9 RAM 35 RAM Memory 190 RAM to Flash 191 Range 63 Read from Tag 134 Readings 97 Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE 9 read write 44 Re 190 Recipe 66 Recipe Object 66 Label 66 Recipe Tab 67 Register Values 67 Text 66 Rectangle 185 redo 3 7175 Reference 170 register value increment or decrement 134 Remote I O C 12 Remove Image 132 Rename Screen 180 Requirements 37 resize asymbol 188 RESIZING AN OBJECT 40 REVIEW 3 Revisions 189 Right click 3 Right click menu Project Screens Explorer View 234 RS 232C Programming Cable 214 RSLogix configuration software C 3 S Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV ix Sample Rate 96 Triggered State 96 Save Project 64 7170 Save Project As Protected 171 Save Screen 76 7170 Saving Errors Sxx_x A 67 Scaling 40 733 Screen Background Color 183 Screen Buffer Overflow 224 screen contrast 109 screen description 39 screen design features 36 Screen List 9 Screen Menu 180 Screen number 9 screens 40 Screens
135. 2 10 RS 232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to a D2 DCM D3 350 bot tom port a D3 232 DCU installed on D3 333 or D3 340 or DL 405 bottom point CPU 6 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to an AB Micrologix 1000 1200 or i lianas 1500 CPU 15 pin D shell male connector to 8 pin DIN connector EZ SLC 232 CBL 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to an AB SLC 5 03 5 04 or 5 05 CPU with DF 1 port 15 pin D shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector EZ PLC5 232 CBL1 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to an AB PLC5 CPU with DF 1 port 15 pin D shell male connector to 25 pin D shell male connector 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to an AB SLC 500 CPU with la a DH485 port and 747 A C Module 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to GE Fanuc Series 90 30 EZ 90 30 CBL 90 70 serial port using SNPX protocol 15 pin D shell male connector to 15 pin D shell male connector 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Mitsubishi FX series CPU EZ MITSU CBL 15 pin D shell male connector to 25 pin D shell male connector uOoH ONpowyu 10 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Siemens Simatic S7 series CPU 15 EZ S7MPI CBL pin D shell male connector to 9 pin D shell connector 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Omron C200
136. 228 Current Language Number 225 D databases 36 Data Format 134 Data Highway Plus C 10 Data Highway Plus Models 8 29 data table 44 729 data tag 87 data type 87 data value 116 data value range 87 Data values 44 Decimal 129 decimal points controlled by tag 64 Decimal point Tag Name 64 Decrease Clock by 1 hour 227 decrement value 133 DEFAULT image 130 Default Language 220 7228 DEFAULT Message 114 Default Message Attributes 119 176 Default Tag Data Type 176 74 Delete 176 Delete Screen 181 Demo Button 24 Demo Indicator Light 22 Demo Numeric Display 30 Demo Numeric Entry 19 Demo Project 32 Demo Project 1 77 description of process or condition 50 Description Screen 183 design 64 design changes 44 design screens 161 Details 81 7129 DETAILS button A 12 detect a PLC error A 7 Diagnostics 192 Digital Clock 81 Digital Display 85 Justification 90 Digits 94 Dimensions 81 DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup C 16 DirectSoft importing and exporting tags 205 DirectSoft configuration software C 16 Discrete 82 Display 190 Display a blank bitmap 129 Display a blank message 113 Display an error message 113 127 Display Blank A 6 Display Frame 82 Display Grid 182 display images on panel 128 Display images based on Bit Number 129 Display images based on Image Number 129 Display messages based on Bit Number 113 Display Messages based on Message Number 113 Display Saver 108 display tag character values 129 Display Tag Na
137. 232 changing from a PLC 226 Explorer View 33 navigate Explorer View 184 switch between or open 184 Screen Saver 108 Search security 222 Seimens S7 C 30 Seimens Step 7 Programming Software C 30 SELECT ACTION ix 47 Select All 175 Select Current Language 227 Select Language Object 111 Label 111 select the language 111 Text 111 Select Node 3 Selector Switch 12 2755 Select PLC 230 SELV Circuits 46 separated by commas 204 serial port 46 Set Limit 89 Set Off 63 Set On 9 Set Panel Time 191 Set Point 100 set points 44 Set Point SP 99 Setup exe 44 Setup Menu 198 Show 320x240 Rectangle 184 ShowGrid 122 Show Ticks 88 Show Touch Cells 183 Siemens 3964R Protocol C 30 Siemens S7 MPI Adaptor C 30 Signed 48 Signed Unsigned 3 Simulate Next State 179 Simulate Press 22 Simulate Previous State 179 size a Bitmap Static Bitmap 186 Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory 188 sizing bitmaps Dynamic Bitmap 44 Static Bitmap 188 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF 1 Full Duplex C 6 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex C 7 SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH485 AIC C 8 Slide Switch 76 Snap to Grid 182 Software 116 Sort by Address Tag Database 201 Sort by Data Type Tag Database 201 Sort by Tag Name Tag Database 201 sort the Tag Database 200 Special characters 19 Standard Tool Bar 19 Start Editing Screen 21 state 27 Static Bitmap 186 Static Text Object 165 General tab 58 Language 58 Station Number 58 Status Bar 58 Step 1 59 Step
138. 30 Upgrade Firmware 231 CD ROM Drive ix CE mark ix CE Test Standard EN55011 119 Change Message Attributes 36 changes 102 Change Screen 226 Change Screen Object 102 Go To Screen 102 Label 102 Style ix Changing Screens from a PLC 225 Characters B 2 B 5 character string 199 Circle 185 Cleaning 85 Clear Alarm Count 227 Clear Alarm History 227 Clear Program 190 clock 190 Clock 85 Clock Object 85 Analog Clock 85 Color 86 Label 86 Digital Clock 86 Date 86 Label 49 Options 89 Close Project 170 codes 46 color band ix color palette 9 COM1 button D 2 COM Configuration 192 Comma delimited 204 Comma delimited 217 Comma separated values 204 Communication Errors Cxx_x A 71 Communications cable A 5 from EZ Touch to Computer A 5 ports ix IWARA E LA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual communications between the PLC and panel A 7 communications port receptacle 35 compatible incompatible chemicals and compounds 22 COM port 233 COM Port 192 configuring your first screen 4 Connecting Panel to Multiple PLCs addressing 109 context sensitive onscreen help 99 187 Contrast 44 controlled variable in the process 99 control logic 44 control output value 127 control sequence 122 Copy 175 Copy from Clipboard 172 Copying Tags Screen 171 Copy Screen 211 corrosive gases 176 Crop 217 CSV file 204 CTS Switch C 25 ce Aes Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Current Editing Language
139. 4 Objects Menu 177 Objects Overlapping 163 Object Tool Bar 45 OBJECT TOOLBAR 163 Object Tool Bars 129 Octal 126 Off Bitmap 4 OK Cancel Help Buttons C 24 OMRON C200 and C500 PLC Communications Setup C 24 OMRON Host Link PLC 126 On Bitmap 32 ON LINE 47 On Off Text 12 Onscreen HELP 38 onscreen prompts 170 Open Project 180 Open Screen 134 Operation 190 Option Board 190 Type 44 Option Card installed 99 outputs 177 Output Variable 177 P Package Project for EZTransfer 174 palette 9 Panel Error Messages A 61 B 2 B 5 Panel Information 27 Panel Menu 189 Panel Name 190 242 Panel Time and Date 191 Panel Tool Bar 165 249 Panel to PLC 224 Panel to PLC Link 29 Panel Type 20 719 GROUP 49 Password 28 PASSWORD 49 Password PLC 49 Password Protect Object 48 Passwords 48 222 Password Tag 49 Paste 175 PC 3 PC Com Port Connects to Panel 34 PC requirements 3 Pen 97 Pick Attributes 178 PID Faceplate Object 99 Alarm Bit 101 Label 99 Legend tab 101 Mode Bit 101 Output 100 Bar color 101 Barranges 100 Tag Name 100 Process Variable Setpoint Tag Name 100 PID Faceplates 40 PID loop tune face plates 47 Place Button 44 PLC 3 addresses 9 765 Attributes 74 datatype 38 Driver 190 Driver Code Revision 190 Driver memory 190 Error 225 HELP 62 location 4 Manufacturer 190 memory locations 62 Model 190 register 81 registers 9 Type 36 Type and Protocol 34 748 PLC5 DF1 C 9 PLC 5 Programming Software Series A6200 C 10 P
140. 65535 Unsigned 32 Decimal 0 to 4294967295 Octal 16 O to 177777 Octal 32 O to 37777771771717 Hex 16 0 to FFFF Hex 32 0 to FFFFFFFF BCD 16 0 to 9999 BCD 32 0 to 99999999 h Click on Data Type and select from the available choices 2 Click on Justification and select from the following Left Justify Right Justify or Leading Zeroes 3 Click on Size and select from the available character sizes Click on down arrow to view list of sizes 4 Under Color click on down arrow to view the color palette for Text Click on any color to select 5 Click on the box in front of Blink if you want your text characters to blink 6 Select color for Background and whether or not you want it to Blink 7 Click on Total Digits under Digits Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the Data Type and Tag Type that you want to display NOTE If a Decimal Point 8 Ifyou want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 tag is selected the Fractional fornone For example if your maximum value is 999 you would Digits will not be used The enter 3 under total digits If your maximum value is 99 9 enter number of fractional digits 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits will come from the value of 9 If you want a tag to control the decimal points click in the box the tag in front of Use tag for decimal point and then enter or select a Decimal point Tag Name m i Use tag fo
141. 7 119 TT Lowercase w 0170 120 78 Lowercase x 0171 121 19 Lowercase y 0172 122 TA Lowercase Z 0173 123 7B Left curly brace 0174 124 7G Vertical bar 0175 125 7D Right curly brace 0176 126 TE Tilde mii 2 0 Ot cg oOo roma OQ qO Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EZ Series Touch Panel ANSI Chara Ct kos ANSI Character Codes can be entered into text objects on the panel by pressing and holding the ALT button and then typing in 0 and the 3 digit code for the character on the numeric keypad on your computer keyboard EXAMPLE To enter the character 1 Press and hold the ALT key on your computer keyboard 2 Enter 0191 on the Numeric Keyboard on your computer keyboard 3 The character will appear as a text character Character Code Description 191 Inverted Question Mark A 192 Latin Capital Letter A with Grave A 193 Latin Capital Letter A with Acute A 194 Latin Capital Letter A with Circumflex A 195 Latin Capital Letter A with Tilde A 196 Latin Capital Letter A with Diaeresis o gt A 197 Latin Capital Letter A with Ring Above z iS FE 198 Latin Capital Letter Ae 3 2 199 Latin Capital Letter C with Cedilla 2 E 200 Latin Capital Letter E with Grave O U E 201 Latin Capital Letter E with Acute 202 Latin Capital Letter E with Circumflex 203 Latin Capital Letter E with Diaeresis 204 Latin Capital Letter with Grave 205 Latin Capital Letter with Acute i 206 Latin Capital
142. AA Touch O1 hz Ot H i g6 gr Ces Panel Programming Software User Manual 8 To test the Alarms perform the following steps a Disconnect the PLC and then reconnect it as soon as you can after the first error message flashes on the panel screen While disconnected the PLC COMMUNICATION TIMEOUT error message will flash across the top of the panel screen and the 01 02 ERROR CODE VALUE error message will flash across the bottom of the screen b Press the ALARM HISTORY button on the panel screen The Alarm History screen will appear It will look similar to the one shown below Each time the error message flashes on the panel screen it is counted as an entry c Press the ALARM COUNT button The following screen will appear showing you the number of times the messages was sent ALARA HISTORY oO z D gt oO O m Co y xipueddy IDARI 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual d Press the ALARM HISTORY button From this screen press the DETAILS button The following screen will appear showing the details of the alarm ERROR CODE VALUE PLC ERROR 5 pE 26 TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho ALARA HISTORY DETAILS ENTRY MO PLC ERROR ACTIVATED CLEARED ACTUAL UALUE HIGH LOU DIS LOU LIAIT HIGH LIMIT WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual e Press on the NEXT button to view details of
143. ALID_PORT_NUMBER Screen Message Invalid port number Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 67 DUPLICATE_PORT_NUMBER Screen Message Duplicate port number Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 68 EPATH_TOO_BIG Screen Message EPATH too big Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 69 MAPPING_FAILED Screen Message Mapping Failed Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent amp card was unable to process the command SWAriaatace Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual The option The option The option The option The option The option The option The option WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 70 RST_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_UNSUPORTD screen Message Reset notification type unsupported Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card was unable to process the command Error 71 AB_ FAULT Screen Message Option card internal fault Condition The option card has a fault This error can occur for a connection timeout flashing red LED or a duplicate IP address steady red LED fault Check the network status indicator to obtain m
144. AM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Once you have selected your desired language from the lan guage button now you can display static text in your specified language Unicode Input Font ine IBbA Underline A i Script Text Color u Westem Background Color Text Entry G Click OK and then click on the programming screen where you want your Unicode Text to appear yr ERE re Similarly you can use any International Language installed on your computer to create screens in multiple languages using the procedure as above WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Unicode Indicator Light A Unicode Indicator Light Object allows you to monitor and display the state of a bit It reads the associated bit information and can produce appropriate display text using any font script e g Chinese available on your PC For example this object could display the status of a bit linked to a push button In order to enter text for South Asian languages Thai Vietnamese Arabic etc requiring Cyrillic alphabet or right to left script and Indic languages Hindi Tamil etc you might need to install additional support on your PC For entering text in East Asian languages Chinese Japanese etc using U S keyboard you might need to install an additional Input Method Editor IME Why use Unicode Indicator Light vs Indicator Light object Both Unicode Indicator Light and Indic
145. ASY 7 SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION WIM ezauitomation net Project Locabon i eae N ee eee CO rogram Fies EZPaneErhancedsProects Browse to Panel Later Project Name new Project ezt Finare Revision Read Program Stat Editing Scieen EI OFLU Number fI Nane Non Scieen i Select Parel Panal Family Siz eae e EZFanalEnhancsd C EZTouch EZTouchPLC ey Gyo Car CaF E Select Model IALL amp Color 6404430 Elhernel COM Port kum l edad Poa T View Edit PLU Lem Selup Think aDo flrawae Clear Exil Hep Language A Number of Stations to use f4 Data Clear Hold Hold Cancel Help Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Modicon PLC Communications Setup Modbus RTU The following screens provide you with aaa an example of how to set up a Modicon aee Al PLC with Modbus RTU Protocol ES E To set up the Modicon Modbus RTU z using MODSOFT configuration software program the PLC Communications Parameters screen as shown to the right Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor pin AAAs aae 2 i Programming Software and configure ae O RGA DE ake WS Project Information screen as shown i i in the figure below a lp Reaeenes 30K ANK After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK butto
146. B All plus MB FDA 6 TFT Color with Slim Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 EZ S6C FSP Slim Bezel 512KB All plus Profibus FDA EZ T6C FSP 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or Bezel 2 MB Oo Ee S m O O i j ONLY Direct Logic PLC NEMA 4 NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 4 ONLY Direct Logic PLC All plus EZ Ethernet All plus AB DH and Remote O NEMA 4 NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 1 FDA All plus EZ Ethernet All plus EZ Ethernet NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 1 FDA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes All plus DeviceNet Yes All plus DeviceNet A A A All plus Profibus BEVAN 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 EZ S6C FST elim Bez l 512KB All plus ModBus TCP IP FDA EZ T6C FST 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or Bezel 2 MB NEMA 1 All plus ModBus TCP IP FDA 2 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or EZ T6C FSC Sin Bezel 512KB 2 MB NEMA 1 ONLY Universal Ethernet FDA ONLY Universal Ethernet BEMAN NEMA 1 ONLY EZPLC FDA ONLY EZPLC NEMAT All plus CC Link MEMA P 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or EZ S6C FSU o 512KB e EZ T6C FSU 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or Bezel 2 MB A 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or EZ T6C ES 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or yi Bezel 2 MB Indicates NEW EZ Series Touch Panel Models NOTE Suppots Automation Direct Direct Logic serial drivers including H2 WPLC XX S S es es S S S S S S S S
147. Bottom Background x Tag Name INDICATOR LIGHT I Display Frame On Off Text Char Size j Color Language Text Blink Background Blink On Text On 6x8 E n rr Off Text OH lee sl Pr ff sr To put a Label on the Indicator Light object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose an Indicator Light Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the indicator light object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Indicator Light to monitor 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your t
148. C 17 C 26 L label numeric entry keypad 62 Label 9 7133 2141 135 ladder logic 44 99 Language 111 227 languages 47 Languages 49 221 LED A 5 legend 97 Line 185 Line Graph 95 Line Graph Object 95 Axis Tick Color 95 Background Color 95 Display Legend 97 formatting 97 Label 95 Language 97 Pen tab 97 Pen Tab Legend 97 Tag Name 97 Sample per Chart 96 Sample Rate 96 XY Axis tab 97 lines horizontal and vertical restraint 185 Logic Master configuration software C 20 C 23 WAX a ty Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual log the PLC error code A 7 mode 3 Lookup Text Object 215 Mode Bit 46 Enter Message and Attributes 114 Model Part Numbers 46 Justification 115 Modicon PLC Communications Setup C 23 Momentary Off 47 M Momentary On 81 Momentary ON or Momentary OFF magnifications setting powerup state 95 screen 184 monitor a bit 82 Main Menu Bar 161 126 monitor and display a tag 128 Main Programming Screen 121 93 monitor specific Tags 122 Maintain aspect ratio 186 Monitor Tags 193 Maintain Aspect Ratio 88 mouse 130 Major Divisions 99 80 mouse cursor 129 Manual Mode 38 Multi Language Support Feature 228 map file 44 Multi state Bitmap 130 mapped 44 Multi state Bitmap Object 132 mapping 56 Edit a Bitmap 130 mechanical switches 55 Images Melsec FX C 22 Add Image 129 Memory 79 how they will be displayed 112 Memory bytes 190 Programming 118 Memory Card A 6 Remove Image 112 Menu commands 170 tab 119 Message Label
149. C and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Select Message Text Justification Messages created in the Lookup Text object are saved in the Message Database See page 187 for Message Database setup This is a local attribute for each Lookup Text object So the same message in one Lookup text object can be left justified within the frame while in another Lookup Text object it can be right justified 1 Select the Horizontal and Vertical Justification for the text as it will appear within the frame when displayed on the panel 2 To create a message click on the Message Database button Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Lookup Text object on the screen and size it To size it grab a handle and drag e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag Message Database The Message Database stores programmed messages that can be accessed by the Lookup Text object Create messages in the database dialog box to be used by the Lookup Text object Up to 999 messages limited by available memory may be stored in the database Each message may be up to 200 characters and you can choose various message attributes such as Character
150. Color Models amen ee eee et ena ania ELEREN eee SEA EENE aiai 7 10 inch and 15 inch SN ies cats sects aark nearer ce toa ENE ie AASEN a EAEEREN Sii 8 FeS amen memes era te cea ge ae Pan nt a ee eae eT are ea eee ee eee ee 9 PLCs Supported by EZ Series Touch Panel iccicsccutsssusnctavendunianeunnswsdetiends tayasnaseusduaieisebinnsraiausevaevaerduetareanes 10 PLG Cable Part Numbers so nase Se esses pte asisa siete ens ce et geet ed ae pense E AONE 11 EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Softwa re csssssseseseseseeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 Metalno BITS se OLY AN sapa acon tata rend Er E EE eoimond aewiamreete 12 Installation SCreens 2 cccececcessccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeseeecussseseneeneeeeesecececcausseeseeeeeeeesesecaaseeseneeeeeesesenocacess 12 ELE UAC F cence reenee ae E reer antec rer een onan cr tot et mene Neem ee reene ee 15 Chapter 2 TUTOR COMMU Ss PLG assises E i oes edhe uasee ee 18 Tutora Grede oP NO See aes aa A ES Oaia 19 Se a E E E se eee ase EE A EE EE E NE E E AEE E T 19 ae sac E ee cea eee eens cece feces ce seer eee ease 21 S S rage ase ses ees etn A ce et seeks cece ate senses ence sce ced een ceteeen eaten etecenzaeeteaneen 28 Chapter 3 PG Fee UID racers acerrscarmutoninge ad tence ccenpubcomaaun tated asuawsss seqnacantosesiaievaisan cies een AeEReie nnd anenais 32 Decide now if you want to work ON LINE or OFF LINE 2 2 2 cccceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee ae ee eeeeeeeeee
151. Condition Command string was missing characters or some were incorrect Error 6 NOT_ERR Screen Message NOT SUPPORT ERROR oO z gt oO oO m Co y xipueddy fo pE 26 TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho fea a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Condition Command from Panel does not exist on the PLC Error 7 PRO_ERR Screen Message PROCEDURE ERROR Condition Command was sent to the PLC while it was still processing an existing command Error 8 WRONG_STN_ERR Screen Message WRONG STATION REPLIED TO MSG Condition The received message contained a different station number from the message the driver sent Error 9 CSUM_ERR Screen Message INCORRECT CSUM FROM PLC Condition The received message from the PLC had a bad checksum Error 10 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition NEVER SHOULD OCCUR Error 11 GENERAL_ERROR Screen Message ERROR CODE xxx Condition NEVER SHOULD OCCUR Error 12 LAST_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WOULD OCCUR CTC PLC WITH BINARY PROTOCOL Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never will occur Error 1 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES USING DEFAULTS Condition The error will be displayed if attributes do not exist or there are less than the original number of attributes Error 2 RECEIVED_BAD_CHECKSUM Screen Message INVALID CHECKSUM REC
152. D _ INT_16 as the Data Type Click OK Click in the field next to PLC Error Discrete and type in PLC ERROR as shown below Project Attributes Press Enter The following ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear Add New Tag Details LEAVE THE Address String FIELD EMPTY and select DISCRETE as the Data Type Click OK From the Main Menu Bar click on Setup gt Alarm Database On the Alarm Database dialog box click on the Add Edit button The following dialog box will appear WA aay Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 9 Enter the following parameters in the Add New Alarm dialog box a For Alarm Number 1 click on the arrow next to Tag Name and select PLC ERROR from the list select ERROR CODE VALUE from the list Amuna fi 2 b Leave 0 as the Low Limit and change the High Limit to 1 Tag Name pO H Alam Ste COn Cof c Leave Log and Display checked Limits Low Limt SS d Under Alarm Text type in the alarm message as Error Code Hh T S ioli Value panera e Click on Add New Alarm button DE Language 1 o G f For Alarm Number 2 click on the arrow next to Tag Name and 4 a 3 x gt Q g Leave Log and Display checked h Under Alarm Text type in the alarm message as PLC ERROR i Click on Close The Alarm Database should look like the screen capture below 10 Click on OK Alarm Database Total Number of Alarms 0 Current Editing Language 1 AL
153. Display Yalue 50 pr O vi ded on th e d ia og b Ox Your value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object If PLC value is 23 it will be displayed as 230 IWASE Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Notification and Handshake Tab Click on this tab if you want to configure a discrete tag that will notify the panel when the numeric entry has been received To let the operator know the keypad will automatically close when the value has been received l Click in the box in front of Use Notification and Handshake tags to enable this option Numeric Entry n xj General Scaling Notification amp Handshake Protection Visibility Details T Use Notification and handshake tags NoticaitonTagName e y Handshake Tag Name o r a ar Handshake Time out 2000 in miliseconds In the Notification Tag Name field enter or select a tag name where the tag will notify a location that a numeric entry value has been received In the Handshake Tag Name field enter or select a tag name where the tag will return a value to the panel that will close the keypad thereby letting the operator know that the value was received and entered Enter a Handshake Time out time in milliseconds Enter a number between 1 and 65535 Protection see Button Object Visibility Details see Button Object OK Canc el Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Cli
154. E al lt No Fiker gt 7 25 x Software open your project and proceed to ES EZText_1 DASIEMENS PROJECTSSEZ Text 1 oix za EZT er 1 a SIMATIC SOI EEMPIM the MPI Interface Setup Screen pr NetPro EZText_1 Network D SIEMENS PROJECTS Pi E3 nu Netwok Edil Inzet PLC iew Options window Help laj xj ele Sh S e dli 8 le LLY he iy Properties CPU 315 2 DP RO S2 x Timecf Day Interrupts Cycic Inteinpt Diagnostics Oock l Protection Genera Storlp Cycle Clock Memon Astentive Memory Intemupts Short Designation CPU 315 2 DP 54 KB work memory 0 3 ms 1000 insiractons MPI OP comnections SIMATIC 3001 DP ho A J r for muki tie configuiation up to 32 modes Order No BEST 31 5 2AF02 0 480 Name EE OOO Click on the Properties button then click pe on the Parameters tab and set the MPI Adio a Address to 2 A ae ee m acties MPI interface CPU 315 2 DP R0752 Click on the Properties button oe om then click on the Network Transmission rate 187 5 kbk s Settings tab Subret not networked New Set the Transmission Rate to oo 187 5 kbit s O a F co 20 O l q o O Properties HPI x OK General Network Settings Highest MPI addiess fea E Shange Transmission Rate 19 2 kbtes a 87 5 kbit s Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Open EZ Series Editor Progr
155. EIVED Txxxxx xxx BB Condition This error will be displayed if a message received from the PLC has a bad checksum Error 3 SENT_BAD_CHECKSUM Screen Message INVALID CHECKSUM SENT Txxxxx xxx BB Condition This error will be displayed if the driver sent the PLC a message with a bad checksum Error 4 ILLEGAL_REG_READ Screen Message INVALID REGISTER READ Txxxxx xxx BB WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 5 Error 6 Error 7 Error 8 Error 9 Error 10 Error 14 Error 15 Error 16 Condition This error will be displayed if the PLC indicated that the driver attempted to read a register with an invalid address ILLEGAL_REG_WRITE Screen Message Condition VAL_OUT_RANGE Screen Message Condition MSG_ERR Screen Message Condition INVALID REGISTER WRITE Txxxxx xxx BB This error will be displayed if the PLC indicated that the driver attempted to write to a register with an invalid address VALUE OUT OF RANGE Txxxxx xxx BB This error will be displayed if the driver attempted to write to a value than was out of range INVALID PLC RESPONSE Txxxxx xxx BB This error will be displayed if the driver did not receive the reply from the PLC that it expected DT ELEM NOT FOUND Screen Message Condition PLC_TIMEOUT Screen Message Condition DATA TABLE VALUE NOT FOUND Txxxxx xxx BB This error will be dis
156. ESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 Under Message Text select the Language for the message up to 9 and then enter the text for the message When finished click on the Add New Message button To edit an existing message 1 Edit Message Details Dialog Box Click on the message in the Message Database list to highlight it and then double click or click on the Add button The following dialog box will appear Edit Message Details 1 Message Number il 4 Limits Text Color M Blink Char Size 6x8 Background Color Blink Print Message Text Language fi Value is out of range Apply Changes Make changes and then click on the Apply Changes Message button The changes will be saved to the Message Database Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Read Eztags Export Tags b Import Tags gt Alarm Database Export Alarms gt Message Database Export Messages 7 To Excel Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware Comma delimited Export Messages Click on the Export Messages menu item to write the messages from your current open project to an Excel file or a CSV file Comma delimited The CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format saves only the text and values as they are displayed in cells of the Message Database
157. EST NOT PROCESSED DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The Driver s last message was not processed by the server Error 7 BAD_READ_REPLY Screen Message INCORRECT REPLY TO READ DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The driver did not receive the reply it expected for a read Error 8 BAD_WRITE_REPLY Screen Message INCORRECT REPLY TO WRITE DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The driver did not receive the reply it expected for a write Error 9 NEG CONFIRM dD pE 26 TC co o o Pr oQ lt 6 Pf a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Screen Message NEG CONFIRM OF REQUEST DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The operation could not be executed by the server unknown request value out of range configuration absent etc Error 10 VAL_NOT_READ Screen Message REG NOT RETURNED IN READ DA TTrrrrr BB Condition The driver expected a value for a register but it was not contained in the read reply from the server may occur during a read or a read modify write sequence Error 11 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition NEVER SHOULD OCCUR Error 12 GENERAL_ERROR Screen Message ERROR CODE xxx Condition NEVER SHOULD OCCUR Error 13 LAST_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WOULD OCCUR OMRON PLC WITH HOST LINK PROTOCOL 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per
158. EZ Series Touch Panel touchscreen with any sharp objects This practice may damage the unit beyond repair Trademarks This publication may contain references to products produced and or offered by other companies The product and company names may be trademarked and are the sole property of their respective owners EZ Automation disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others Manual Part Number EZ PANELEDIT Copyright 2005 EZAutomation All Rights Reserved No part of this manual shall be copied reproduced or transmitted in any way without the prior writ ten consent of EZAutomation EZAutomation retains the exclusive rights to all information included in this document Designed and Built by AVG 4140 Utica Ridge Rd Bettendorf IA 52722 1327 ZA E1Automation Marketed by EZAutomation 4140 Utica Ridge Road Bettendorf IA 52722 1327 Phone 1 877 774 EASY e Fax 1 877 775 EASY www EZAutomation net EZ PANELEDIT EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Table of Contents PURO ON ssc seee ecies ne teeeesee scons EE A EE E E E EE EEE Ix EZ Series Touch Panel Editor epssee anette seannesceocectetoacednssnsveece seesesenassannvedsoeemessoscassnduotsaeesaneocsnadaevenvadseachaeesens X Ore Or SONWANE rsivane sentpannviensberansanenenieon E EN AEE A E E AAEE SASEA X EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Enhancements cccccccccecccsseeseseeeeceeeeseeeaeaueaaseeeseeeeeeeseesauaaeaaeaess X
159. EfSenes Touchpane EZ Series Textpane EZSeries TouchPLe EZS eries TextPLE EZMarjueg EZPLC amp EZIO EZ Touchscreen CE Computer EZCE Touchpane FE Monitor j i cO DELA EE HIED BAH E 336 pages Deed aad aa in USA DF ie of the most ai R SENSIBLE Automation Products ge www EZAutomation net EZ Series Touch Panel Software Manual Manual Part Number EZ PANELEDIT Revision A 1 877 774 EASY 774 3279 que most Lo DIRECT FROM THE FACTORY Designed anal built in USA by fnn tp HAutomation aVG 12 EZ AS 1 2 3 www avg net The Most Sensible Automation Products Direct From the Factory EZ Series Touch Panel Software Manual Manual Part Number EZ PANELEDIT Revision A WARNING Programmable control devices such as EZ Series Touch Panel are not fail safe devices and as such must not be used for stand alone protection in any application Unless proper safeguards are used unwanted start ups could result in equipment damage or personal injury The operator must be made aware of this hazard and appropriate precautions must be taken In addition consideration must be given to the use of an emergency stop function that is in dependent of the programmable controller The diagrams and examples in this user manual are included for illustrative purposes only The manufacturer cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the diagrams and examples CAUTION Do not press the
160. Ene ENHA eee 8 PECS DF Te E T E sec sce veers ce eee ee eee 9 er PIN FNS E E veces ET E es aatea A A N A E T N 10 REME M as E E E E es ete ge pecs 12 Generic DeviceNet I O Communications Setup ccccccsesccceceseeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeceeueeeeseeaeeesseaeeessageeeees 14 DireciLogic PLC Communications SC scisccatirisiuscesccivaasieensadeveld NNNnnn NENNE RAEAN ENNAN ENEE EEn 16 Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup cccccccccssscceceseeeeceeeeeeseeseeeeseeeeeeesseeeeessageeeseaeeeeees 17 vii EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup c cccccccssseseeeeceesseeeeeceeeaeseeeeeseeeesseeeeseneas 20 GE 90 30 90 70 SNP X Geeree meme ter tener tere enter ert en Sere ee er eer errr near eee terre eee eer 20 CGEVERSAMA A asiseme eee eee ene EEA eee ree ee eee eee ee eee 21 Mitsubishi PLC Communications SCID vecscccrcacscnccricicesacacatescdeteatanianeeanedmanneimouessraniepereterencneteeeabinss 22 Modicon PLC Communications SetuP sssrinin arai EEEE E 23 OMRON C200 and C500 PLC Communications Setup cccccccseecceeceeeeeeceeeeeeseeaeeeseegeeeessaeeeeees 24 Generic Profibus DP PLC Communications Setup cccccccsecceeceeseeeeceeeseeseeeeeeeseeeeeesseaaeeessaeeeeees 26 Siemens S7 MPI Adapter PLC Communications Setup cccccccssseeceseeeceeceeeeeeseeeeeseeaeeeesseaeeeees 30 Entivity s Think amp Do WinPLC Communications S
161. Fan i DISCRETE ES A Ee Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box IWARA AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual View File Object Bl Tk NOTE The View File Object is only available for CE units i e EZCE Touchpanel as it allows an operator to launch Windows files from the HMI application The View File Object allows you to configure a button that when pressed will launch a Windows CE File Viewer to view a Windows file The File Viewer application launched is determined either automatically by the extension of the file name e g a doc file will launch Word Viewer a pdf file will launch PDF Viewer etc or manually by entering the path of where the exe file for the preferred application resides View File i xj General Protection Visibilty Detats F LabelTet Select Style Language i 4 Character Size 6x8 gt Selected Label Text View Fie Sie on Pe Teal BE ao Application Auto Display Frame Name File Name Tea E Sie Cokes Language 1 Text Bink Background Bink Text On fse I i fl To put a Label on the View File object perform the foll
162. H Maintain aspect ratio Dis Cami lie the screen click in the box in front of Allow stretching on the screen If you want to Maintain aspect ratio click in that box also There are 3 options for importing a bitmap a Click on the Import Bitmap button and a window will appear shown below allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where a Bitmap BMP Windows Metafile WWMF Windows Enhanced Metafile EMF file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button The File Name and Size of the graphic file will be displayed If the graphic file is too large you will be asked if you want it to be resized to fit the screen see message to the left Select BMP WMF EMF file apa 3 al el esd Peme M Files of type Bimap fle bmp vmt emf Cancel Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual b You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain access to a library of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLC s transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is automatically imported into the object See next pagefor sizing a bitmap in Symbol Factory JJ D R D D O D c The third option is to click on Copy from Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the
163. If the problem persists the user should contact Technical Support Error 7 No nodes defined The panel is attempting to obtain information for a program in which the EZEthernet Card is not configured to process This error would most likely be seen if the user placed a factory EZEthernet Card into a Panel that has an existing program The user should configure the EZEthernet card to eliminate this problem Error 8 No Items to process The EZEthernet Card attempted either a read or a write tag operation when there were no valid tags to process User should retry the operation If the problem persist the user should contact Technical Support Error 9 No gateway address Attempt was made to communicate with a node that is located behind a router but no gateway address was configured for the device The user should add the appropriate gateway IP address to the node in the EZEthernet Card Configuration Utility and download the new configuration to the panel y xipueddy ban O c D gt e e J Ke Error 10 Tag references non existing node An error condition in which the panel is requesting service for a tag that does not have a corresponding node configured in the EZEthernet internal node configuration table The user should either delete the tag or configure a node for the tag Error 11 No valid address for node The EZEthernet Card was not able to use the configured ECOM information
164. LC Attributes 44 PLC based control 20 C 21 C 32 PLC Communications Setup C 3 Allen Bradley C 3 Data Highway Plus C 10 MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex C 3 C 35 C 36 C 37 C 39 C 38 C 41 C 40 C 43 C 42 MicroLogix DF1 Half Duplex C 4 MicroLogix DH485 AIC C 5 PLC5 DF1 C 9 Remote I O C 12 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex C 6 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex C 7 SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH485 AIC C 8 DirectLogic C 16 K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus C 16 General Electric GE C 20 GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX C 20 GE Versamax PLC C 21 Generic DeviceNet I O C 14 Generic Ethernet IP Network C 17 Generic Profibus DP C 26 Mitsubishi C 22 Melsec FX C 22 MODBUS C 23 Modbus RTU C 23 OMRON C200 and C500 C 24 OMRON Host Link C 24 Seimens S7 MPI Adaptor C 30 WinPLC Communications Setup C 32 PLC Communication TIMEOUT A 11 PLC Com Port settings 20 PLC Conversion Errors Pxx_x A 63 PLC Driver Error Messages A 15 PLC Error A 8 PLC ERROR A 9 PLC error code value A 7 PLC ERROR CODE VALUEs A 13 PLC Error Discrete A 8 PLC Error Messages log and display A 7 PLCs Supported 218 PLC to Panel 225 PLC Type and Protocol 95 plots 3 P N EZ TOUCHEDIT 3 P N EZ TOUCH M 64 P N EZTOUCH PGMCBL 75 Point 1 ix Point 2 28 popup keypad 69 IWARA E LA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PLC Communications Serial Port Setup C 20 C 23 Popup Keypad 45 popup thumbwheel 212 Power Supply A 5 Power Up Screen 220 Pr
165. LC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter P Panel Family Size ERI RE EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EzTouhPic eo fe C1 Cas j Select Model ALL 8 Color 6404480 the parameters shown jpa flee e x remember this is an com 1 ioco AE LT ens ThinkenD mh Map fe Time Out 1 255 tenths of a second example you must enter parameters that are ik a area PTI secon applicable to your system Use Adciass Svich Sethgs configuration Click on the OK button to save your selections ans Node Address 1 125 To set the node Adcress with ce attributes the 1 Download the project to the panel paediatric Maximum Input 6 2 Attach the panel to the Profibus DP network Anu Dupa i Maxl 0 1 122 words the sum oi Max 1 0 must be less then or equal to 208 words 3 Run Simatic Step 7 software Cance Hep O a F co 20 O l qA 4 First you must add the GSD file as follows a Using the SIMATIC Manager open the Hardware settings window b From Hardware Config window choose OPTIONS gt INSTALL NEW GSE c The Installing new GSE window will appear d You ll find the GDS file under the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software directory that was created when you installed the software The default directory is C Program Files EZ Series Touch Panel Select hms_1003 gsd and click OPEN
166. LC addresses New features including overlapping of objects free sizing of touch objects Pick and Apply Attributes display address Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PLCs Supported by EZ Series Touch Panel EZAutomation EZ Series PLC EZ Protocol DH 485 AIC AIC DF1 Half Duplex DF1 Full Duplex Allen Bradley DH Option Card Remote I O with DH Plus Option Card Mewtocol COM Binary Control Technology Corporation CTC CTC 2600 2700 and 5100 CTC Binary DeviceNet I O DeviceNet I O OptionCard Ethernet Control Logic Micro Logic Compact Logic GE Versamax Ethernet I P SRTP DF1 Modbus TCP IP General Electric 90 30 and 90 70 Versamax SNPX SNP Computer Link eae FX Series all a i CC Link CC Link Protocol 984 CPU Quantum 113 CPU AEG Modicon Micro Series Modbus RTU Modicon 110 CPU 311 xx 411 xx 512 xx 612 xx 984 Series Qunatum Series Modicon Plus Option Card C200 C500 CQM1 CPM1 CPM2 Host Link Profibus DP Generic Profibus DP Option Card K Sequence DirectNet asia Modbus Koyo Addressing DL105 D2 240 K Sequence DirectNet K Sequence DirectNet Daaa a Weed ModBus Koyo addressing D2 240 250 w DCM DirectNet D3 330 330P DirectNet Direct Logic D3 340 DirectNet DL305 D3 350 K Sequence DirectNet ModBus Koyo addressing D3 350 w DCM DirectNet D4 430 K Sequence DirectNet D4 440 K Sequence DirectNet DL405 D4 450 K Sequence DirectNet ModBus Koyo addressing All with DCM Dir
167. LID ATRIBUTES FROM PROGRAM LOADER Condition You will receive this error message if the driver did not get the expected list of attributes from the Program Loader Error 3 NOT_INITIALIZED Screen Message CARD INDICATES IT S NOT INITIALIZED Condition The Profibus DP option card went through its initialization process however it indicated that it is not initialized Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 4 DPRAM_FAILURE Screen Message OPTION CARD DUAL PORT RAM FAILED Condition On powerup the dual port RAM test failed Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 5 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver is in an unexpected state this condition should never occur Error 6 ACCESS UNATTAINABLE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T ACCESS OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to get the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 7 RELEASE FAILURE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T RELEASE OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to release the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write Error 8 MSG_TIMEOUT Screen Message DRIVER TIMEOUT Condition The Profibus DP option card fail
168. MB All plus Profibus NEMA 1 FDA EZ T15C FST 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Modbus TCP IP NEMA 1 FDA EZ T15C FSC 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus CC Link NEMA 1 FDA EZ T15C FSU 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB ONLY Universal Ethernet NEMA 1 FDA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Features e Pre built panel components for easy screen design e Screen Objects such as Toggle Switch Slide Switch a Selector Switch Throw Switch Thumbwheel Object Meters o PID Face plates and Analog Digital Clock z 4 i Flash memory based design for easy firmware upgrade j r e Field expandable user RAM not all models r Y Nonvolatile flash card option for user program backup not all models P e Color models support 128 color palette for components and bitmaps 16 shades of gray on monochrome models Multiple languages up to 9 Two communications ports Computer RS 232C and RS 232C RS 422A or RS 485A Up to 999 screens e Built in clock and calendar or reference the PLC clock e Built in soft keypad for numeric and alphanumeric entry Password Protection for every touch object Passwords for up to 8 user groups e 16 level undo and redo Import bitmaps Serial Printer support e 40 character tag names allow you to use meaningful names for PLC memory locations instead of cryptic P
169. MD OXAA Read CMD OXA2 Write 0x0080 PLC Nack Error This error is reported when a controller responds to a command with a negative acknowledgment 0x0100 PLC element read only This is reported when an attempt is made to write to an element with a read only map entry Read only map entries are input file output file and all discrete entries The driver can only read discrete entries it cannot write to a single bit within a word 0x0200 PLC TX buffer full The error is reported if the transmit buffer becomes full in the PLC driver 0x0400 PLC error no reply This occurs when the DF1 modules indicate the PLC has no reply to the last message It is usually displayed when the unit reestablishes communications after a PLC message time out error This can also occur when the panel message time out is too short If the PLC message time out does not give the PLC enough time to respond to the message this error will be displayed 0x0800 Error code xx This is reported when the PLC driver encounters an unknown error This should never occur Driver Errors for PLC5 with DF1 Protocol 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 PLC error incorrect map size This error occurs when an incompatible map is loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this occurs 0x0004 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs whe
170. NE Wite to Panel Later eg pee Read sen Hat Exiting Seen hom Fanal and ee B Te Edt OFF LINE iici i iii ili Pare 115 TF sre Ee aaa E ES Panel Enhanced O Eloah C ETALE C CEFE e E Ce em 18 ee Mod Ethemet COM Poet OOM1 Under SELECT ACTION click on one of the three working mode buttons If you want to work off line not connected to an EZ Series Touch Panel click on the button labeled Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later You will use this mode when creating a new project 1 From Project Information screen click on the Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later button 2 Click on the Browse button if you want to navigate to another Directory or Folder where you will store your project If you want to accept the default folder where EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software resides just enter the name of your new project in the empty field under Project Name 3 Under Start Editing Screen leave the screen number as 1 Click in the field next to Name to highlight New Screen Replace this by typing in the name of your first screen If you haven t decided D 2 D O wn D xe Q J dp S a hom ou Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 6M F_ 6 Mono 320x2 EZP SEM 5 6 SLIM Mono 320x240 EZP S6M ES 6 Mono 320x240 EZPLC only EZP S6C ES 6 STN 7 EZP T6C ES TFT Color 320x240 EZPLC only EZP S6C K 6 C
171. NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 1 NO_OPTION_BD Screen Message NO OPTION CARD Condition You will receive this error message if the DeviceNet I O option card is not present Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 2 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES screen Message INVALID ATRIBUTES FROM PROGRAM LOADER Condition You will receive this error message if the driver did not get the expected list of attributes from the Program Loader Error 3 NOT_INITIALIZED screen Message CARD INDICATES IT S NOT INITIALIZED Condition The DeviceNet I O option card went through its initialization process however it indicated that it is not initialized Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 4 DPRAM_FAILURE Screen Message OPTION CARD DUAL PORT RAM FAILED Condition On powerup the dual port RAM test failed Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 5 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver is in an unexpected state this condition should never occur oO z gt oO oO m Co y xipueddy dD pE 26 Tx co o o Ea oQ
172. PLC message time out error This can also occur when the panel message time out is too short If the PLC message time out does not give the PLC enough time to respond to the message this error will be displayed 0x0800 Error code xx This is reported when the PLC driver encounters an unknown error This should never occur Driver Errors for Data Highway Plus NO_ERROR 0 INVALID WRITE 1 MSG_TIMEOUT OPTION_BRD ERROR 3 REGISTER_READ_ONLY 4 BAD ADDRESS 5 COMM_ERROR 6 oO z D gt oO oO m Co y xipueddy SV Aria 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual STATUS ERROR 7 INVALID CARD ERROR 8 INVALID DRIVER_STATE 9 GENERAL_ERROR 10 LAST_ERROR 11 Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never will occur Error 1 INVALID_WRITE Screen Message INVALID WRITE TO REGISTER oo Nxxx yyyy Condition If writing a value to a T or R and the values id greater than Ox7FFF or value is less than 0 If writing to a T C or R and the value is a DISCRETE Error 2 MSG_ TIMEOUT Screen Message PLC COMMUNICATION TIMEOUT Condition Driver timed out while waiting for a reply to a transmission Error 3 OPTION _BRD_ERROR Screen Message OPTION BOARD CONFIGURATION ERROR Condition While resetting the card failed to load code from prom to RAM While resetting the card failed to reach a waiting to transmit condition While resetting the card failed to indicate restart was successful While taking
173. PLC with address nnn 0x0020 Error PLC nnn lt error gt The driver received a ModBus message exception code from the PLC The lt error gt strings are Illegal Function The PLC received an invalid function code Illegal Data Address The address requested is not allowable for the PLC This may appear instead of a time out when a PLC is in bridge mode to a ModBus Plus network The PLC that the Panel is communicating with will return this error if the message could not be passed on to the addressed PLC Illegal Data Value The value in the data field is not allowed for the PLC Slave Device Failure An unrecoverable error occurred in the PLC Acknowledge an e c D gt e e Ke y xipueddy dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho IDAT a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual The PLC requires more time to process the message Slave Device Busy The PLC is processing a long command and is not ready for a new one Negative Acknowledgment The PLC cannot perform the function requested Memory Parity Error An error was detected in the PLC memory 0x0040 Broadcast not allowed in read command If a broadcast message to read was attempted 0x0080 PLC time out PLC nnn The panel is unable to communicate with the PLC with address nnn This may be corrected by increasing the time out time or increasing the baud rate An alternative may be to lower the number of registers or
174. Pert ai erica lle rodiy LC S00 DE ul Ducted Fey Yew dt PLL Lom setup Pall time 0 255 lo tarth of a cacond Taken Do hiap lil a erry ieee i La __ Heb Language Clea Exi Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex use this driver if connecting to 1747KE Module The following screens provide you with an Miieisssweniss example of how to set up a SLC 500 Series General Chan 1 Sysem Chan O System Chan 0 User PLC with DF1 Half Duplex Protocol Driest DF1 Half Dupes Slave NedeAddress ee 0 i decir To set up the SLC 500 PLC DF 1 Half Duplex Parte EVEN using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Piotacol Canni Programming Software and configure Project Conal Ling No Hardehaking Z PelTimeow p20 me EC Information as shown in the figure below Ee Ee EDT Suppression Duplicate Packet Detect Message Relies E After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You Step 1 Project Intornation will return to the Proj d E etu to tne oject Z stern i Information screen Click SERN T i i EZ5eries Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 creating
175. Plus command that timed out is xx 0x0005 Board Crashed cmd cc code ee state ss This error occurs when the option board code crashes The command it crashed on is in cc the crash code is in ee and state of the software is ss where cc processor command 0x00 get service request 0x01 put master command to output path 0x04 get master response from output path 0x05 abort transaction 0x06 configuration status 0x07 interface diagnostic 0x08 software reset 0x09 put global data Ox0A get global data 0x0006_ Incompatible NO option board present This occurs when the driver can not identify a Modbus Plus option board 0x0007 Routing failure node nn error ee This occurs when Modbus Plus software seed a routing failure error The routing failure error code in ee and is from node nn where ee routing failure error conditions 01h no response received 02h program access denied 04h exception response received O8h invalid node type in routing path 10h slave rejected the Modbus command 20h initiated transaction forgotten by slave 40h unexpected master output path received 80h unexpected response received 0x0008 Modbus Plus cmd pp exception Modbus Plus cc This error occurs when an exception response is returned to Modbus Plus command pp via a Modbus com mand of cc 0x0009 Invalid write to Panel register r This error occurs when an attempt is made to write to a register r when r is mapped to a re
176. Programming Software User Manual 0x0008 Protocol Error The driver has received a serial communications protocol error from the PLC The driver is unable to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0040 PLC Error Incorrect Map Size An incompatible map has been loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0080 Invalid write to panel register nnn Awrite was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0100 PLC Communications Timeout The panel is unable to communicate with the PLC 0x0200 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used ModBus Koyo Addressing RTU Protocol Direct Logic PLC Models DL05 D2 250 D3 350 D4 450 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Reply received from invalid slave nnn If the driver received a message from a PLC with address nnn when one was not expected 0x0008 Invalid Checksum Received This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit 0x0010 Incorrect Reply The driver received an incorrect or unexpected reply from the
177. Project lt gt 4 Information screen as shown in the it s as easy as 1 2 3 gt n Touch Panels figure to the right E2Series Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ES Automation Phone 1 87 7 7 74 E457 SELECT ACTION wie RER AANA L ezautomation net a a h A n bits tbe OFFLINE Aka C Program FlenEZPanelErhanced Projaot Browse rotoco 5 CIICK ON e View l to Panel Later Pioject Name Com Setup The PLC Attributes ele ra Heron dialog box will appear Enter the peel ge fee yyy y y OA TOPE parameters shown remember oo this is an example you must enter i Panel Farily lived ON LINE EZPana Enhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce at Car Car parameters that are applicable to your system configuration Click on the eneeacompa o Nodal ALL E coco a OK button to save your selections run PLC Tape and paama ga al 7 _ViewEdt PLC Com Setup Piirk enfr 1 Download the project to the Mewin A panel Hom Gira shail g E Foll Time fo 0 255 terths of a second 2 Attach the panel to the DeviceNet network C Use DIP Switch Settings Use Driver Altrbutes MaciD 10 63 7 J Run RSNetWorx ar a O Ea l l eiar ireren SS 4 Now you must commission the Generic DeviceNet I O EDS itaient ioa z T file using RSNetWorx You ll find the EDS file under the Masimunirpit mo 1 Maximum Gulp z T S a et Touch Panel Generic_IO dnt RSNetWorxforDeviceNet O OO O O OOil G
178. Proseinti Stail wil CVERR RITE E Lona re warn io lose progam m Ihe pa prats Cancel ar ition orearen Click on Start button to write the program rari Panel Tarinaa to the EZPanel Enhanced Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual The Panel to PLC Link will display a green dot next to the Connected message to indicate that a link between the panel and PLC is established Panel Information will display the Total and Free Memory in Bytes It will also display the Firmware Revision number the revision of the EZ Series internal software Enter The keypad will disappear and the number you entered should appear on the Demo Numeric Display on your panel screen 9 Press the Demo Button on your panel screen It will change from Off to On The Demo Indicator Light should change from Off to On also Write Program To Panel x Project Information Project Title c program files project demo project 1 e2t Panel Type msa E Color 640x480 PLC Type DirectLogic K Sequtreay fev B and Protocol Panel Information Panel to PLC Link Z Total Memory 524288 Bytes Buie Free Memory 445328 Bytes feo Operation Complete Project Written to the Panell PEED ELECT ECL EL ELC LELELE ELE LET LEE CAUTION Ethemnet Com I p Connected Pressing Start will OVER WRITE CoM gt program already in the panel IF you do not want to lose pr
179. R_WDOG_CNTR_DIFF_VAL Screen Message INCORRECT WATCHDOG CNTR DIFFERENCE VAL Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is an incorrect Watchdog Counter difference value oO z gt oO oO F m Q y xipueddy dD pE 26 TC co O o Br oQ lt 6 f IDARI 3 A I4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual GENERIC ETHERNET IP ERROR CODE DESCRIPTIONS Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 1 NO_OPTION_BD Screen Message NO OPTION CARD Condition If the Ethernet IP option card is not present Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 2 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVALID ATRIBUTES FROM PROGRAM LOADER Condition The driver did not get the expected list of attributes from the Program Loader Error 3 NOT_INITIALIZED Screen Message CARD INDICATES IT S NOT INITIALIZED Condition The Ethernet IP option card went through its initialization process however it indicated that it is not initialized Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 4 DPRAM_FAILURE Screen Message OPTION CARD DUAL PORT RAM FAILED Condition On power up the dual port ram te
180. S Math Logic Select Lanugage Increment Decrement Hour The Increment Decrement Hour object allows you to place a button on the screen that allows you to adjust the hour up or down of the internal Real Time clock amp Increment Decrement Hour General Protection Visibilty Details Label Text CHANGE TIME Language Pisj Character Size 52 Y Label Text INCREMENT_DECREMENT_HOUR PUSH TO ADVANCE iti OME HOE Position Color Cc Top Text x Bottom Background r IV Display Frame Increment Decrement Increment Decrement C Text Color Language E Character Size 6x8 TAA mm 7 Blink Text Inc Hour Back Ground aa T Blink OK Cancel Help Cance hen To Create Label Text perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty NOTE This object is to be used
181. Selected Action None www ezautomation net ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION I s as easy as 1 2 3 oo vo P Edt OFF LINE Ed Prograen e ONLINE Ethemet O0M Post COMI hd GUCK ON IE DEP BUNOT AE Sy following actions depending upon the working mode you have selected time for help 1 Project Location will default to the directory where the EZPanel Click on Clear to clear your entries Software program is stored If your project resides in another and start over location click on the Browse button to navigate to a different folder Click on Exit to quit without saving your selections or click on OK to 2 Under Project Name click on the down arrow to view saved save and begin editing projects or enter the new project name 3 Start Editing Screen allows you to select the screen that you want to begin editing To have the project open to the screen you f NOTE Panels with an option wish to edit click on the down arrow to select the Name or the card installed will have an C D Number of the screen If it is a new project the screen will default E H M E T or U on the end of to screen 1 with lt New Screen gt in the Name field Replace this the model part number to indicate with whatever name you wish or wait until later and rename this The program loader doesn t list these under Panel Type so 4 The field Panel Type allows you to select or change your panel just select the model part n
182. Size Text Color Background Color Blink and Language Use the scroll bar to view more messages To add a new message or edit an existing message click on Add Edit button then click in the Message Text field and type your message To delete a Message select the message text then click on the Delete button A screen will appear asking you to confirm the delete message Click on OK to delete message For more information on the Message Database see page 187 IWAS SESH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual a EEEE Dynamic Text The Dynamic Text object will allow you to display the characters from ASCII values stored in a Tag The tag will read a block of registers in the PLC Each 16 bit register in the PLC can contain 2 ASCII characters The maximum number of PLC registers in the block is 20 a maximum of 40 ASCII characters This object allows you to place text anywhere on the screen to provide information It is typically used for displaying part numbers VIN numbers or production numbers Dynamic Text is triggered by a bit Tag in the PLC You choose whether the Text is triggered by the bit when it is in the ON state or the OFF state The Dynamic Text object will then display a text string that is programmed in the PLC To put a Label on the Dynamic Text object perform the following General Visibiity Detais Language Character Size 10 nf Label Text Position Ton Gatto Backoround
183. Slim 256KB Bezel EZ S6M RS 6 Mono with Slim 256KB Bezel 6 Mono with ama Standard Bezel SIZKE 6 Mono with aaa Standard Bezel ek EZ S6M FS 6 Mono with Slim Bezel EZ S6M FSH 6 Mono with Slim Bezel EZ S6M FSD 6 Mono with Slim Bezel EZ7 S6M FSE 6 Mono with Slim Bezel EZ S6M FSM 6 Mono with Slim Bezel EZ S6M FSP 6 Mono with Slim Bezel See Note below NEMA 4 NEMA 1 All Serial Drivers FDA ONLY Universal NEMA 1 Ethernet NEMA 1 See Note below EDA Ves All plus EZ NEMA 4 Ethernet yas All plus AB DH NEMA 4 and Remove I O 4X Ye All plus EZ NEMA 1 Ethernet FDA Vas All plus AB DH NEMA 1 and Remove I O FDA NEMA 1 Yes All plus DeviceNet EDA wee All plus Ethernet NEMA 1 I P FDA NEMA 1 Yes All plus MB FDA Yes All plus Profibus NEMAT i 6 Mono Grayscale All plus ModBus NEMA 1 EZ SOM FST with Slim Bezel lee vos TCP IP FDA 6 Mono Grayscale Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 6 Mono Grayscale Yes to 1 or ONLY Universal NEMA 1 6 Mono Grayscale Yes to 1 or ONLY EZ Series NEMA 1 EZAutomation EZ Series Touch Panel NEMA Ratings The NEMA rating of all operator interface products in this manual relates to only the front bezel since only the front bezel is exposed to the external environment and the backend is enclosed inside an appropriately sealed enclosure used by the customer The Touchpanels in this manual have either NEMA 1 FDA Compliant or NEMA 4 4X indoor rating Please
184. Special characters in the message determine where the embedded data from the registers should go Up to four data values may be embedded in a single message Program how the data value will be displayed as follows a Select the Embedded Command that determines the type of value to embed Available choices are Discrete Numeric String Printer or Slave Depending on what type command you choose certain areas of the dialog box become available or unavailable grayed out for selection or data entry b If you choose Discrete Numeric or String select or enter the Tag name where the data value will be read by clicking in the field or on the down arrow next to Select tag from where value will be read for embedded data IV ARIA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual c Ifyou have selected Numeric the options under Selected tag is numeric tag will be enabled d Select the Display Format from the available choices e Select Justification from Leading Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces Under Digits click on the box in front of Auto Size if you want to have the panel automatically determine the number of digits to be placed for the embedded value Total Digits and Fractional Digits will be disabled if you choose Auto Size g Also under Digits you may enter the Total Digits that you want to display and enter the Factional Digits you want to display leave at default 0 if you do not want f
185. T BCD_INT_16 Y02001 RECIPE OBJECT BCD_INT_16 Y02002 the Tag Database columns shown here Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Importing ControlLogix Tags ControlLogix tags can be imported into the current project from an RS Logix software exported CSV tag file EZ SeriesTouch Panel software currently supports only the following types of Control Logix tags BOOL SINT INT DINT REAL STRING All other tags in the RS Logix exported CSV file are ignored Oo hn ob J co am To import ControlLogix tags perform the following steps 1 Click on Import Tags gt Import ControlLogix tags from CSV Note this menu item will only be enabled when one or more ControlLogix PLCs have been defined This brings up the Import Con trolLogix tag dialog box Import ControlLogix Tags Peci 7 m Select CS File Path FileH ame Browse Select Controllogm tags CSW File and Click OF 2 Select the ControlLogix PLC ID using the dropdown combo box into which the tags will be imported 3 Click the button labeled Browse and select the RS Logix software exported CSV tag file Look ir Projects ad 4 ee EE 8 a022_078_12_28_05 Controller Tags c5 4 Inverted4EMO1_04_06 Controller Tags CS 8 JProico1 csv 84 Shavn_1 Controller Tags c5 A TESO WEGVES COMBO 11_08_05 Controller Tags cS L File name Fes Files of type Control Log
186. TERS ERROR CODE VALUE UNSIGNED_INT_16 an Excel file 3 PLC ERROR DISCRETE 4 UNKNOWN TAG 1 UNSIGNED_INT_16 NUMERIC ENTRY BCD_INT 16 Y02002 6 NUMERIC DISPLAY BCD_INT_16 02003 cf Jz Pe a 7 LOOK UP TEXT MESSAGE 1 SIGNED_INT_16 02004 The fi rst line is a header a c40 ASCI_STRING vO2040 40 line Tag Name Tag BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE co000 10 INDICATOR LIGHT DISCRETE coo Data Type Tag Address T and of Characters if n 13 applicable are listed for 14 each tag in the project 2 database n 13 A message will appear letting you know whether Edt I TE a E E or not the export was successful and how dati d tags ii N Successfully exported 9 T agls to Excel file exported Import Tags Tag Database Click on the Import Tags menu item to import the tags into your current ly eae ES eener open project from a Microsoft Excel xls file or a CSV Comma delimited lead EvTiags i Export Tags i or Comma separated values file format DirectSoft Version 4 0 Build 16 Import Tags Comma delimited or higher has the ability to export tags in a version that EZ Series Touch n Daksbess Excel Format Panel can import See DirectSoft documentation for details Export Alarms EE Pay Comma delimited Export Messages Saye 1 Click on Import Tags gt Comma delimited to import tags from Project Description a CSV file The following window will appear Navigate to the Select PLC folder where the file is stored Upgr
187. TagName AlState Low limit Highlimit Display Log Print Lang Alarm Text To be able to view the Alarm History and the PLC ERROR CODE VALUE perform the steps on the following page fo pE 26 TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho PAs a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual First we ll program a screen with an Alarm History button that will allow you to view alarm history Open the screen in your EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software where you want to place the Alarm History Button Click on Objects gt Alarm History The following screen will appear Alarm History General Protection Visibilty Details T Label Text Language 14 Character Size 5 5 7 Label Text ALARM HISTORY Position Color Bottom Background 7 m Display Screen IV Display Frame Alarm History Alarm Count C Text Char Size Color Blink Language EE 6x8 vv Text x E Text jAlarm History Back E ground x Cancel Type in View in the Text field Click on OK Across hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position the cross hair where you want the object to appear center at the bottom of the screen and click once Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown below ALARM HISTORY Click on File gt Save Project Transfer the saved Project to the panel IWARA a
188. The Fieldbus Diagnostics LED 4 is ON Observe the LED and time it Consult the LED Indicator descriptions for the exact error SQUARE D PLC WITH SY MAX PROTOCOL Error 0 screen Message No message displayed Condition No error Error 1 Screen Message REMOTE DEVICE INACTIVE Condition No reply received from the PLC This error message will also be displayed for time outs If replies are slow in returning from the PLC increasing the timeout time may clear this error Error 2 Screen Message INVALID CHECKSUM RECEIVED Condition The reply has a checksum error Error 3 Screen Message REMOTE DEVICE BUSY Condition The command attempted cannot be carried out The PLC is busy performing another task Error 4 Screen Message INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES USING DEFAULTS Condition Invalid attributes received from the program loader Error 5 Screen Message INVALID ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIVED Condition The driver received a negative acknowledge an invalid character in the response or an invalid ID Error 6 Screen Message INVALID REPLY Condition The replay did not follow protocol Error 7 oD oO z gt oO oO m Co y xipueddy dD eae 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho IDAR T 3 A L 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition An unknown condition has occurred Error 8 Screen Message PLC ERROR CODE eee eee Er
189. Uppercase E 0106 70 46 Uppercase F 0107 71 47 Uppercase G 0110 72 48 Uppercase H 0111 73 49 Uppercase 0112 74 4A Uppercase J 0113 75 4B Uppercase K 0114 76 4C Uppercase L 0115 77 4D Uppercase M 0116 78 4E Uppercase N 0117 79 4F Uppercase O 0120 80 50 Uppercase P 0121 81 51 Uppercase Q 0122 82 52 Uppercase R 0123 83 53 Uppercase S 0124 84 54 Uppercase T 0125 85 59 Uppercase U 0126 86 56 Uppercase V 0127 87 57 Uppercase W 0130 88 58 Uppercase X 0131 89 59 Uppercase Y 0132 90 5A Uppercase Z 0133 91 5B Left square bracket 0134 92 5C Back slash 0135 93 5D Right square bracket 0136 94 5E Caret 0137 95 5F Underscore 0140 96 60 Back quote 0141 97 61 Lowercase a 0142 98 62 Lowercase b 0143 99 63 Lowercase c 0144 100 64 Lowercase d 0145 101 65 Lowercase e 0146 102 66 Lowercase f 0147 103 67 Lowercase g 0150 104 68 Lowercase h F D N O mp D g xipueddy gt N lt XXS lt CHWNMDWOVOZZE AC TAMmMO Ja 7O AND 0 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Name Octal Dec Hex Description i j k m n O p q r S t u V w x y Z 0151 105 69 Lowercase 0152 106 6A Lowercase j 0153 107 6B Lowercase k 0154 108 6C Lowercase 0155 109 6D Lowercase m 0156 110 6E Lowercase n 0157 111 6F Lowercase o 0160 112 70 Lowercase p 0161 113 71 Lowercase q 0162 114 12 Lowercase r 0163 115 73 Lowercase s 0164 116 14 Lowercase t 0165 117 15 Lowercase u 0166 118 76 Lowercase v 016
190. _6 Height and Width out of range BMP s height must be less than h BMP s width must be less than w Reason 10 and 8 panels support bitmaps no larger than 640 x 480 pixels Similarly 6 panels support a maximum bitmap size of 320x240 pixels This error indicates that a bitmap exceeds the maximum size Solution Select a bitmap that fits within the above ranges Error J11_7 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum usable BMP size unable to save ON bitmap Error J11_8 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum usable BMP size unable to save OFF bitmap Error J11_9 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum usable BMP size unable to save Static Bitmap Reason Panels use a Run Length Encoding RLE technique to compress Bitmaps for display and saving purposes The maximum allowable size of a compressed BMP is 64K If the selected BMP results more than 64K during compression this error occurs Even if the bitmap size is less than the panel s resolution you may get this error Solution You need to select a different BMP If you would like to use the same bitmap you need to reduce the complexity of the bitmap Although there is no straight forward way to tell that a bitmap would result in less than 64K during compression the following tips might be useful 1 Try to have the same color across the bitmap If you mix lot of color patches that may increase the compressed bitmap size 2 Try to reduce the font usage in the bitmap E
191. a label for your object Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear NOTE 1 Fora list of ASCH Char acters that EZ Series Touch Panel Supports see Ap pendix B 2 Each ASCII character uses I byte of data There are 2 characters per regis ter 40 character maximum uses 20 consecutive regis ters The Address String is the first register of the consecutive register block This is the Popup alphanumeric Keypad IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Choose the String Tag Name The String Tag represents the PLC locations where the values are sent The string may be up to 40 characters long 1 Choose the Tag Name by clicking on the down arrow to display the list of Tags or type in the Tag Name in the entry field If the Tag Name is new th
192. ad only PLC element 0x000A Path busy msg 11 22 33 44 55 This occurs when the first five bytes of a message 11 22 33 44 55 are attempted to be sent out a busy Modbus Plus path 0x000B PLC message timed out ban e c D V gt e O J Ke y xipueddy dD oo 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho fei a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual This occurs when a no reply or error is seen within the time out time in the Panel PLC attributes If the Panel is displaying time out errors the time out may need to be increased 0x000C No communication with any other node This occurs when the Modbus Plus software reports it never gets the token or it is the sole station 0x000D Duplicate Node seen This will occur when the Modbus Plus software reports a duplicate station 0x000E Invalid PLC attributes 0x000F PLC Error Incorrect Map Size 0x0010 PUT GLB DATA This will occur when the Global register used is greater than the number of global registers declared 0x0011 General Error OMRON HOST LINK PLCs 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor MODICON PLC WITH MODBUS TCP IP PROTOCOL Error 1 Missed at least one frame The EZEthernet Card did not see one or more page mode requests
193. ade Firmware Look in Projects ics al ce BS Demo Project 1 kags csv Files of type Tag CSW Files csv Cancel Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 2 Click on the csv file you want to import to highlight it and then click on the Open button The file will be written to the Tag Database A Tag Database Log View will display letting you know if there were any problems importing the file into your current project oO pa ob tps 3 am Tag DataBase LogView Pe 1 Taq with TagName TAG NAME and Address Unable to convert Address Reason Given DataT ype is not found Made as Intemal Tag oe 3 Click on Setup gt Tag Database to view the database and make any corrections or changes Excel Format Click on the Import Tags gt Excel Format menu item to select the Microsoft Excel file where the tag database resides Navigate to the file you want click on it to highlight it and then click on the Open button The Tag Database Import from Excel window will appear shown on the Look in Sy Project ics Al ce E Demo Project Taas xls File name Demo Project Tags xls Files of type JEZT ouch Tag Excel Files xls Cancel Lh next page EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software will read the Excel Database Fields and allow you to choose the field name that correlates with the EZ Series Touch Panel Tag Database field in your project 1 Click on
194. age Database section on page 178 OTE To set the printer parameters see page 182 Project Attributes Printer tab To set the panel COMI port to Printer see Appendix D Package Project for EZTransfer The EZPackager utility incorporated into EZ Series Touch Panel software allows an OEM to distribute updates to EZ Series Touch Panel projects easily and quickly Using the utility OEMs can package one or more projects and or firmware into a zip file for distribution to the end user via email or the web View EZPackager User Manual pdf P N EZ PACKAGER M located in the install directory of your EZ Series Touch Print Project m Select Items for Printing Print Alarm Database Print Tag Database Sort by TagName Sort by Tag amp ddress D Print Message Database Print Screens AllScreens Selected Screens T With Object Details Panel Touch Panel software 7 Do you want to save the project before starting printing Print When you click on the Print menu item you will be asked if you want to save the project Click on Yes or No The screen shown above will appear Select Items for Printing Choose Print Alarm Database Print Tag Database select Sort by Tag Name or Sort by Tag Address or Print Message Database If you want to Print Screens select All Screens to print all of the screens from the project or Selected Screens to print selected screens from the list Cl
195. agha ENABLE INTERVAL AMD CHANGE amd Addrees OFT Unabbs to addio Tagha Plassor Tag is siea there in enieting Tagi atadlase el 3 Tag with Toghiome ALL DATA SETS RESET FLAG and Addes OFS Unable to add to Tagli atoar Reator Tag is akeady there in exicting TagUatallate Ta 6 Once the Think amp Do driver is selected the Think n Do Map file field is available In this field type the path where your Think amp Do map file can be found or click on the Browse button and navigate to its location 7 Click the OK button EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software will load and convert your Think amp Do map so it can be used by the EZ Series Touch Panel project NOTE Once in the main programming screen the software will display the Tag Database Log View dialog box showing the tags that could not be converted These tags could not be converted because they were not one of the 7 commands supported by EZ Series Touch Panel The supported commands are Counter Flag Float Input Number Output and String O a F co 20 O l qA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Aromat PLC Mewtocol Protocol The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Mewtocol Protocol To set up the Aromat PLC Mewtocol Protocol using FP Win GR configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure PLC
196. ailable through EZ Automation part number EZ PANELEDIT The panel can be configured on line or off line See page 3 for requirements Touch Panels Installing the Software Perform the following steps to install the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software onto your PC e Place the CD into your CD ROM drive The install program should launch automatically perform the following steps Windows Update Hew Office Document c If it does not a Open Office Document sn The Microsoft Network Josa Programs 1 From Windows click on the Start Button and then click on Run from the menu The Run dialog box will pop up 2 Atthe prompt type D or your CD ROM drive setup exe or click on the Browse Button and find the Setup exe file l for EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software 3 Favorites 3 Click on the OK button to begin the installation The EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Installation Screen will appear gt Documents e Follow the onscreen prompts to load the software Installation screens are shown next page Installation Screens Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and windows will open it for you Oper EZPanelEnhanced x x Setup kd Cancel Browse Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual CePanclinhanced 1221 Setup a el Welcome to the E PanelEnhanced 3 2 21 S
197. ameters The Visual Alarm Settings provide a color band on the arc rep resenting various limit parameters set by the programmer They provide the operator with a visual indication of current readings as needle sweeps over area that may or may not exceed fall below important values for the process or function the meter is monitoring Total US Fractional Digits fos 1 Click on the box in front of Low Low Limit Low Limit High Limit and or High High Limit to display a visual alarm for that parameter 2 Click on the down arrow under Color to view the color palette Move your cursor over the color you want and click to select 3 Enter the Set Limit for each of the parameters They must fall within the Range Minimum and Maximum set under the General tab 4 Choose the Needle Direction Clockwise or Counter clockwise IWANA SEAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Click on the Scaling tab if you want the Meter s Dis play Value to be different than the PLC Value General Alarms Digital Display Visibility Details Scaling PLC Value Display Value Paint 1 fo fo Point 2 E5535 ess35 Example Scaling i only for display purpose on this object The value you enter would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Point PLC Value 1 Display Value 10 Point 2 PLC Value 5 Display Value 50 Your value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this
198. amming Software User Manual Oo E S m O O i mar This page intentionally left blank Tutorial In this chapter Configure a PLC Create a Project Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Tutorial Configure PLC For the purposes of this Tutorial we will be using a DirectLogic 05 Series Programmable Logic Controller PLC with K Sequence Protocol To configure the PLC we are using DirectSOFT Programming Software The purpose of this part of the tutorial is to show you how to configure your PLC to communicate with an EZ Series Connect the programming PC to the DLO5 PLC With DirectSOFT Programming Software running on your PC perform the following steps 1 Enter the Ladder Logic as shown in the example below These PLC locations will be used by Tags that you will create in the EZ Series Editor Programming Software H Ladder View Efa 5F1 LD 1 Y2002 QUT V2003 CO c1 2 our O 5 H END 2 Save this program and transfer it to the PLC Place the PLC in Run Mode 3 Exit DirectSOFT For this tutorial we will be connecting the panel to PLC Port 1 of a DLO5 K Sequence 9600 Baud Odd Parity These are the settings that will be used when setting up the panel communications You have now configured the PLC to communicate with an EZ Series Project that you will create in the next section of this tutorial The following is a project tuto
199. amming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the following figure After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC a i oe A yo gt A Step l N N e i t s as easy as 1 2 3 Rn eres Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D E Automation Phone 1 67 7 7 74 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later EES NOONE SELECT ACTION M ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location Edit E Pane Pretec OFFLINE tie C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project to Panel Later Project Name new project e2t hirmware Hevisior Read Program Start Editing Screen eainiie Number fi Name New Screen Select Panel Panel Family r Size ha E EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce CS Cir CaS Select Model ALL 8 Color 6402480 bd Ethetnet COM Port eum z fC Type and eae View Edit PLE Com Setup ae e e Brave ok Help Language Clea Ex Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown a o xe l l l Data TimeoutLength o D Click on the OK button to save your selections You will HMI MPtBaudRate rsk ae 1875K F return to the Project Information screen cx Panel MPI Address RO o 5 O Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZ Series Project Max MPI Address 63 X Default MPI Address Default Segment ID Default Ra
200. and The command ID causing this error is reported CMD O0OxAA READ CMD OXA2 WRITE 0x0010 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This will occur if the PLC driver receives an invalid set of attributes The default attributes will be used when this occurs 0x0020 PLC bad checksum CMD X This occurs when a reply with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The command ID of the command that incurred the error is reported as part of the message CMD OXAA Read CMD OXA2 Write 0x0040 PLC Error STS XX EXTSTS XX CMD ZZ This is reported when a controller responds to a command with an error The error code is shown and can be looked up in the Allen Bradley documentation The command ID of the command causing the error is reported CMD OXAA Read CMD OXA2 Write 0x0080 PLC Nack Error This error is reported when a controller responds to a command with a negative acknowledgment 0x0100 PLC element read only This is reported when an attempt is made to write to an element with a read only map entry Read only map entries are input file output file and all discrete entries The driver can only read discrete entries it cannot write to a single bit within a word 0x0200 PLC TX buffer full The error is reported if the transmit buffer becomes full in the PLC driver 0x0400 PLC error no reply This occurs when the DF1 modules indicate the PLC has no reply to the last message It is usually displayed when the unit reestablishes communications after a
201. and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Make the following selections to Format the Bar Graph 1 If you want to show tick marks on your bar graph click on box in front of Show Ticks to enable 2 Select where you want the tick marks to be on the graph Left Top or Right Bottom 3 Select the Number of Major Divisions and the Number of Minor Sub Divisions to display The maximum ticks allowed for Major or Minor Divisions is 20 4 Click on the down arrow next to Color to view the color palette for the tick marks Place the cursor over a color and click to select 5 If you want to show numeric values for the tick marks click on the box behind Show Tick Numbers 6 If you have selected a Floating Point Tag the Precision for Floating Point entry will be enabled This will allow you to display the value of a tick mark on the bar graph with up to 5 decimal points Click on the down arrow to select number of decimal points 7 Select the Minimum and Maximum Range of the values represented in the bar graph display Ranges must be entered in Decimal 8 If you want a Bipolar bar graph click on the box in front of Bipolar and enter a Midpoint value A Midpoint between Bar Graph General Digital Display Scaling Visibility Details Y Digital Display Justification Leading Zeros Digits Total 3 H Fractional Digits 2 the Minimum and Maximum Range will appear 9
202. anel Your user program Demo Project 1 should now be written to the EZ Series and the screen you have created should be displayed on the panel Panel Information will be updated with information it receives from Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Step 3 establishing a link with the panel and the PLC 5 To test the link press the Demo Numeric Entry button on your EZ Series screen A popup keypad similar to the one shown below should display 6 Enter the Password 1234 on the keypad Press Enter 7 Another popup keypad similar to the one shown below will display 8 Enter a number on the keypad by pressing the number keys Press ESParaal enc piima i1 azi El Mummi Eni Siga Flo Edi Scroor Objet Cre Paral Soup window Hap SOM 4 Pwo a PN OC mlm ee ar le os BAe OOM fai m Blea em Om s me me Bs BO h g amp Oh BOR 7590 6 50 Pangea W Preece S gasi Ly 1 Num ic Erby Sener i O E m ii e i Click on 3 Write Your Program to Panel sae ase This screen will appear HI For Meds prean Fi Wool gected Object 0 Muz eat OMi Wite Prontam To Panel Project Information is provided here Make sure the information is correct before proceeding Parel Information a Parel to PUC Link Ethernet Com Port is shown here Make manaa D a iee pra sure the correct COM port is selected before erew Bytes a i proceeding A
203. appear in the Programming 3 Type in the Text as you want it to display on the panel screen The Window text can be up to 500 characters and wraps within the frame 4 Select Horizontal Left Center or Right and Vertical Top The Text Tool bar as it appears on Center or Bottom Justification for the text Default for both is the programming screen Center 5 If you want the text to appear within a frame click on the box in v front of Display Frame to enable If you want to see through Text Objects Fl the text and or frame to what lies underneath click on the box in A AIAI A TY front of Transparent 6 Select the Text and Background Color from the available choices Default Text color is black and the default Background color is gray OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Text Object on the screen and size it To size it grab a handle and drag To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen cy Trigger Text Object Pressure is near naximunm t IWASE Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Triggered Text The Triggered Text object monitors a bit to display different text strings for ON and OFF conditions This would be used
204. are User Manual Activate Screen Saver The Activate Screen Saver object allows you to place a button on the screen that enables you to activate the panel screen saver Screen Saver time out is programmed under Setup gt Project Activate Screen Saver General Protection Visibility Details mJ Label Text Language 1 Label Text ACTIVATE SCREEN SAVER Character Size 5x5 7 Text 7 Background J To p Position Color Bottom IV Display Frame Text Color Language E Character Size 6x8 Text og I Blink Text Screen Saver Background 7 I Blink Cancel Help Attributes gt General Tab gt Display Saver To put a Label on the object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty A oS Enter Text for the button object Choose the Language Character S
205. ason If you specify a discrete address to an object requiring a word address or vice versa you will receive this error message Solution Specify a valid PLC address Error T03_1 Unable to get the data type Reason The Tag Database has become corrupted Solution Try the following 1 Goto Tag Database Setup gt Tag Database and select a tag not associated with any objects 2 Delete the tag by pressing Delete button or by using delete key on keyboard 3 Save the project 4 Close and then restart EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software 5 Open the project and check for the error again Error T03_2 Tag index not found Creating internal tags Solution Try the following 1 Accept defaults 2 Open Tag Database and check to see if all tags are there 3 Some Tags will be UNKNOWN modify to your requirements Error T03_3 Unable to open tag database file map Reason This error occurs if the project map file gets deleted or is missing when an attempt to load the program is made Solution Recovering or finding original map file will recover project if this cannot be done creating a new project with a new map file is the only solution Error T03_4 Tag index limit reached unable to create a new tag Reason You ve reached the tag maximum Maximum number of tags that can be entered is 32 000 Error T03_5 Incorrect number of PLC tags and Internal tags Reason Tag database is corrupted Solutio
206. at READ location deter mines whether the button is displayed in the ON or OFF mode You Bitmap Button E xj General Protection Visibilty Details Label Text Language EE Character Size 6x8 Label Text BMF BUTTON Button Tag v Indicator Tag v fan Actuator Type Toggle X Text ji I Display Frame I Transparent Background Background color for Bitmaps On Bitmap Off Bitmap r Alignment Alignment Allow Stretching AV Allow Stretching tretch to Fit tretch to Fit Size PE a Stretch to i cise I Stretch to Fi Maintain Aspect Ratio I Maintain _ Maintain Aspect Ratio Justification Justification Import Bitmap Heard Vertical Import Bitmap Heed Vertical Symbol Factory Left Top Symbol Factory f Left C Top Center Center Center f Center Copy From Clipboard C Right W Copy From Clipboard C Right C Bottom Edit Image Edit Image E Simulate Press Cancel Help may choose to make the READ and WRITE location the same To put a Label on the Bitmap Button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters
207. ate Buttons Indicator Buttons Radio Buttons Switches Step Switch Tri state Switch Numeric Entry Recipe Thumbwheel Indicator Lights Numeric Display Text Objects Clock Object Meter Bar Graphs Line Graph PID Face Plate Change Screen Alarm History System Objects Multi state Indicator Bitmap Objects Increment Decrement Value Report View File Unicode Objects WARY SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Objects Menu Repor i E View File In PLC based control the PLC performs the following control sequence continuously reads inputs solves control logic ladder logic writes values and sets resets outputs The state of inputs and outputs is kept as bits in a data table The data table is typically organized in words with each word having 16 bits Data values such as parts count are also kept as words in the data table EZ Series Touch Panel provides direct access to the bits and words of the PLC data table without going through I O modules The panel provides this access through its tags EZ Series Touch Panel has tags that are mapped to the PLC data table The mapping between panel tags and PLC data tables is user defined through a simple dialog box EZ Series Touch Panel objects allow you to set reset bits and to read write from the PLC data table through the panel tags For examp
208. ator Light objects display the status of a bit and produce appropriate display text for it However the Indicator Light object allows the user to display text in only one custom font for EZ Series panels with pre set sizes of 6x8 8x16 8x32 etc Whereas with Unicode Indicator Light object users can use any font in any size already installed on the user s PC This object also allows the user to enter text in any supported International Language including complex script e g Chinese and right to left languages Thai Arabic etc Unicode Indicator Light General Visibiity Details Tag Name Jiisieyiels On Text Off Text 7 Display Frame On Text Off Text Simulate Press IWANA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Unicode Indicator Button A Unicode Indicator Button combines a regular button with a pilot light It allows you to perform a WRITE operation to one bit and a READ to a second discrete location The state of that READ location determines whether the button is displayed in the ON or OFF mode with the option of display text on screen in any font script e g Chinese installed on your computer You may choose to make the READ and WRITE location the same In order to enter text for South Asian languages Thai Vietnam ese Arabic etc requiring Cyrillic alphabet or right to left script and Indic languages Hindi Tamil etc you might need to install additional support on your PC For ente
209. available in the PC 4 Check the COM1 setting in Setup Mode on the panel Refer to the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZ Series Touch Panel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information gt Problem Panel does not communicate with PLC Action 1 Check communications cable a Is it the right cable b Is it connected c Is the cable terminated properly 2 Check PLC settings a Is PLC system powered b Is PLC COM Port properly configured c If there is a RUN switch on PLLC is it in the term remote mode dD oo 26 TX cw oOo 0 Ea oQ lt 6 t IDAT a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Refer to the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZ Series Touch Panel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Memory unavailable Action 1 Make sure that the Flash Card is in top slot and the RAM Card is in the bottom slot Refer to the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZ Series Touch Panel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Display is Blank Action 1 Display indicates NO USER PROGRAM after power up There is no user program installed into the panel 2 Display is blank Push extreme upper left and extreme lower left touch cells on front of panel top
210. ay lose some of the pro grammed images during the conversion F Multi state Bitmap Multi state Bitmap is an object that is created to display images within a frame on the panel screen Each object has its own pro grammed images The object will display one image at a time based on a bit the one that is set or a value in the tag The maximum number of images that can be programmed is based on available memory Click on the Images tab to program images for the object Images stored in the object are numbered based on the Tag Data type Signed Unsigned BCD If the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Image Number 10 will be displayed within the Multi state Bitmap General Images Visibilty Details T Label Text Language 4 Label Text MULTI STATE BMP Position Bottom Background r Images Display images based on Bits are represented in Bit Number Image Number Decimal System C Octal System Selecting Bit Number would display the images based on whichever bit is ON in the specified PLC Address Background Non programmed bitmap action on panel Color x Display an error message Display a blank bitmap Character Size 69 MV Display Frame Tag Name J Transparent Display the last displayed bitmap Ignore the new value Cancel Help Multi state Bitmap image frame Keep in mind that the number of images that you can program
211. bel for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty em ad Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the touch object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Back ground 5 Ifyou want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Print Selections Print Form Feed at the end of the page Decide how you want the Report to print Click in the box in front of Print Form Feed at the end of the page if you want the form feed to print at the end of each page Report Messages 1 Click on the Messages tab to view the following dialog
212. below Bte Percha fa Eror Deso force Stop Bits 1 After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol OO O click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button z ea ea isgneche Filed Receive fa to save your selections You will return to the a Project Information screen Click on the OK ACK Timeout Oat E0 button to begin creating your EZ Series Touch Be Dataa Duplioata Messages Panel Project Message Application Timesutt 30 seconds Step EDITOR 3 i kas easy as l 43 Touch Panels O EZ5ernes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 z Ez utomation Phone 1 67 7 7 74 EASY 0 2 Selected Acton Felt OFFLINE Wride Later WIN ezautorvation net mp SELECT ACTIOH EXTER PRIGIECT IMF OPM AT Oh gt lt Piojact Location po F Piogam T ler Ega ier I eet ar Enesa Allen Bradley PLCS OFA Project Marne ives Poet ez iae Hevesi PLE Edilar Revision 6 1 BS tail Edling Sg ee aaa aA Baud Rate Eain co W Geo i a Siotoot Paral Farii m ait None Panel Farrdy ea esr stoc bile ne 7 le EzPanel Enhanced EZToudh E2TouchPLe Coe cig fre or ye Treramit pg 2323 selec hadd ALL 8 Color 60nd 80 Checksum Type E be BCC eA or Diede PLCS DFT evo J View TAN PLC Com Sene Tene out Time 1 255 tenths of a second
213. ber See Language section page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty name sas To Create the Change Screen Button object 1 Select the Style of the button from the available choices 2 Click in the empty field next to Go To Screen and type in the name of the screen or click on the down arrow for a list of screens in the project and select 3 Select the Language Number 1 9 for the Text that will appear within the button 4 Type in the Text that you wish to appear within the button IWARA AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 5 Select Character Size from the available choices 6 Select the Color of the Text and the Background inside the button from the available choices 7 Click in the box under Blink if you want the Text or Back ground to blink Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your
214. bg ww bb tag map string Condition When reading or writing a tag the PLC indicated that it was in program or test mode dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho Error 6 NO_WORD_ERROR Screen Message WORD NOT IN BTX T aabb ww bb tag map string Condition When reading from the BTX specified in the map string the word number was not found in the BTR or the length of the tag element was longer than the specified BTX Error 7 NO_COMM_ERROR Screen Message NO COMM ERROR Condition When reading or writing the Remote I O interface card indicated that it has not received a valid message from the PLC within a period of 160 milliseconds Error 8 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_ERROR Screen Message WRITE TO NONACTIVE QUARTER T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition When writing to the quarter specified by the group in the map string the PLC indicated that this quarter was not active Error 9 NONACTIVE_BTR_ERROR Screen Message WORD NOT IN BTR T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition When writing to the BTR specified in the map string the word number was not found in the BTR or the length of the tag element was longer than the specified BTR Error 10 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_32_ERROR Screen Message WRITE TO NONACTIVE INPUT QTR T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition When writing a 32 bit or string value to an Input the value was either mapped to a nonactive quarter or out of the range for the rack
215. bject you are creating String with your cursor in 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The Enter a Tag Name EDIT TAG DETAILS screen 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag will appear Name that you want to button to correspond to 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE This object can use a signed or unsigned Data Type Button I Bit 0 in assigned tag Button 8 Bit 7 in assigned tag Bits 9 to 15 are not used Select Number of Buttons 1 Click on the UP or DOWN arrow to select the number of radio buttons You may choose from 2 to 8 buttons You may only have 6 buttons for 6 inch panels with 48 touch cells Enter On Off Text Text size and color are programmed under the General Tab These characteristics will be implemented for all of the inside button text 1 Select the Character Size for the On Text and the Off Text 2 Choose the Color of the Text by clicking on the arrow button to view the color palette Move the cursor over the color you want and click to select 3 Select whether or not the Text will Blink 4 Next select the Background Color of the button and whether or not i
216. ble I O will drop eNO qA down Drag and Drop the imimans pa desired I O from right to left Bus Palameters O T O DJO m on foo 5 IWARA ALAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EJHW Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_PGI_RES Gi Staion Edt Inset PLC Yew Options window Help Dlej le Sn S ee dai E l Re Profle Standad 4j ANYBLUS S PDP PS307 24 i Universal module CPU315 2 DP i i NAQUT 1 Byte LP Most i i NDUT 2 Byte 1 wod f N OUT 4 Byte 2 word DADOS 2420 5A NAOUT 8 Byte 4 word NOUT 16 Byte 8 wordl INAOUT 32 Byte 15 word N OUT 64 Byte 32 word NAQUT 123 Byte 64 werd i i NPUT 1 Byte el Mela Ma dese Bal i i NPUT 2 Byte 1 word Skt K Order number 1Addi QAd Co i INPUT 4 Byte 2 wod 9 Once the I O is configured your mene eyes psf C meur 1s sye 9 nor module is properly configured choose ee CI NPUT cate poem PLC gt DOWNLOAD TO MODULE NPUT 128 Byte 54 wod OUTPUT 1 Byt OUTPUT 2Byte 1 word OUTPUT 4 Byte 2 word 3 OUTPUT 6 Byte 4 rod 10 Follow the on screen prompts and you E guns pecuare OUTPUT 32 Byte 16 word ais a i i f OUTPUT 64 Byte 22 word are finished SS F i f OUTPUT 128 Byte 64 word w ojjan jon jajn 11 Return to EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel
217. brief description of the function of that particular button The window will disappear as soon as the cursor has been moved off the button PLC HELP If you need help with the PLC to EZ Series Touch Panel Interface consult the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Help Each PLC Driver has a Help Topic that lists the error messages and provides an explanation for each Also provided are PLC to EZ Series Touch Panel wiring diagrams Technical Support Although most questions can be answered with EZ Series Touch Panel HELP or the manuals you may find answers to your questions in the operator interface section of our web site www EZAutomation net If you still need assistance please call our technical support from 6 a m to Midnight at 1 877 774 EASY or FAX us at 1 877 775 EASY Warranty Repairs If your EZ Series Touch Panel is under warranty contact www EZAutomation net or call us 1 877 774 EASY Out of Warranty Repairs If your EZ Series Touch Panel is out of warranty contact EZAutomation s Service Department for an evaluation of repair costs 1 877 774 EASY You can then decide whether it is more economical to proceed with factory repairs or purchase a new panel Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EZ Series Touch Panel Models 6 inch Monochrome Models 6 Mono with eRe Standard Bezel 256KB 6 Mono White EZ S6W RS on Blue with Slim 256KB Bezel 6 Mono White EZ S6W RSU on Blue with
218. cation click in front of one of the following Left Center or Right For Vertical Justification click in front of Top Center or Bottom Under Off Text Format repeat the steps above Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box i LOOK UF TEXT NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear IWAS SEAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Lookup Text Lookup Text is an object that is created to display pre programmed messages within a frame on the panel screen These pre programmed messages are stored in the Message Database It displays one message ata time Click on the Message Database button at the bottom of the dialog box to program messages in the database A Value corresponding to the Tag Name is the Message Number that will be displayed inside the frame of the Lookup Text Each message designed in the Message Database is numbered from 1 to 999 So if the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Message Number 10 will be displayed within the Lookup Text Frame General Visibilty Details r Gabel Te Language i Character Siz
219. ce e General All touch objects allow you to select the security or Protection level of Project Attributes General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Pane Language Alarm Protection Item Tag Name Date Taas Year word Month word Day word m Time Tags Hour word Minute word Seconds word Panel maintains clock using onboard Realtime Clock Chip Panel will write date and time values to PLC if above tags are mapped to PLC CAUTION Use Read Write PLC addresses to use Internal Clock option Panel uses values from the above tags in place of intemal realtime clock Panel will read these values from PLC if the tags are mapped those that have access to that screen A numerical keypad will pop up when the touch object is pressed prompting the user to enter a password Select Password or Tag under the Password Tag heading If you select Tag the password value will be stored in the PLC If you select Password Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE If using Internal the tag address string must use a READ WRITE register in the PLC The PLCs use READ ONLY registers for their internal clock calendars and cannot be written to If using External be sure to use the correct PLC addresses you will enter the password here Passwords are entered by the operator with a popup keypad PASSWORD A 1 10 digit number is assigned here that the user must enter to perform prot
220. ces attempting to handle the tags for a given panel screen The user should spread the tags across screens to prevent is error Error 20 Packet send error Generic error that occurs if the EZEthernet Adapter cannot send an Ethernet packet If the problem persists the user should contact Technical Support Error 21 Read Transaction failed The EZEthernet Card was unable to process an incoming tag data response from a node If the problem persists the user should contact Technical Support Error number 22 is not used Error 23 Discrete Value must be 0 or 1 The EZEthernet was instructed to perform a discrete operation on a tag that had a non binary 0 or 1 value This would happen only if the panel tag database is corrupt Error 24 Attempted operation on NULL pointer Internal EZEthernet Card Error If this error persist check EZ Series Project and the EZEthernet configuration Error 25 Could not build internal arrays Fatal internal EZEthernet Adapter error Please call Technical Support Error 26 Did not receive response from tag write The EZEthernet Card sent one or more tag write requests that did not respond within the time out period The user should re send the request If the problem persists the user should increase the timeout period for the cor responding node using the EZEthernet Configuration Utility Error 27 Adapter write Queue Overflow The EZEthernet can normally process u
221. ch for in the Tag Name 3 Enter the characters up to 40 in the text field next to Replace With that you want to replace in the Tag Name 4 Click on the Find Next button The program loader will find the character string in applicable Tag Names and highlight the line s where it appears 5 Click on Replace if you want to approve check each item before replacing Click on the Replace All button if you want to replace all instances of the character string without checking Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Alarm Database To program the panel to monitor the PLC for errors and trigger an alarm see page 185 Project Attributes Panel to PLC tab PLC Error and PLC Error Code Value Alarm Database oO pa ob tps 3 am Total Number of Alarms 0 Current Editing Language 1 NOTE The steps necessary to program your panel to monitor To program an alarm in the Alarm Database perform the following steps the PLC for errors and trigger an Alarms are numbered from 1 to 999 alarm are provided in Appendix A Troubleshooting How do I 1 Click on the Add Edit button to add a new alarm To edit an Log and Display a PLC Error existing alarm click on it in the list to highlight and then click on Message the Add Edit button One of the following screens will appear 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows next to the Alarm Number field to Add New Alarm Dialog Box Add New Alarm 1 NOTE Alarms will be displa
222. cific PLC For example 2 V2002 would address the PLC Station Number 2 Tag This is the number of the Tag in the list Tag Name You may enter a descriptive Tag Name of up to 40 characters Data Type This is the format of the data Select the Data Type that is appropriate for your type PLC Choose from DISCRETE SIGNED_INT_16 SIGNED_INT_ 32 UNSIGNED_INT_16 UNSIGNED_INT_32 BCD_INT_16 BCD_INT_ 32 FLOATING PT_32 and ASCII STRING PLC Address The syntax for entering PLC addresses depends on the type of PLC A message similar to the one shown to the left will display letting you know if the PLC Address type and Tag Data Type don t match or if the Address is invalid Number of Characters If the Tag will read a character ASCII string from the PLC or write a character string to the PLC you will need to enter the number of characters here Each PLC register can contain 2 characters You may enter up to 40 characters The PLC will assign the correct number of sequential registers needed for the string The address you have entered for the tag is the starting address See Appendix B for a list of ASCII characters supported by the EZ Series Touch Panel Add Edit Button Click on this button to Add a new tag or Edit an existing tag To Add a New Tag 1 Click on Add Edit button If you have existing tags ensure that none are highlighted or you will go to the edit tag window The following screen will appear Add New Tag
223. ck Number Default Slot Number This space is intentionally left as blank Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Entivity s Think amp Do WinPLC Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Think amp Do WinPLC Project with Modbus RTU Protocol To set up the PLC using Think amp Do configuration software program the PLC Communications Serial Port Setup screen as shown below 23170 View T_D_TEST Configuration E Configuration View Drivers Devices Jools Window Help Dele S aml et s 3 Balsa ea fe ne a Te me RS 232 port on CE Runtime Backplane 1 0 Fa WinPLC_RS232Port Driver odbus Slave M COM1 9600lEven 8 1 None Betresh Grid Attribute Serial Port i Serial Porn Settings Access Type Receive Buffer Sire 000i Module Status Wapping 170 Mapping Data Types that EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software can import from Think amp gt Do Software gt 0 Think amp Do Live _ Think amp Do Studio ae Flag Flag 20 Number Number O l qA Input Input Output Output Counter N A Float Float String Think amp Do Studio supports double precision 64 bit floating point numbers However EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software only supports single precision 32 bit floating point numbers This means that the panel cannot display numbers greater than seven digits Anything large
224. ck on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Object on the screen and size it This is an example of a SIGNED DECIMAL Popup Keypad as it will display on your panel Screen If you enter an invalid value press the Clear CLR button and reenter To size the Numeric Entry object grab a handle and drag To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Demo Numeric Entry MINIMUM 0 MAXIMUM 9999 one VARY SLAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Recipe Object The Recipe object allows you to write preset values of up to 20 Tags to the PLC to change the process Thus this feature can be used to download recipes to the PLC bi General Recipe Protection Visibilty Details T Label Text Language Character Size 5 8 J Label Text RECIPE Position Color GC fox Text zj C Batom Background z IV Display Frame hed Char Size r Color Back Language H Text Bink goni Birk Text RECIPE se Per Tar To put a Label on the Recipe object button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices
225. creens for more than one panel size Be e to select Screen gt Show Touch Cells when using this feature in order to actually see the rectangle Zoom Click on Zoom to view your screens at preset magnifications Select from the available magnifications Use the scroll bars to the right and bottom of the screen to a another area of the screen Project Screens Explorer View You may also use the Project i Screens Explorer View to M 5 El navigate between screens while Current zoom 100 programming in EZ Series Touch Pee ae Panel Programming Software C sox Cex C70 C Bmx Double click on an existing screen listed in the Explorer window that you want to edit The Main Programming Screen will open to the selected screen You can easily switch between screens you are working on to copy paste make changes etc demo project l ezt 1 Numeric Entry Eie Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup W DB ts SBo olma o o ff st m E a Project Screens AQ 1 Numeric Entry Screen i 2 Time and Date ee 3 New Screen i z 4 Meter Screen ie S Alarm Histor Screen Ae 6 Salute to America Objects Menu Because objects are the main screen creation tool in the project a section of this manual is dedicated to explaining each object in detail For information about an object see the OBJECTS chap ter of this manual on page 44 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Draw M
226. ctional digits to blink will come from the value of 6 Select color for Background and whether or not you want it to the tag Blink 7 Click on Total Digits under Digits The panel will display the minimum value and the maximum number inside the keypad Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the data type and tag value type chosen that you want to display 8 Ifyou want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maximum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits 9 If you want a tag to control the decimal points click in the box in front of Use tag for decimal point and then enter or select a Decimal point Tag Name m i Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name z Scaling Tab NOTE Click on the Scaling Under the Numeric Entry object General Sealing Notification Handshake Protection Visit tab if you want the Display Scaling tab you can scale the T Use Notification and handshake tags Value to be different than the entered value from the numeric Notficaton TagName SS PLC Value entry object to another value in Kaata OO the PLC Enter the Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values and Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values Handshake Time out 4000 Point 1 PLC Value 1 Display Value 10 A n exa mp le o f SCA L ING IS Point 2 PLC Value 5
227. d C Cancel To put a Label on the Alarm History object perform the fol lowing steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to OTE Anactveaiarinwill select a language number See Language section page be displayed across the bot 198 l tom of the panel screen To 3 Select Character Size from the available sizes see a history use the Alarm 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters History object 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PLEASE NOTE Use the Alarm Protection feature to keep operators from using the CLEAR ALL or CLEAR buttons on the Alarm History and or Alarm Count screens that display on the panel screens shown below You can limit access to these buttons so that an opera tor must enter a password on the popup keypad to be able to use them For information on how to do this see Setup gt Project Attributes gt Alarm Protection page 199 ALARM DISCRETE Lk ALARM DISCRETE 1001 ALARM DISCRETE 1001 ALARM DISCRETE Lk ALARM DISCRETE 1001 ALARM DISCRETE 10h QRQRGRE LI LINE DETAILS Pear a rie Ma fate omens Ca a falaa These
228. d Size Show Touch Cells Screen Description Background Color Right click while cursor is on an object Edit Cut Copy Paste Select All Bring To Front Send To Back Same Size Same Height Same Width Overlapping Objects Information Simulate Next State Simulate Previous State Pick Attributes Apply Attributes Display Tag Name on Object gt Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Right Click Menus Some functions are accessible with a click on the right mouse button With your cursor anywhere on the programming window click the right mouse button The menu to your left will appear Some items may be grayed out not available depending upon the objects you have selected From this menu you can Cut Copy or Paste selected Objects you must select more than one object Select All objects on screen Create New Open an existing or Rename a Screen Change the screen magnification with the Zoom control Display Grid activate Snap to Grid or change Grid Size Show Touch Cell grid Enter or Change the current Screen Description Change Background Color of the screen Provides information about Overlapping Objects on the current screen and allows you to make changes effet e e Oe OO O The functions on the menu to the left are accessible when you have one or more objects selected on a screen and click the right mouse button Some items may be grayed out not available depending upon
229. d choice available is to make changes to the project while online Click on the button labeled Edit Program ON LINE The changes are effective each time Save Screen or Save Project is selected reducing downtime Click on Save Screen or Save Project and the changes will appear on the panel screen immediately This is recommended when you need to make changes quickly to an existing user program without shutting down the system 1 From the Project Information screen click on the button labeled Edit Program ON LINE The Panel Type PLC Type and Firmware Revision of the panel will soon display Under Start Editing Screen screen Number 1 will appear with that screen s Name If you want to begin editing a screen other than Number 1 click on the down arrow next to the Number field or the down arrow next to the Name field to select the screen you want to edit Click on OK The screen you have selected will open on the main programming screen for you to make changes Click on Save Screen to download changes to the screen immediately Click on Save Project to transfer all changes including project attributes and databases They will be immediately downloaded to the panel Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual A QUICK REVIEW for ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Step 1 Project Information _ z4 Teuch Panels E2Series Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY
230. d upload a project exit out to the Step Project Information click on the On Line edit mode and select OK If that doesn t work make new project with new map file Error 103_3 Screen Number must be in the 1 999 range Reason You have entered an invalid Screen number Solution Enter a valid Screen number WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Saving Errors Sxx_x Error S01_1 The EZ Series Touch Panel Editor has detected that one or more static objects line arc circle pie static bitmap and static text are on top of dynamic objects Static objects cannot be on top of dynamic objects These static objects will be placed below the dynamic objects Reason If you have any static and dynamic objects on the same screen you need to make sure the dynamic objects are always on top or away from the static objects Panel refreshes only the dynamic objects once all the objects are drawn If for any reason a static object gets on top of a dynamic or brought to front with the right click menu option with dynamic object on top this message will appear Solution 1 The Editor will take care of this automatically It will sequence the objects in such a way that static objects are drawn below the dynamic objects 2 Other option is you can select the objects right click on the mouse and select Bring Forward Send Backward to rearrange them manually Error S01_2 EZ Series Touch Panel Editor detected
231. date features found in Windows application programs Yve know that you are r5 NA looking forward to programming AutomationDirect com s EZTouch Panel and we offer this comprehensive Objects onboard help system as just one of the many benefits you receive when you use AutomationDirect com s products Selecting your PLC EZ Touch Panel Specifications Maintenance Troubleshooting Allen Bradley PLCs Na DirectLogic PLC Help Topics General Electric PLCs Mitsubishi PLCs E Omron PLCs Modicon PLCs Think n Do Modbus Protocol Touch Panels Thumbwheel Object Meters PID Faceplates and Analog Digital Clock Flash based design for easy firmware upgrade Field expandable user RAM Nonvolatile flash card for user program backup Color models support 128 color palette for components and bitmaps 16 shades of gray on monochrome models Multiple languages up to 9 1 Backup the user program currently stored in the panel and save to disk or Flash option card 2 Click on Upgrade Firmware and navigate click on Browse About E PanelEnhanced eeae file r Ethernet Com Port and VER EZAutomation a division of Avi g rade A status bar will let Copyright C 2005 Version 3 2 21 Oo hn od J co am Right click while cursor is on programming screen Cut Objects Copy Objects Paste Objects Select All New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Display Grid Snap to Grid Gri
232. ddy Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH485 AIC Channel Configuration The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a SLC500 Series PLC with DH485 Protocol To set up the SLC500 PLC DH485 using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the General Chan 1 System Chan O System Chan 0 User Mode Address Dire DH485 fi decimal Baud 13200 z Protocol Control Token Hold Factor 1 Mas Nade adores n O a F co 20 O l qA figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the ks Sinia parameters shown Click on i a the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel sevectacrion Se a Step Taas easy ds J 2 3 ESenes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASy WA ezautomation net Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Figeac Location Project ASINTA C Piogram Fler EZFanadEnh ncadi Froga Bowen NOTE The Default PLC Partisen Popcinane
233. der ations when the panel is connected to a n Ethernet IP network When leaving the panel Setup Mode all values currently residing in the INPUT TAGS are cleared to a value of 0 zero Also when leaving the panel Setup Mode there is a delay of approximately 10 to 15 seconds while the Ethernet IP interface card is being initialized before the panel values being displayed are updated Generic Ethernet IP Revision A T Use Dip switch settings IP Address met Subnet Mask Connect TimeOut 1 255 sec Poll Time 0 255 tenths of a sec Maximum Input Max 1 0 range 1 256 words Maximum O Max 1 0 ines y 256 words 200 250 255 255 255 0 Gateway Address 10 1 200 23 m Hep Cancel 1 Download the project to the panel 2 Attach the panel to the Ethernet IP network dn S Jld xipueddy Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 3 Run RSLogix 5000 RSLogix 5000 My Controller 1756 L55 Ale Edt View Search Logic Communications Toole Window Help EESE zi Difline Nl Run 4 Under I O Configuration right click the Ethernet Module and from the pop up T OK mea o OE menu select New Module as shown to eta an g Afi res Se IDI lo Fevornes KEK a Controller My_Controler i E Controller Tags 2B Controller Fault Handler i G Power Up Hander I a Tasks S ManTask SS MainProgam P Pr
234. ding page All of the objects in this menu have user defined frame types line and fill SYSTEM OBJECTS TOOL BAR colors and text To configure an object click on the object icon on the object tool bars or on the object name in the menu drop down list with your E neues i f BITMAP OBJECTS TOOL BAR Basic Objects Tool Bar Icon Text Objects Tool Bar Icon z e Buttons pT E na Static Text ndicator Buttons A g Radio Buttons Ae niga elea tex i Switches Lookup Text l c A Dynamic Text e Step Switch KEMT e HRI Tri State Switch TEKEENIY Numeric Entry System Objects Tool Bar Icon Configure an object e Recipe H OBJECT MENU or one Q Thumbwheel a Increment Decrement of the OBJECT TOOL e 2 Indicator Lights E Hour BARS Numeric Display Activate Screen Saver e D Analog Clock F Select Language o Digital Clock e FX Meter Bitmap Objects Tool Bar Icon Laer PAra a Dynamic Bitmap o 1 li 7 eS Bitmap Button PA annie Tre Multi state Bitmap e Change Screen fy Alarm History e a Multi state Indicator i Increment Decrement Value e E Report View File Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Button Object O Pressing a Button object allows you to WRITE to a Tag It can be dis played in a variety of colors sizes and shapes and has a simulation op be tion allowing you to see how it will look when pressed You may select from 5 types of button states Momentary
235. dress pice a Number 1 Meme New Scieen from 0 to 31 Select Panel Panel Family Skee Edt Progiam ON LINE Allen Bradley SLC S00 24 435 MicroLogiz AIC PLE Edilor Revision B Psnel Station Humbeiy TE Degadt Station Humber Mas Skalion Humbet f Tineot Tme 1 2 fau tenth of second Foll Time 0 255 fo tanti of second crea Step 1 Project Information Token Hald Factor 2 Has Mode Addex a1 f EzPanel Enhanced C E2Toueh f EZTouchPLE Yope epe aore wor selci Madel ALL 9 Colo 6400400 PLC Type snd zaam ThnkerLip i le Ok Hep LMS Dew E wt NOTE on TAGS for this type PLC If communicating to other than the default PLC the address string must be preceded by the PLC address of the unit you want to communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is PLC address 3 xipueddy D wn D xe Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a SLC 500 Series PLC with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol Channel Configuration General Chan 1 Syatem Chan 0 System Chan 0 User Diver OFT Ful Duples aj ec 1 dezimal To set up the SLC 500 PLC DF1 Full Duplex eo m using RSLogix configuration software even program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZ Seri
236. e Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Transfer to Panel Transfer to Panel allows you to transfer the current open project to the panel E You can also click on the Click on Transfer to Panel and the following dialog box will open This icon in the Panel Tool Bar dialog box provides information about the current project and the panel shown to the left memory available JJ D h D D O D Write Program To Panel Project Information Project Title fc program files projecthdemo project 1 ezt Panel T LL 8 Color 640x480 x480 DON T LOSE AN EXISTING aTe P PROGRAM When you write iar a DirectLoaie K Sequence Rev B the program to the panel it will Panel Information Panel to PLC Link write over any program already a m SEE t t loaded into panel Save the aiy are Revision eS ot Connected Free Memory Bytes existing program before you click on the Start button to transfer your new program To do this exit project and Read Program from CAUTION Ethemet Com Port Panel then save it to your PC Pressing Start will OVERWRITE com zj program already in the panel IF you do not want to loge program in the panel press Cancel and first Read program from Panel and save it on your PC Cancel Help Press START to write program to panel Under Project Information the screen provides you with the Project Title
237. e Error J08_1 Process Variable Tag and Set Point Tag must be of same Data Type a 68 Ensure that the Process Variable tag and the Set Point Tag are of the same data type In 6 IWARA ty Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual other words if you define a signed tag for Process Variable define a signed tag for Set Point tag also Always assign the same data tag type to both the Process Variable and Set Point Error J08_ 2 Process value Maximum is less than Present value Minimum Solution Ensure that Present value Maximum is greater than Present value Minimum Error J08_3 Output value Minimum cannot be greater than Present value Maximum Solution Ensure that Output value Maximum is greater than Output value Minimum Line Graph Error J10_1 At least one valid Pen tag must be defined Reason When using a line graph there must be a minimum of one tag signed unsigned or BCD assigned to the Pen entries Solution Be sure to assign a minimum of one tag signed unsigned or BCD to the Pen Error J10_2 All Pen tags must be of the same sign type Reason The program loader requires that all the Pen tags have the same sign type for each line graph object If you assign tags with different sign types signed 16 32 and unsigned 16 32 or BCD 16 32 and signed 16 32 to the same line graph object this message will appear Solution If you need a line graph that contains a signed tag and an unsigned tag they will t
238. e cursor and the current programming mode ONLINE or OFFLINE PAX aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar This tool bar appears on the right hand side of the main programming screen It allows you to easily navigate to one of the three main steps in creating a program for your panel using the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software 1 Click on button number 1 to Exit Project to Information Screen You Exit Project will exit your current project and return to the Step 1 Project Information Owain Screen 2 Click on button number 2 to Design Your Screens The Open New Screen dialog box will appear You can select from one of the current project s Sanan air screens or enter a new number and name to create a new screen Click on this button to quickly go to another screen in your project for editing or 3 create a new screen Wtita Your Click on button number 3 to Write Your Program to Panel When you are en finished with the project or want to test it on the panel select this button The Write Program to Panel Screen will appear allowing you to transfer the current project to the panel memory Click on this button to transfer your project to the panel Project Screens Explorer View This window is located on the left hand side of the main programming screen pape It is displayed by default If you don t want it to display click on Edit gt Tool QD 1 Panel Control Screen Bars
239. e ea 7 Label Text Looi UP TEXT Position Color Cc Top Text v Baton Background z Tag Name gt IV Display Frame Justification Horizontal r Vertical C Right AT E Com C bonm C Let Center Message Database Cancel Help To put a Label on the Lookup Text object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE The value corresponding to the Tag Name tells which message number from the message database is to be displayed Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices 2 If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PL
240. e screen click No if you do not want to overwrite the screen s Select Screens to Copy Overwrite Screen Do you want to overwrite following destination screen s click on OK 6 Nisnene Eny 4 The Define Screen IDs for Copied Screens window will open listing the Source ID Src ID for each screen you have selected to copy The Source ID is the number of the screen in the Source Project Under the column Destination ID Dest ID enter the screen number you want for the copied screen in your current project Click OK when finished 5 Next the Copying Tags Screen will appear Here you may change the name and or address of the Source Tag before it is copied in the Destination Tag database This prevents overwriting tags with the same name and or address The screens will be copied into your current project with the number you have assigned The name of the screen in the Source project will be the same in your current project They will appear in the Project Screens Explorer view You can also change the names by using the Rename feature Click on menu item Screen gt Rename Copying Tagi 2 of 4 Completed Tags 1 of 4 M Source Tag i PLC Hama Dwectloge K Sequence Fey D 1 HUMERIC EM WU MERI NUMERIC DISPLAY si ea U IH a INDICATOR L Rw BCD_INT_16 gt Destination Tag PLE Hame DirectLoge K Sequence Rev Haina NUMERIC DISPLAY Data Type BCD_INT_I6 LAD Type RAW Ha of chasi 0 ae ee
241. e were problems in the import process or if the tags already exist in the project Open the Tag Database to make changes This is a sample of an Excel file that is selected to import into the Tag DataBase AN Successfully imported 9 tags from file C Program Files EZT ouch Projects Demo Project 1 Tags xls B C D E TAS NAME TAG DATATYPE TAG ADDRESS 0F CHARACTERS Tag Database Import from Excel NUMERIC ENTRY BCO INT 16 Ya2002 NUMERIC DISPLAY BCD NT_LIE 2 Mapping relation between EZPanelT ag database and the fields in BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE Excel file CAUTION This will clear existing tag database S INDICATOR LIGHT DISCRETE EE E PanelTag Database Excel Database Fields Tag Name Tag NAME x Here you will select the columns oe ee in the Excel file that correspond a to the Tag Database columns Address Tag ADDRESS 7 No of characters x OF CHARACTERS 7 I First row contains the header information r Only Import addresses for tags that have the same Name and Data Type Reset Help i Cancel Tag Database PLC Model Manufacturer DirectLogic K Sequence Rev B Number of PLC tags eraaelomaa Number of internal tags Once you have made your ig nused Tags Tete 3 selections and click on _Tag TagName DataType PLC Address Hof Characters Import the data in the Excel NUMERIC ENTRY BCD_INT_16 Y02000 BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE coo00 fields will be placed into NEW OBJEC
242. e 32 Windows Enhanced Metafile 120 Windows Enhanced Metafile EMF 186 Windows Menu 232 Windows Metafile 120 Windows Metafile WMF 186 WinPLC C 32 WinPLC Communications Setup C 32 wiring diagrams PLC 27 word 44 Write Program to Panel 46 WRITE to a Tag 134 X X Axis 97 XY Axis Label 98 Major Divisions 97 Minor Divisions 97 Show Tick Numbers 98 Show Ticks 97 Show Vertical Grid 98 X Axis Grid 98 Y Y Axis 98 Range 98 Z Zoom 122 7184 Aaa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Apa ek Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Aaa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Troubleshooting In this Appendix Frequently Asked Questions FAQs Troubleshooting PLC Driver Error Messages Allen Bradley PLCs Aromat PLCs Control Techniques PLCs CTC PLCs DirectLogic PLCs General Electric PLCs Idec PLCs Mitsubishi PLCs Modicon PLCs OMRON PLCs Siemens S7 PLCs Square D PLCs Texas Instruments PLCs Generic DeviceNet I O Generic Ethernet IP Generic Profibus DP Modicon Modbus Plus Uni Telway PLCs EZ Series Touch Panel Error Messages EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Error Messages dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho fea a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Frequently Asked Questions FAQs 1 How do l format an address string when connecting to multiple PLCs Simply add the PLC Sta
243. e Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC ASCII STRING is only choice available Select the Number of Characters Click on the OK button Select the String Characteristics 1 2 3 Select the Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and Background and whether or not they will Blink Choose the Justification of the Text that is displayed within the frame Choose both Horizontal Left Center or Right and Vertical Top Center or Bottom justification for the Text within the frame Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons that displays on the EZ Series Touch Panel touchscreen when the Text Entry object Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box WARY Sa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Clock Objects The Clock object allows you to display a real time clock showing the current date time or both analog clock displays time only It can display as either an Analog or Digital Clock i Analog Glock X General Wiskiiy Details BEHT NOTE See page 163 to set 2 F Cheracte Seelen up t
244. e Original The Original Note Please note that the EZPanel Enhanced Editor FREE to existing EZTouch customers will not support the new drivers as well as will not support the en hanced convenience features when programming the original EZTouch panels Ars d LAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Troubleshooting gt Problem Panel won t power up Action 1 Connect power to the panel 24 VDC 1 5A or larger 2 Apply power while observing the LED in the back of the panel a LED does not light means NO POWER to unit or power supply failed Check power supply or replace b LED turns RED and stays RED means Unit failure return for service c LED flashes RED and turns GREEN means normal operation 1 the display does not light after 10 seconds see Display Blank below 2 the display lights normal operation y xipueddy ban e c D gt e e J Ke Refer to the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Help topic or the EZ Series Touch Panel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information gt Problem Cannot communicate with Panel from Pro gramming Computer Action 1 Check cable ensure that it is the correct cable and that it is properly connected at both ends 2 Check panel for power 3 Check to ensure the correct PC COM port is selected in the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and that it is
245. e and Date 36 Time Date 211 Title Bar 167 To Excel 204 toggle between horizontal vertical lines 165 Toggle 176 Toggle Switch 163 Toolbar 163 tool bars moving 168 Tool Bars 3 Easy Steps 165 Draw 166 Objects 162 Basic 76 Bitmap 126 System 77 Text 78 Panel 77 Project Screens Explorer View A 6 Standard 183 top slot 77 Touch cells 78 touch objects 173 transfer 77 Transfer to Panel 82 transmission format C 24 transmission speed C 24 Transparent 60 transparent object 60 Triggered Text Object 60 Format 60 Label 60 Language 61 Tag Name 219 Text On and Off 17 Trigger Screen Saver 227 Trigger Tag 19 Tri State Switch A 5 U UL File E209355 ix unauthorized users 48 undo 9 Undo 175 Unicode Indicator Button 148 Unicode Indicator Light 147 Unicode Multi state Indicator 149 Unicode Text 143 Unsigned 44 Update PLC Driver 191 Upgrade Firmware 230 233 user defined 44 user defined frame types 45 User Memory 190 User Memory Flash 190 User Program 190 user program backup 9 V Value 97 134 Value Range Errors Vxx_x A 62 Vector based graphics 40 vertical axis Y 97 Vertical Center 175 VGA display 3 view custom screen magnifications 184 View Edit Attributes 230 View Edit PLC Com Setup 141 View File Object 50 Visibility 50 Visibility Details 50 Visibility Details Tab 50 Visibility Tag 89 W Watchdog 224 What you need to get started 3 Windows 98 NT4 0 2000 ME 3 Windows based architectur
246. e and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return Step 1 Project Information d A Es aseasy as 1 2 3 on AA EZ5ernes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 EZAutomation Phone 1 87 7 7 74 EASy Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later WIA ezautonmation net gt SELECT ACTION ESTEN EPWEET INFORMATION I H ioject Location to th z P r oJ ct a f pi at ak OFFENE Waa C Progam FilesSEZFanelE rhanced Project Browse screen Click on the OK button Gpaneivater SuN pa to begin creating your EZ Series row praect czt gt Firmware Revision Touch Panel Project Read Program Start Editing Screen from Panel and N Edit OFF LINE umber 1 Name New Sceen zl Select Panel Panel Family Size SA paan EZPanel Enhanced C EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce Ce 10 15 IDEC Computer Link Attributes Select Madel ALL 8 Colr640430 ss s Revision B p etape and MaE _View Edt PLC Com Setup Ruts nde er aries Default Station Number fo PEEN Ok Help Lanquage Clear Exit sudna 200 eee ee ee wiring RS 485 ed Data Length 7 Bit Communication Settings xi Parity Even gt Communication Pot Setiings
247. e minimum value for the numeric keypad The value is ignored TAG TYPE VALUE MISMATCH This message indicates that the object contains a value that is of a different type than the object s tag For example the value may be a signed value but the tag may be an unsigned value The object should be edited to contain the correct value type INVALID CODE This message indicates that the user entered an invalid password for a protected object The user must enter a valid password The passwords are defined in the project attributes SCREEN BUFFER OVERFLOW This message indicates that there are more objects on the screen than the panel can display When a screen is displayed the panel copies the objects to a buffer If the buffer is filled then this message is displayed and any remaining objects are ignored The amount of memory used by an object is dependent on the type of object visibility the label and strings used by the object Some objects should be removed from the screen o gt Z ae 26 c C J 0 M oQ lt IDARI 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EZ Series Touch Panel Error Messa Gesu Error Codes Error Codes are divided into categories and are numbered with prefixes and 3 digits as follows Value Range Errors VXx_X PLC Conversion Errors Pxx_X Tag Errors TXX_X Project Information Step 1 Errors Ixx_x Saving Errors SXX_X Object Errors JXX_X Communication Errors Cxx_x Miscellane
248. ecision for Floating 93 Precision for Floating Point entry 79 predefined programming objects 66 preprogrammed messages 100 Present Value 40 preset values 9 Preventative Maintenance 174 Print 174 Print Alarm Database 3 Printer 213 Project Attributes 221 sending ASCII commands to 174 Setting COM1 for D 2 Printing from PLC 174 Print Message Database 174 Print Screens 174 Print Setup 174 Print Tag Database 99 Process Variable PV 100 Process Variable Set Point 130 Program Images 23 programmable graphic operator interface 167 Programming Screen 168 Progress Bar 23 Project Attribute configuration 36 project attributes 33 Project Attributes Alarm Display Time sec 220 Alarm List Size 220 Alarm Protection 229 Clock 223 Clock Source 224 Date Tags 223 Time Tags 224 Default Language 220 Display Saver 220 Enable Beeper 221 General 220 Language 227 Panel to PLC 224 Current Language Number 225 Current Screen 224 Good Communication Toggle 224 Low Battery 224 PLC Error 225 PLC Error Code Value 225 Popup Keypad 225 Screen Buffer Overflow 224 Passwords 222 D Aes Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual GROUP 222 PASSWORD 223 TAG 223 PLC to Panel 225 Beeper On Off 227 Clear Alarm Count 227 Clear Alarm History 227 Decrease Clock by 1 hour 227 Increase Clock by 1 hour 227 Select Current Language 227 Switch to Screen Number 226 Trigger Screen Saver 227 Power Up Screen 220 Printer 221 Baud Rate 221 Control RTS 22
249. ect eames ann ea mn None Ene Neen amnET Wontar tanner etry ee ee ee any een renee tee eee 60 Numeric aT act erect ome tected ce eect anceah neaea desi cement eee teen mento 62 BO AMUN VIO rescence meteors tcc extn rcs E EEE AAE N E E GEE AEE 64 Recipe Object aaa neocons ese en cate See ete tdacia earn accaihinteci ec deiur task cnet ad undne otigueeeeeunadernenneynberentons 66 HA i iagloviaisrs ol sic demyameencenennnenon atone tctree aren E 69 indicator Light OBEI sice Sp cscs ss ants Ds eae dea Seco ep vient Gentamicin 71 Numeric Display Object ieee corer ecane otenstiommicenieer ep nan reesin nan denier seca an Dion anteah caves tenndinntencauenemaneepmermeunetats To BC NINO Ac inept cet ec cee oda netic ccc Te antennae ee eh mnie eae theme 15 To OS en st pe caren ters dg ean va Sn no saeco E EAEE N ENS 76 TN ce eee AE tnt ince os seen ee ee eee ES 76 TRUSTS TOX cette acon comer E E ec ueaee 77 LOO i A erect pecs eeepc ce ee A ea sip sna ase ek ernie eine aa eae parse eee esas 79 Message Database vewcinevesvnsnitaancuncionotientanndedeeeeednmeiienst wrenecertndumontseapae tua eneuncpaswasasieieaakedadwddimrndses 80 PN stat Spe nce se sate reece cota ane Ss nec ne sone seamen meses ence ones ee 81 MR i ance oes a cece nnn ee nce on me epee saa cteat cen eeceae eceetencenie 83 caer seen ee EEA er tcc ee et es ate ute EO 85 PAV COO access sac cer secre ge une cece aan poe asec aese pene dateactene ooee cena eieseeeeseancensees 85 PIN AN OS cc ge Spect
250. ectNet Siemens S7 MPI Adaptor 3964R Siemens Siemens S7_200 Siemens S7_200 Square D Symax 300 Series CPU 400 Series CPU Symax Texas Instruments TI5X5 Series T1505 TI545 1102 TI545 1104 TBE Wansberent ByleProtocol oF NIP Non Intelligent Terminal Protocol Uni Telway Telemecanique TSX 37 Micro UNI TE Version 1 1 H2 WinPLC Entivity Think amp Do V5 2 orlater check for version compatability Introduction a 53 Other Entivity Think amp Do Modbus RTU Serial Port YARIS OCI Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PLC Cable Part Numbers Dart Niimhar e Part Number co RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to EZ Series PLC 15 pin D EZ CBL shell male connector to 9 pin D shell male connector EZ 2CLB 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to DLO5 DLO6 DL105 DL205 D3 350 or D4 450 CPU 15 pin D shell male connector to RJ 12 modular connector EZ 2CBL 1 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to a DLO6 D2 250 1 or D2 260 bottom port CPU 15 pin D shell male connector to 15 pin male HD 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to a D3 340 CPU top or bot EZ 3CBL tom port 15 pin D shell male connector to RJ11 modular connector 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to DL 405 top port CPU 15 EZ 4CBL 1 pin D shell male connector to 15 pin D shell male connector EZ 4ACBL
251. ected Error 16 INVALID_TAG_ERR Screen Message TAG NOT DEFINED IN MEMORY Trrr BB Condition Occurs if the driver encounters a tag during a Read or Write that does not exist in the user defined IN or OUT area of the DeviceNet I O option card Error 17 TAG_READONLY_ERR Screen Message TAG IS READ ONLY Trrr BB Condition Occurs when the driver encounters an OUTPUT tag during a Write and OUTPUT data can t be written to Error 18 INVALID_ MESSAGE _ID Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE ID Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message ID Error 19 INVALID MESSAGE_TYPE Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE TYPE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message type Error 20 INVALID_ COMMAND Screen Message INVALID COMMAND Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid command Error 21 INVALID_DATA_SIZE Screen Message INVALID DATA SIZE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid data size in the data that the driver sent in its message Error 22 INVALID_ FRAME_COUNT Screen Message INVALID FRAME COUNT Condition The option card responded to a mailbox messa
252. ected functions for a particular Group level A password is an internal value stored in the panel TAG Tag names are assigned to PLC registers that hold the passwords This allows you to change the codes by writing new code values in the assigned PLC registers It also gives you the ability to design a screen that allows a Supervisor to change security codes from the touch screen Only use positive values when assigning tag values Under the Clock tab you will select the following attributes Date Tags Year word Tag for the location that the panel sets with the year 0 99 Month word Tag for the location that the panel sets with the month 1 12 Day word Tag for location that the panel sets with the day 1 31 Project Attributes General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection Item Tag Name Current Screen word X Good Communication Toggle Discrete x Low Battery Discrete X Screen Buffer Overflow Discrete Popup Keypad Discrete Current Language Number word PLC Error discrete and PLC Error Code Value word Map To Internal Tag Only Do not assign PLC addresses or Other objects to these tags Error Code Value word PLC Error Discrete JJ D h D D O D Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual oO pa ob tps 3 am NOTE Map to internal tag only DO NOT assign PLC addresses or
253. ed commands These commands are also found in and accessible from the Main Menu Bar From left to right as placed on the tool bar the icons and their functions are shown below a si Lh Open Poject Open screen Save screen Cut the selection and put it on the clipboard Copy the selection and put it on the cliboard Paste clipboard contents e KA G3 Undo the last action or Redo the previously undone action Bie 1 Lt FRtHevo seo Display project screens Explorer view Print the active document Display program information version number and copyright Display help for clicked on buttons menus and windows Zoom to a predefined screen magnification Displays Grid on the screen Snaps to Grid Show or Hide TouchCells Show 320 x 240 Rectangle size of 6 inch panel screen Aligns left sides of all the selected objects to that of left most object Aligns all the selected objects to the vertical center of screen Aligns right sides of all the selected objects to that of right most object Aligns top sides of all the selected objects to that of top most object Aligns all the selected objects to the horizontal center of screen Aligns bottom sides of all the selected objects to that of bottom most object Make all selected objects the same size IWANA SEAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Make all selected objects the same eight Make all selected objects the samewidth Arrange windows so they ovrlap Arra
254. ed to display when the bit is ON the Off Bitmap is triggered to display when the bit is OFF Click on the box in front of Allow Stretching for the On Bitmap and or the Off Bitmap if you want the bitmap to stretch to fit the area of the object as you size it on the screen Choose from the following two options Stretch to Fit or Maintain Aspect Ratio You have three choices for importing a bitmap a Click on the Import Bitmap button and a window will appear allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where the bitmap file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button The File Name and Size of the Bitmap will be displayed If the Bitmap is too large you will be asked if you want to resize the image to fit the screen see message to the left b You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain access to a library of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automa tion including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is auto matically imported into the object c The third option is to click on Copy from Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current scre
255. ed to respond to one of the driver s mailbox init messages Error 9 MB_S_ TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING SEND MAILBOX ACCESS Condition The driver timed out waiting to place a message into the card s mailbox Error 10 MB_R_TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING RECV MAILBOX ACCESS Condition CURRENTLY NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR screen Message CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Condition Occurs when the driver fails to start after power up or the driver fails to start after a reset Could be a result of errors 1 10 Error 12 CARD_RW_ERR Screen Message CARD INIT FAILED OR DRIVER STOPPED Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card after the card s init has failed or the driver has been stopped Error 13 CARD_WD_ERR Screen Message CARD IS DEAD Condition Driver has attempted to Read the watchdog counter and found it not updating indicating a card failure Error 14 CARD _OL_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT ONLINE Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card to be offline Go oO z gt oO oO F m Co y xipueddy dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho IDARI 3 A 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 15 CARD_CN_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT CONNECTED Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card was not conn
256. ee oe EE er eens eee E sess mee eee nen eee eer een mets E eee eee eae 175 Tag Name as Address aie nicscienti crete spent eeu necepcamn oretichee te exces aeeteni vena cuncnnoicane ee ann uisoniineani deena 177 Objects Overlapping WANG iiccixd cnsnnisivcvn saree saceivenedeicauiecuiextarsineisvicesacneducentuniindseivnvaresne nnltensioelesie 177 Overlapping Objects Information cccccccccccccecececeeeeeeeeeceecececececeeeseceecesecececececaeaeaeaeaeaeaesanananaes 177 PICK AMIDUTGS ae eae a ene OEE A EEEE RE EEEE EEE 178 PPA r nee eed capeta avg msec ea ee eee seen pease 178 Simulate Next ANd Previous States cccccccccccccececccccecececececeececececeeeeeceesececesececececeeaeaeaeaeeeaeeanaes 179 Screen NM ctw ecu ccesepet euic o rnnd ese ttle n ene etree ne bse ted eine bone eiaieinedreeoete escent 180 Draw MENU cerere oe nes ROEE Suen Rte ae mein ver nent nnen an Tt Seen mene feet eae een eae 185 Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol FACONY xsccccceccexncahexenanadxdencextansexdenenietsvacerd nice sosnedseentsexdebexcaueiceicesetes 188 LM e EE E E A E A E E E eae 189 SONP MENU reee E E E EE ontonstenes deena 198 Tag Dalaba cls pe E E E ne enn omen eer en mene 198 Ta Cross ReloronGE eee ee ares anne een eee eee een E eee eee ene eer eee ee teen 201 Message ccc aac ctinoie na emer cd wares tree ic ate melas os dein ond nceaseatscrendineenncanenerienies 215 EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EDON MESS AOG nec qacunsusiamoxensccuse
257. ee page 156 Project Attributes Printer tab To set the panel COMI port to Printer see Ap pendix D 1 2 IWANA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Multi state Indicator General Messages Visibility D etails Maximum number of messages 255 Current Editing Langauge 1 Total Number of Messages 0 Bitt_ Print Char Size Text Color Blink Bkg Color Blink Lang Display Messages based on BIT NUMBER Bits are represented in Decimal Number System Add Edit Message Set as Default Message attributes Change attributes to Default attributes Cancel Help Select Justification of Text This is a local attribute for each Multi state Indicator object So a message in one object can be left justified within the frame while in another object it can be right justified Select the Horizontal and Vertical justification for the text as it will appear within the frame when displayed on the panel Enter Message and Attributes Messages created in each Multi state Indicator object are saved in the object Only the Lookup Text object uses the project Mes sage Database Click on the Messages Tab Click on the Add Edit Message button If you have se lected to Display Messages based on Bit Number under the General tab the dialog box shown to the left will appear See Step 3 below if you are displaying a message based on message number a Select the Message Number that yo
258. eeeeeeaeaaaeeeeees 32 Step 1 Project TIMOR MAHON scese E EE EEEE EERE SES 33 SELEC TACTHON rere erect E E E E ee ee E 33 Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later ccccccsssseeeeeseeesseeeeseeeesseeeseeneseeeeeeees 33 Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE sisciccccccccsesccesvesteesaeseteceseseevessencusdeecescseteetewceens Sie Edit Program 6 cement armen ner E er ee ee 36 A QUICK REVIEW for ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION c cccsssseessssssssssssssssseseeeeeseees 37 Step 2 Design Your Screens is s ue scticwcswsntstteconnnndeeiereniadies assent KEENAN EAn PEKEE NANESE NANEU SAAK NEENA EE ATENE KANAE EEEa 39 Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel scsecskecss vente vssdactsctessaventearsessadeiesiieecs axed ttere avaeeneee araara 41 EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Chapter 4 US areca tne E st EE 44 210410 g o e E E EE E 46 PrO PON TAD oe T oes pins enene eee reas 48 Visibility Details Tab eso ote ce eee nas arent cece ire en eo psec ome eeanten oi oese eden cop ac eeeiend tent eeen cee 50 Indicator Button Object ameneeeenecnee tee ase an nnn neces ee vanes Sen aes er mere one nnie Sense r aan nee Seman eee oon 51 Radio Buttons ace cee a eee ect orc wn i EN SUE ce ee 53 WE ODIO eect cancel creer rmansur preamp en eb ede ede no alana hea omes ate cu ipa carene cette E 56 MO acerca ect rear tn te turatsah ee atone ele tiee ek au omen eal up nnaman annann 58 Tri State Switch Obj
259. el 3 Choose the Date Format from the available choices and the Character Size 4 Under Color click on the down arrow next to Text and Background to view the color palette Click on a color swatch to select 5 Click on the box under Blink if you want the Background or Text to Blink Frame Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons IWARA SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Meter Object aN Pump 3 Pressure NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear A Meter object is used to display an analog gauge such as a speed ometer The meter consists of a data tag a data type data value range location of the meter on the screen the sweep direction for the needle the needle color and the number of ticks to display In simulating an analog gauge the Meter object displays a needle that sweeps through an arc as the tag value changes Tick marks are displayed along the arc Meter x General Alarms Digital Display Scaling Visibilty Details T Label Text Language EE Character Size 5 2 Label Text METER m Position Pic Text 7 Bottom Background a IV Display Frame Tag Name P Show Ticks Pimen a w Tic oD M fo mo inimum 1 Number of Major Divisions f5 Mani ma should Number of Sub Divisions s
260. elections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place object on the screen and size it e To size the object grab a handle and drag it to the size you want e To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual E Click here to enter text TEXT EHTRY Text Entry The Text Entry object when pressed on the panel brings up a character entry alphanumeric keypad This allows the operator to enter text up to 40 characters to send to a Tag assigned to an address ina PLC It has many uses some of which may be to send part numbers or production numbers to a PLC or to send a message to a PLC that will in turn route it to one or more plant General Protection Visibliy Detals Label Text Language 1 z Character 5 Be bag Label Test ESTENT Pocition bdo _ _ jap Text c i thing Back ground Shing Tag I I Display Justhicabon 3 Honzontal eihcal Si fes m Color Text E Center Center p Bink c A Aight Bgt Backoround Bink mn ce floor message display s To put a Label on the Text Entry object perform the following steps 1 2 oe Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want
261. eled Transparent The object is drawn in a rect angle that may be larger than some of the images The area between the image and bounding rectangle is considered as background here Specifying Animation Sequence Control The animation sequence control option allows you to specify when and how to trigger the anima tion of the images There are three possible choices 1 Timer When this option is selected each image in the animation will be displayed for a speci fied time interval The time interval in milliseconds is specified in the textbox When the time interval is up the next image in the sequence as specified by the image number in the images tab is displayed 2 Numeric Tag When this option is selected the image displayed is controlled by the value of numeric tag The value of the tag determines the image number to be displayed For example suppose you have an animation object with a total of 3 images with image numbers 0 1 and 2 The first image image 0 will be displayed when the value of the numeric tag is 0 the second image image 1 will be displayed when the value of the numeric tag is 1 and the final image im age 2 will be displayed when the value of the numeric tag is 2 If the tag value is anything other than O 1 or 2 the previous image that was displayed will continue to be displayed 3 Discrete Tag When this option is selected the next image in the animation sequence is displayed when the disc
262. en To Edit a Bitmap Double click the bitmap on the main screen to access the dialog box Click the Edit Image button and a window will appear allowing you to edit the bitmap with the following features Edit Image Foreground and Background Colors The foreground color is used for lines and borders of shapes The back ground color is used to fill the inside of enclosed shapes and the background of text frames and when you use the eraser tool Undo and Redo These buttons allow you to undo or redo changes made to the bitmap while edit ing The Redo button is only active after you have clicked the Undo button Crop First select an area in which to crop using the Selection tool Move or resize the selection if needed and click the Crop button This will remove everything outside the selected area Size Similar to cropping the size tool allows you to enter exact pixel values Click the utent Width x Height 147 x 141 povels Size button to open the dialog box to the width 300 Height PA right Enter a new pixel width and height The new size is anchored from the top left corner See examples below Dimensions in Pieks Cnn Edit Image Edit Irmage Dimensions in Dimension in pixels pixels increased decreased to 100 x 100 to 300 x 300 IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Actions Toolbar see page to the right Crop amp Size see below Zo
263. en Each object has pre programmed messages that are stored in the object itself In other words Messages are stored in the object not the Message Database It displays one message at a time based ona bit the one that is set or a value in the tag The maximum number of messages that can be programmed is 255 Click on the Mes sages tab to program messages in the database Messages designed in the Database are numbered based on the tag data type If the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Message Number 10 will be displayed within the Multi state Indica tor Text Frame Multi state Indicator General Messages Visibility Details Label Text Language Piss Character Size 5x5 ed Label Text MULTI STATE INDICATOR e op Text v Background z Tag Name 7 IV Display Frame Messages Display Messages based on Bits are represented in BitNumber Message Number Decimal system Octal system Selecting Bit Number will display the images based on whichever bit is ON in the specified PLC Address Non programmed message action on panel Justification C Ded Vertical isplay an error message Pia Canter C Bottom Display a blank message Display the last displayed message Horizontal e Ignore the new value Left Center Right Cancel Hep To put a Label on the Multi state Indicator object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2
264. eneric_I0 dnt RSNet Worx for DeviceNet Man 1 0 range 1 206 words ok l or rogramming ie Edk Yew Network Device Diagmosics ods Hep a Software directory that MENSI ae paali e was created when you taste fros A installed the software The default directory is C Program Files EZ Series Touch Panel 5 Scan the network so the DeviceNet software will find the EZ Series Touch Panel and place it on the network al Automation Alen Bradey g B a lt ejm M 4l Hi Graph Soreadshect Mactar SlaveCorfiguraiion Diagnoses e gt 6 Click on the Scanner Module icon Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 7 The Scanner Module window will open Click on the Scanlist tab put Output ADR Suny J TM7 S04 Scorer Module r 8 Look in field under Available Devices and find the lesa DeviceNet I O HMI this represents the panel Click on it to highlight and then click on the button to add to the A i Scanlist z Device idenhty Pammy Te Emren Device I74750M Scanner Modde 15 Cong ITSO 9 Click on the Edit I O Parameters button 10 Match the Input Size and Output Size to the attributes that you set up in the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software project 11 Click on OK button the Inputs and Outputs will be mapped to the scanner module 12 The following two bitmaps show examples of the Output and Inp
265. ent or decrement the setting Select the Size and Color of the characters Text and whether or not they will Blink and set the color of the button Background and whether or not it will Blink Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Adjust Contrast Button on the screen and size it e To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Select Language The Select Language object allows the operator to change the Language by pressing a button on the panel Text that has been programmed for that language will convert to the language that the operator selects If an object s text has not been programmed for the language selected it will default to Language 1 Select Language Change language to FRENCH K General Protection Visibilty Details J Label Text Language EE Character Size 6 8 Label Text SELECT LANGUAGE Text Background z IV Display Frame Select Language fi Language 1 T
266. enu Braw Line LATHE The Line draw tools allows you to draw a line a Rectangle oO Lle l To draw a Line D static Bitmap 1 Click on the Line icon a on the tool bar or select Line from J Frame the Draw Menu D 2 Adialog box will appear allowing you to select the color and type of line to draw 3 Click on the box following Draw Horizontal Vertical to limit the OTE To toggle between line draw to horizontal and vertical lines All lines will automatically horizontal vertical lines and diagonal lines you may press F8 on your keyboard General Draw Horizontal Vertical T Color Line Type Note Use F8 function key for drawing Orthogonal lines Cancel Help be drawn either up and down vertically or across the screen horizontally 4 Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button Move the mouse to draw the line When you ve completed the line click the button again to terminate the segment Rectangle This Draw tool allows you to draw a Rectangle To draw a Rectangle 1 Click on the Rectangle icon A on the tool bar or select Rectangle from the Draw Menu 2 A dialog box will appear allowing you to select the outline and the fill color 3 Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button to locate the first corner of the rectangle Pull the box with the mouse to the size you want and release the mouse button to set
267. eplace New Screen by typing in Numeric Entry Screen 4 Click on the DOWN arrow to the right of the Panel Type field to view Ske p l Project Intormation a N i N d i A ESenes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D EF Automation Phone 1 07 7 7 74 EAS 7 Selected Action H Edit OFF LINE Write Later WAAL ez automation net ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION lll l Progect Location Click here to begin Enter project name here Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual choices Select the Panel Type you are using bcs seers 6 nee Type in Numeric Entry Select Panel Panel Family i Size een Menor ncaa Cece Civ Cw Screen here O 5 H Click on DOWN arrow to SA view Panel Types and select Wsi the Part Number Model Type i you are using 5 Click on the DOWN arrow fo the right of PLC Type and Protocol to view the list For the purpose of this Demo Program select DirectLogic K Sequence We are using a DirectLogic DLO5 PLC with K Sequence Protocol Click on DOWN arrow to view PLC Type and Protocol and select the type you are sde EZP S6C F 6 Color 3204240 All drivera using View Edit PLC Com Setup Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF 1 Full Quples Rev G To set PLC Attributes click on this button A dialog box particular to the type PLC and Protocol you have selected will ap
268. eps 1 Enter the Restart Tag name or click on the down arrow and select the tag from the available choices If the tag name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your PLC type and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button 2 Select when you want to restart the animation Selecting On will cause the animation object to reset the image index to the first image image 0 and restart the animation when the tag value transitions from off to on Similarly selecting Off will cause the animation object to restart the animation when the tag value transitions from on to off Images Tab The images tab allows you to add images that are required for the animation object Each image is automatically assigned an increasing index number The index number determines the sequence of display of images in case of timed or discrete animation control For example in an animation with three images image 0 is the first image in the animation image 1 is the second image in the animation and image 2 is the final image in the animation To add an image click on lt Add a New Image gt and then either create image using the built in image editor or choose from one of the imae sources To edit an included image select the image and use built in editor to modify the image or use one of the ima
269. er 2 e Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Set On will latch the tag ON NOTE Ifyou select Momentary s Set Off will latch the tag OFF ON or Momentary OFF the Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the button is PLC must set bit to proper pressed state on powerup This must be done when programming Enter On Off Text o l PLC Logic Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text Hello 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button for the On 7 Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words Hola STOP and RUN inside the buttons instead of Off and On Guten Tag 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the For each object you may program the text to display in up 5 to 9 Languages See Language section on page 198 Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without sa
270. er is set or based on a value in the tag The maximum number of messages that can be programmed for an object depends on the tag data type 1 Under Messages select to Display messages based on Bit Number or Message Number Non programmed message action on panel Display an error message Display a blank message Display the last displayed message Ignore the new value If you chose Bit Number select either Bits are repre sented in Decimal system or in Octal system Next you will choose the Non programmed message ac tion on panel If a value or a message number is sent to the panel that does not have a valid programmed message Justification Vertical C Top Center C Bonom Horizontal ls Let Center Right associated with it an error message will display by default Display an error message is selected You may choose instead to have the panel Display a blank message or Display the last displayed message ignore the new value The first column will either be titled Msg or Bit depending on what you selected previously Add New Message HDEFAULT Message Number DEFAULT Limite ext Color E I Blink Cha Sze exe z Background Color l I Blink M Text aaa g i Press F to embed a data variable Language Press CTRL ENTER to goto next line of this message Help Add New Message Close NOTE To set the printer parameters s
271. erification show up in the list box with the tag name tag address and the error message returned by the PLC for the tag If you want to cancel tag verification click on the button labeled Cancel Verification Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Tag Verification Ed Venting Tags Done OBR RMCE TREO Sao sooo Number of tage verified 208 Number oftags OK 797 _ Number of tags with aroblems 11 JJ D h D D O D DINT12 INVALID TAG 1INT13 INVALID TAG PINT 14 INVALID TAG INT15 INVALID TAG DINT16 INVALID TAG 1 gt REAL_11 INVALID TAG REAL_ REAL_12 1 gt REAL 12 INVALID TAG REAL_12 REAL_13 1 gt REAL 13 INVALID TAG REAL_13 REAL_14 1 gt REAL14 INVALID TAG REAL_14 REAL_15 1 gt REAL15 INVALID TAG REAL_15 REAL_16 1 gt REAL16 INVALID TAG REL_16 ok Cores 6 Click the OK button If the tag verification results showed one or more errors the results would be stored in a tab separated text file titled TagErrors txt that is located in a subdirectory called Verification in the install path of the application If there were no errors found in the tag verification process any existing TagErrors txt file would be deleted 7 At this point the application would return to the Tag Database dialog If there were errors found in the tag verification process the checkbox labeled Highlight all tags that failed verification would be automatically checked and all offending tags would be
272. ernet Modbus TCP IP GE SRTP Once you click on OK the project will open to the screen you have selected and you may begin creating or editing your project Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Step 2 Design Your Screens Your project information has been entered and you are now ready to begin designing your screens Remember that you can go back to step one and change project information if necessary Just click on the 1 button on the 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar shown to the left a Setup Your Project For more information on the Main Programming Screen see page 144 e aaran 2 Design Your Screens 3 Vite Your Program io F ane Now rojec chczl 1 Sci Tl cen Objects Draw Paral Selup Window Help SOR Seo cme tep ARH ay Arla Gm Sg gemman oln Ge p ang A h ia Exit Project to Information Scores D 2 1 O e wn D ce E No of Selected Dbiects 0 X 498 Y 13 OFFLINE MODE NUF 2 1 Click on the 2 button Design Your Screens and the following screen will appear 2 Double click on one of the screens in the Screen List to open it or enter a new screen number and name and click on the Open button Project Setup Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Screens Explorer View demo proj ct 1 ezt 1 Numeric Entry File Edit fScreen Objects Draw Panel Setup W sey ae o Ss imele COM sn Bete nm A A MAF
273. ernet I P NEMA 4 4X EZ T8C FE 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Ethernet I P NEMA 4 4X EZ S8C FSH 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB AM tee Saas and NEMA 1 FDA EZ S8C FSM 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus MB NEMA 1 FDA EZ S8C FM 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus MB NEMA 4 4X EZ T8C FM 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus MB NEMA 4 4X EZ S8C FSP 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus Profibus NEMA 1 FDA EZ S8C FP 8 STN Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus Profibus NEMA 4 4X EZ T8C FP 8 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus Profibus NEMA 4 4X EZ S8C FST 8 Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 1 FDA EZ S8C FT 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 4 4X EZ T8C FT 512KB EZ S8G FSC 512KB EZ S8C FC 512KB EZ T8C FC 512KB 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes ONLY Universal Ethernet NEMA 1 FDA Indicates NEW EZ Series Touch Panel Models Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 4 4X Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus CC Link NEMA 1 FDA Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus CC Link NEMA 4 4X Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes All plus CC Link NEMA 4 4X ARTS LIM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 10 inch and 15
274. errr cn ern ne ee 147 Unicode Indicator BUOM sssrinds Ea E ater aa Nee Neyer ease te EE 148 Unicode Multi State ale es 110 aaaeeen tame eam mone tute eee sae ne Snr Se a ence ere Onn Seon Ea ee eee 149 Single Fee FEN AHIMA sc sects Roe at a E oboe AAA AE EAEE AERAR 151 Mun are ke ihe aly AmA eE E em nnn Sees ee a he eee 156 Chapter 5 Malin Programming Sereen EE aaa nleseyunsnahid ade bdnatbdadeatoenlesdbbnctes 161 TSS AN oe we tige so spss A a oe Wen se gan ane vacate sec ocnananee ues E ene 161 POA MONU B ai eser Ea EEE E A E E E E 161 A ETOO Be ra E a S a R E gnuseecig eae pacdseaad uses 162 SCE TOOD aS eE E E E E E sacs E EE E E EEE E 163 Basic ODC TOO BA a ei ea r anes E E Ea o E 163 Text ODJecis TOBA iser inro aE E EE E a a aE i aiar 164 System Objects Tool Bar sireni cssahancesiccsiasGeuensdd aqazslesncndlsiesgmadh anera eaat iaa aradi iaaea iias rinii 164 Bitmap Opjects TOO Bai assessino nra a E AEA a i aii iaai ai 164 DEW TOO E AU ee e E E E E a T E E E ee 165 Panel TO Da e E E E E E EE E E 165 UD a E e a S a a E aaue pe eae saatsadonaesaes 165 JEI Ste TOOB aie r a E E EE a E AE A AE EE 166 Project Screens Explorer WIEN rsissccss asaes essen anassial ats dtesetansselisinalntanseaiides a aE ada S S aaRS naa i aE 166 Prodi mnn EO ea E E E 168 Chapter 6 RODI DICO errn E EEEE EEE E EE EEE EE 170 File MenU serene E E E EEEE EREE ER EEE EEEE EEEE 170 Transfer to Panel ete ene en ae cc ween cence cee oes ee eee ee 173 EGIT MEMU ae ee
275. ers EZ S6W RS EZ S6W RSU EZ S6M F EZ S6M FH EZ S6M R EZ S6M ES EZ S6M RS EZ S6C F EZ S6C FH and EZ S6C K have 20 pixel by 20 pixel touch cells The minimum Grid or size for any touch object on these panel models is 20 x 20 Click here to Display Grid Cut Objects Copy Objects Paste Objects Select All New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Zoom Grid Size v Show Touch Cells Screen Description Background Color When you click on Grid Size on the Screen Menu the dialog box shown above will appear allowing you to adjust the spacing between the grid Grid Settings Grid Size I Snap to Grid Horizontal Grid Size 40 Setto ouchP Vertical Grid Size 40 Size Co coa points You may want to adjust to a character size touch cell size or specific values The size range is 3 to 100 you will not be allowed to enter a value outside these parameters From here you may enable the Show Grid and the Snap to Grid features To adjust the grid size 1 Type in a value in the box after Horizontal and Vertical Grid Size or click on the Set to TouchPad Size to set the grid to 40 by 40 or 20 x 20 see note to the left 40 pixels by 40 pixels is the size of a single touch cell on the panel and is the minimum size for any touch object 2 Click OK to exit and save settings or Cancel to exit without making any changes Display Grid The Display Grid functi
276. es There are three possible choices 1 Timer When this option is selected each image in the animation will be displayed for a speci fied time interval The time interval in milliseconds is specified in the textbox When the time interval is up the next image in the sequence as specified by the image number in the images tab is displayed IWARA SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 2 Numeric Tag When this option is selected the image displayed is controlled by the value of numeric tag The value of the tag determines the image number to be displayed For example suppose you have an animation object with a total of 3 images with image numbers 0 1 and 2 The first image image 0 will be displayed when the value of the numeric tag is 0 the second image image 1 will be displayed when the value of the numeric tag is 1 and the final image image 2 will be displayed when the value of the numeric tag is 2 If the tag value is anything other than 0 1 or 2 the previous image that was displayed will continue to be displayed 3 Discrete Tag When this option is selected the next image in the animation sequence is displayed when the discrete tag value transitions to the discrete state specified For example assume that you have an animation object with a total of 3 images and the Update image when tag value switches to option is set to on The animation object would initially display the first image in the animati
277. es Touch Panel Editor Protocol Contral Programming Software and configure Project NoHendshking SOAR Tien ee JE Information as shown in the figure below Sr ae ae a NAK Reties gt Embedded Responses Enablad END A eines E After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol ae click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin m _ creating your EZ Series i e n Touch Panel Project a eS z if Ep d k A k j eS oor i B 3 itty ay easy as J 2 3 Tot EZS enes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 O Q EZAutomation Phone 1 977 774 E45 7 x J m WwW ezautomiation net 5 ET Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later TEE A NSR PeT cv SELECT ACTION EMTEA PAOQJECT INFOA MATION T Project Localion Q O Allen Bradley SLC S00 Full Duplex C4Frogram Files S2Panclenharcederajech Browse a a PLC Editor Revison A1 giti ii ali PReveiori j i r i rese pojest ez Fiinivere evsii 7 Start Editing oen Baud Aate gam g Paty F PLINE fia Hano Bi SOREN YE Sa Select Panel Slop bks o bs Panel Famiy Size fe fe EPan Enhanced f Eatauehs V GeTeceheuG ce ee Car ase Check T oy ENEE sum Type feac z Seleel Medel ALL B Colo S40 x40 Timeout Time 1 255 ay M
278. etup 0 2cccccccesseecccccceeeeecetsneseansceescoadesseeseccceedeatanees 32 Romar PES ea E E E 35 CORI Ol TSCHNGUICS a E E E ET 36 Control Technology Corporation GNC cssccccsccvestavetieteesanenees chitensaxiacceonassandenibetadsamnacesedivadinnnetieree anced 37 OO oeoa E E E E E E soseecteaee 38 MUD GC 9 ssrin a cere tee A E A E E E ener 39 DENES ene ee eee N A eee E AAE E E E ree 40 OU are N aa T E EE aauauaiesnnanctabiaisatet 41 MS STUEN a E E E E 42 M dic n Communications SCID si tiniscsicxnacessanateimsidtinanietnsitnaseteaumsntutaedaoteautionhtamanneanascolumminenmanaeins 43 Universal Ethernet DF1 for AB I P for ControlLogix SRTP for GE and Modbus TCPIIP 44 Appendix D Setting COM1 for a Printer TS EN COMI Tr PIME aasian EEEN AA EAEE 2 viii EU Information The EZ Series Touch Panel is manufactured in compliance with European Union EU Directives and carries the CE mark EZ Series Touch Panel has been tested under CE Test Standard EN55011 and is listed under UL File EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual E209355 The following information is provided to comply with EU documentation requirements Technical Support SELV Circuits Environmental Specifications Preventative Maintenance and Cleaning Please NOTE Products with CE marks perform their required functions safely and adhere to relevant standards as specified by EU Directives provided they are used according
279. etup Wizard CzPanelCnhanced 3 2 21 Setup Piped es Chansa Inatall Location on Choose the Folder in which to install E7PanalEnhancad 3 221 ry Setup wil iratal C2Psrainhanese 2 21 m tha falewing feeder to matalin a different Folder cick Browse and select another Folder Chek Install ta start the installation rows CPanel Enhanced 3 2 21 Selup x Space required 57 ME fF an nance elup X Space avaleble 1 63B Installing Tni Flaasa wak while EZPareEnhanced 8 2 21 6 being inatalad p geak aet She ban vee Tiuri riod rerea eee sale ho SaN Be eeel enie tir sedi rein enid Stubpue folders SrFroqram Files 2ParneEnharced Estratt AGAR LOO Extract 48 ALF LOD Creav Folder C Documents end Settings Acminiskracor Skerk MenuiProgramstEsPsn ieaoe chorich Cocuments and Setingevidimbisl aioe slar Peni Pragam P EzPonelEnhanced 3 2 21 Sebup This icon will CEL ron r appear on you haue 3 2 21 Setup Wizard desktop after HEL sHeonImtal sy installation EZPanel EJPandinharnced 3 2 21 has been installed on your Enhanced computer Cid Finish to dese this wizard Simply follow the onscreen prompts to install the software You will select the destination folder where your software program will be installed The default destination location is C Program Files EZ Series Touch Panel If you wish to select another destination click on the Browse button choose the destination
280. ext Text Language E Character Size 6x8 7 Text Blink Color Language Back Ground I Blink Cancel To put a Label on the Select Language object perform the following steps 1 2 i mee a Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Select Language that you want to switch to Languages are named under Setup gt Project Attributes gt Lan guage tab Enter Text for the button object Choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Back ground and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the button Enter the Text that you want to appear IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Multi state Indicator Multi state Indicator is an object that is created to display pre programmed messages within a frame on the panel scre
281. fer Overflow Discrete Leave the Address String Field EMPTY when programming PLC Error Tags Enter TagDetails tor the Tag ERROR CODE VALUE PeTppe DirectLogic K Sequence Address String Expected lOType AZW DataType ERRIERISUR E Y No of Chars fi Cancel Help Enter TacDetails for the Tag PilcTyp2 DirectLogic K Sequence Address Sting j Espected lOType RZW Data Type DISCRETE No of Chare fo PLC ERROR emes e Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual How do switch screens from a PLC L Indicates that the current screen and its objects and graphics contain Project Attributes General Printer Passwords Clock Panelto PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection Item Tag Name SwitchtoScreenNumber wod o a Beeper On Diff Discrete o Increase Clock by 1 howr Discrete ARN Decrease Clock by Thou Discrete 7 AR Clear Alarm History Discrete JJ D R D D O D Clear Alarm Count Discrete Trigger Screen Saver Discrete Select Current Language word more data than the screen buffer can hold Set cleared when switching screens Popup Keypad Discrete Indicates that the Popup Keypad is active on the panel screen Current Language Number word Shows the value 1 9 of the current language being used on the screen PLC Error discrete and PLC Error Code Value word Error Code Value word Tag for internal
282. following user groups JV Managers M Shift 1 Operators V Engineers I Shift 2 Operators l Supervisors I Shift 3 Operators J Maintenance I General Edit Passwords Simulate Press Cancel Help The Password Protect Object feature allows you to prevent unauthor ized users from accessing certain objects and their functions This fea ture is useful when several people will be using EZ Series Touch Panel to perform different tasks such as changing initial values or monitoring system status To enable password protection for the object click in the box in front of the groups you wish to allow access Edit Passwords There are eight groups that you may assign Passwords to Passwords allow you to implement restrictions on who can use the password pro tected objects e g to make system or internal panel adjustments enter text or values or control a machine function in your application Click on the Edit Passwords button to setup or change the passwords IWAS SESH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE Ifyou enter a password with leading zeroes e g 00003 or 00533 the leading zeroes will be ignored A keypad similar to the one shown below will appear on the panel when a protected objected is pressed prompting the operator to enter the password ENTER SECURITY CODE GROUP You may change the Group names to suit your application X Managers X Engineers X Supervisors X Maintenance X
283. from 1 to 5 for the object You will only be able to use 4 digits wheels when using BCD or Hex data types 2 Choose the size of the numbers Character Size that will appear within the thumbwheels 3 Select the Data Type of the numbers from the available selections Protection see Button Object Visibility Details see Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Thumbwheel object button on the screen and size it e To size object grab a handle and drag the object to the size that you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse while dragging to where you want it to appear on the screen Indicator Light Object Indicator Light Object Indicator Light Object No Frame IWASE Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual An Indicator Light object allows you to monitor and display the state of a bit The Indicator Light reads the bit information and produces the appropriate display For example the Indictor Light could display the status of a bit linked to a push button Indicator Light X General Visibilty Details M Label Text Select Style Language E Character Size 6x8 Label Text Demo Indicator Light ne z Top Ten M
284. ft Right Top or Bottom Align commands Left Vertical Center Right Top Horizontal Centre Bottom Left Aligns left sides of all the selected objects to that of left most object Vertical Center Aligns all the selected objects to the vertical center of screen Right Aligns right sides of all the selected objects to that of right most object Top Aligns top sides of all the selected objects to that of top most object Horizontal Center Aligns all the selected objects to the horizontal center of screen Bottom Aligns bottom sides of all the selected objects to that JJ D h D D O D Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual of bottom most object Delete e Click on Delete to remove a selected item without placing it on the D clipboard hom 2 Edit oO Select an object and then click on the Edit command to make changes to an object s characteristics Tool bar Click on Tool bar to see menu Click on Standard Basic Objects Text Objects System Objects Bitmap Objects Draw Panel 3 Easy Steps Navigation Tool bar or Project Screens Explorer View to place a check mark enabling that tool bar or click on a selected tool bar to remove check ECW 8 w Basic Objects w Tent Obgects w System Objects v Bitmap Objects Drow w Panel w ZEasy Steps w Project Screens mark and thereby remove it from view Selecl Language Current Editing Language Select
285. ftware User Manual want the message to print when triggered e Select the Language Number 1 9 f Enter the Message Text up to 200 characters for the message you are creating or edit the text of the Mes sage Number selected above g Press the F7 function key on your keyboard to embed a data value within the message See next step to embed a data value The following dialog box will appear when you press F7 to embed a data value within a message Special characters in the message determine where the embedded data from the registers should go Up to four data values may be embedded in a single message Pro gram how the data value will be displayed as follows a Select the Embedded Command that determines the type of value to embed Available choices are Discrete Numeric String and Printer Depending on what type command you choose certain areas of the dialog box become available or unavailable grayed out for selection or data entry b If you choose Discrete Numeric or String select or enter the Tag name where the data value will be read by clicking in the field or on the down arrow next to Select tag from where value will be read for embedded data c If you have selected Numeric the options under Selected tag is a numeric tag will be enabled d Select Display Format from the available choices e Select Justification from Leading Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces Non Printable Ascii Characte
286. g o new on the tool bar handle and drag to location another location Release the mouse button and the tool bar will snap to the closest available position Screen SENT O z z o i O Oo ou G Release button Reference In this chapter File Menu Edit Menu Screen Menu Draw Menu Panel Menu Setup Menu Window Menu Help Menu Right Click Menus Symbol Factory Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Reference S hn eb J 3 am Save Screen Corl s Save Project Copy project As Save Project As Protected Copy Screen Transfer to Panel Corl T Package Project for EZTransfer Print Clrl P Print Setup id Exit The Reference Section provides more details on Menu commands It takes you through the Main Menu Bar item by item command by command with instructions It also contains information about the various tool bars and the status bar File Menu Open Project To open an existing project or to create a new project while in a programming window click on File gt Open Project The Step 1 Project Information dialog box will appear Click on one of the SELECT ACTION buttons Choose from the available project files or enter a new Project Name Click on OK to open the project or Exit to quit without opening Step 1 Project Information a y sep I D It s
287. ge source to replace the image Animation Multi Position General Images Visibility D etails dd a New Images gt Select s dd a new Image to add a new image gt Select an image to remove replace or edit it gt Drag up or down an image in the list to change image order mport or create a new image m Import image from r Create image Symbol Factory Bul Bitar ey ol Allow Stretching Clipboard Maintain Aspect Ratio gt Preview of Selected Image Dimension OF Cancel Help IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual To add a new image perform the following steps 1 Click the item labeled lt Add a New Image gt in the image list 2 Choose from one of the following options a To use an image from the symbol factory click on the button labeled Symbol Factory Select the desired symbol and then close symbol factory Symbol Factory 3 D red button not pressed File Edit Yiew Options Help Categories 3 D Pushbuttons Etc Air Conditioning Architectural Arrows ASHRAE Controls amp Equipment b To use an existing image click on the button labeled File Locate the image using the file browser and click OK c To copy an image from the clipboard click on the button labeled Clipboard Note that this but ton will be disabled if there are no images in the clipboard d To create an image from scratch click on the but
288. ge that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame count oD WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 23 INVALID_FRAME_NUMBER Screen Message INVALID FRAME NUMBER Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame number Error 24 INVALID_OFFSET Screen Message INVALID OFFSET Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid offset Error 25 INVALID_ ADDRESS Screen Message INVALID ADDRESS Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid address Error 26 INVALID_ RESPONSE Screen Message INVALID RESPONSE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid response Error 27 FLASH_CONFIG_ERROR Screen Message FLASH CONFIGURATION ERROR Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is a flash configuration error Error 28 INCORR_IN_IO LENGTH screen Message INCORRECT IN I O LENGTH Condition The option card responded to an Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program
289. gh the Pick Attributes function To es Attributes perform the following steps Select the object you want to Apply Attributes to by clicking the object to select several objects you can click and hold to drag a box around the objects you would like to select 2 Click the Edit Menu and select Apply Attributes you can also right click onto one of the selected objects and choosing Apply Attributes 3 The Attributes from the object you performed the Pick Attributes function on should now appear in the objects you performed the Apply Attributes function on Step 2 Step 3 Displey Tag Name on Object Click Edit Menu or right Apply Attributes click onto an object Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Simulate Next and Previous States Click on the LAK Simulate Next State and Simulate Previous State buttons to view the other states of a button example ON OFF Tri State Button JJ D h D D O D Oo pa od ees 3 o Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Screen y Hew Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Delete Screen Grid Size Display Grid Snap to Grd Description Background Color Show Touch Cells Show 320x240 Rectangle NOTE See page 141 for information about Project Screen Explorer View Screen Menu New Screen Enter a screen Number and a Title for the New Screen Click on Open to display the new
290. h DF1 Half Duplex Protocol 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have incompatible revision 0x0002 PLC error incorrect map size This error occurs when an incompatible map is loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this occurs 0x0004 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many register on the display that can be monitored 0x0008 PLC MSG time out CMD X This error occurs when the unit does not receive a reply to its command The unit will retry a command and wait for the specific time out period before reporting this command The command ID causing this error is reported CMD 0xAA READ CMD OXA2 WRITE 0x0010 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This will occur if the PLC driver receives an invalid set of attributes The default attributes will be used when this occurs WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 0x0020 PLC bad checksum CMD X This occurs when a reply with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The command ID of the command that incurred the error is reported as part of the message CMD OXAA Read CMD OXA2 Write 0x0040 PLC Error STS XX EXTSTS XX CMD ZZ This is reported when a controller responds to a command with an error The error code is shown and can be looked up in the Allen Bradley documentation The command ID of the command causing the error is reported C
291. haiacter Size 6 8 Label Text DIGITAL Position Color Tos Tert r Bolton Background l z V Display Frame Options Date 24HourMode p Color Time M Show Secords Time and Date Text m B Chaacer Size Background z L Date Format dd nrrn y a 6x8 Cancel Help To put a Label on the Clock object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to Clock with Frame and select a language number See Language section page Label 198 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the clock to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Aai a Clock with Frame NO Label Clock with Label NO To choose how the Digital Clock will appear perform the fol lowing steps 1 Under Options choose to display just the Date just the Time or both Time and Date 2 Select whether or not you want the Time to be displayed in Clock with NO Frame 24 Hour Mode and whether or not to Show Seconds NO Lab
292. han the default ae Eales 25 fo Host Link Unit the address string must be o D preceded by the Host Link Number of the Transmission ASCI 7 data bits 2 stop bits unit you want to communicate with For example 2 HR05 is Host Link Unit 2 cres Heo D a 0 D xe xipueddy Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Generic Profibus DP PLC Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Generic Profibus DP Network project using Simatic Step 7 configuration software To set up Profibus DP Step 1 Project Information communications open EZ wa ia FZ Series Series Touch Panel Editor y A sen N EDITOR Programming Software i a gt En and configure Project i s as easy as 1 2 3 Oon AA Touch Panels EZ5ernes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later EAAutomation ee ee fain ase SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Information screen as shown in the figure to the ri g ht i Project Location OFFLINE Ate C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Browse to Panel Later Project Name After selecting the PLC new projectest z Firmware Revision Type and Protocol Read Progam Start Editing Screen fom a X ew Screen click on the View Edit Ect OFF LINE EE Select Panel a P
293. he Clock Attributes Lebel Tae a Fali Cda a4 tot i Dipa Frame olor Backend Hour Minute Hand Dini I Show Seconds Hand SeoondeHod ot core Help Clock with Frame and Label Analog Clock To put a Label on the Clock object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 Clock with Label NO Frame Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the clock to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty ole a NO Label To Choose how the Analog Clock will appear perform the following steps 1 Under Color choose the color of the Background face of the clock Digits and Hour Minute Hand 2 Select whether or not you want the Second Hand to Display and the Color if enabled Visibility Details See Button Object IWANA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Digital Clock Digital Clock x General Visbiliy Details Language Z C
294. he Help Topic for that dialog box Place Step Switch on the screen and size it To size the switch grab a handle and drag To move the switch select it click and hold left mouse button and drag Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the pro gramming screen Select the tab of the Step you want to simulate if on General tab will simulate Step 1 only Click on the Simulate Press but ton to see how the switch object will display on the screen when pressed WARY ae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Tri State Switch Object ml Tri State Switch Object OTE The Tri State switch object is always snapped to a touch cell to ensure that it operates properly on the panel screen If you select the vertical style you will notice that a label is not available grayed out NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear The Tri State Switch object controls two bits at a time from two different tags It consists of three buttons If the first button is pressed both the bits are OFF If the second button is pressed the first bit is ON and second bit is OFF If third button is pressed the first bit is OFF and second bit is ON To put a Label on a Switch perform the following steps Gene
295. he default of 10 msec Click on the Finish button The Generic Module has been added to the configuration in RSLogix Select Go Online in the Communications Menu and download Module Properties herSetlP Scanner ETHERSET 400ULE 1 1 Requacied Packet Interval RFI ims 20 32000 ms I nita Module I Mame Ful On Cortrober Connection Fads Wie r Run Mode Module Faut Cad lt Back News Ce Help m RSLogix 5000 My Controller 1756 L55 Ble Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help Run A E Rurnino gt E Cortroller OK E Battery OK No Forces z No Edits a M10 OK Redundancy By J Controller My_Controller A Controller Tags 3 Controller Fault Handler I Power up Handler 5 Beer Program Tags MainR outine Unscheduled Programs Ungrouped Axes Trends J Data Types op User Defined QR strings 3 STRING GR Predefined Gp Module Defined ation Sg Ae he Fe E2 ESA EO e WH L rovortes KEE Amer orer A pope A If there are any errors a warning triangle will be present on the Generic EtherNet IP module in the I O Configu ration listing Double click the module to view any error that is reported The warning triangle will appear here Error will be shown here alsje S HL H z lls e e alel pam eo a A gt Compare the configuration The configuration will now be downloaded to the PLC and if no errors are detected the window will look as follows 13 Return
296. he following screen will appear Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 16 17 21 In the field next to Address String type in V2003 as shown above Select BCD_INT_16 as the Data Type Click OK A cross hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position EDIT TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag NUMERIC ENTRY PLC Type DirectLogic K Sequence Rev D Address String v2002 10 Type RAW Data Type BCD_INT_16 No of Chars fi me _ cet __ a Z cross hair where you want the object to appear and click once Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown below Next we ll create a Button object Click on Objects gt Buttons The following dialog box will appear Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label I J Demo Humeric Display In the field next to Label Text type in Demo Button Buttons x General Protection Visibilty Details 7 Label Text m Select Style Language f Character Size 8x16 a Selected Label Text Demo Button Style on Position Color Top Tet N C Bottom Background gt Tag Name BUTTON OBJECT 7 Display Frame Actuator Type Toole On Off Text Char Size r Color Blink Language 24 Text Blink Background Blink On Text ON fais A Meir fo sy Off Text OFF fac A Mei fo sy Sim
297. he length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 36 INCORR_OUT_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message Incorrect OUT total length Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 37 INCORR_CFG_MOD_STATUS_WD Screen Message Incorrect config module status word Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the module status word is incorrect IWATA d LAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 38 INCORR_CFG_INT_NOTIFY_WD screen Message Incorrect config int notification word Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the Interrupt Notification word is incorrect Error 39 INCORR_WDOG_CNTR_DIFF_VAL Screen Message Incorrect watchdog cnitr difference val Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is an incorrect Watchdog Counter difference value Error 40 FLASH_FULL NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message Flash full Condition The option card responded to an
298. he proper function and power distribution of panel no system faults If all checks out OK and you are still receiving this error message there maybe a physical problem with the panel s memory Error C03_3 Errors in Warm Boot Reason Panelis not warm booting Solution This could be due to panel not active communication is not there between PC to panel Please check the connection between panel to PC If the problem persists restart the panel Error C03_4 Unable to program User Flash Error C03_5 Errors in Reading Flash card Reason If the flash card is not set properly communication is not happening between the panel and editor you would get this error Solution Check whether the flash card is fit properly in the slot restart the panel check the cable for communication Error C03_6 Unable to read PLC Attributes from Panel Error C03_7 Unable to delete screen lt screen number gt from the panel Error C03_8 Unable to get Information from Panel Please check the connection between panel and computer Error C03_9 Unable to read System Attributes from panel Error C03_10 Unable to read tags from the panel Solution Check the connection between panel and computer Restart the panel and try communicating again Error C03_11 Testing RAM failed Solution If you have a RAM Card installed in the panel remove this RAM card and redo the test If the test passes replace the RAM card with a new RAM card It the tes
299. hen require multiple line graph objects one for each individual sign type Error J10_3 Pen tags and Range type must be of same sign type Reason When assigning tags to the Pen page they all must be of the same tag type and that also has to agree with the Range type under the XY Axis tab If one is different from the other and the OK button is selected this message will appear Solution After assigning the Pen tags same sign type go to the XY Axis tab and select the appropriate range type corresponding to the assigned Pen tags or select the range type before assigning any tags to the Pen Either way the Pen tags and the Range type must be the same before the OK button is selected Error J10_4 Total number of line graphs must be between 0 and 255 Reason You will not be able to create more than 255 line graphs in a single screen Dynamic Bitmap Static Bitmap Error J11_1 Selected file is not a BMP file Solution Select a valid Windows BMP file Error J11_2 No Bitmap file was selected Please select a BMP File Solution One of three actions can be taken 1 Select Copy from Clipboard to copy the file name chosen from the Symbol Factory 2 Select Import Bitmap to choose a bitmap from a file somewhere in your computer or off the network to enter in the File Name box Error J11_3 Select either ON or OFF bitmap Reason Dynamic bitmaps require at least one bitmap to be selected Error J1
300. her you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the switch to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Switch Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the switch object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the switch to correspond to 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Select the Switch Background color by clicking on the DOWN arrow and selecting a color from the palette IWASE Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Select from the following Actuator Types Actuator Type determines how the tag will be controlled If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Momentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature will not be enabled with this actuator type NOTE Ifyou select Momentary x Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the ON or Momentary OFF the switch Password Protect
301. highlighted in red Otherwise this check box would be disabled Note that while the actual verification of tags can only be done in online mode the highlighting of tags that failed verification can be done in both online and offline modes as long as the tag verification file TagErrors txt exists and the PLC for the project matches the PLC type stored in the tag verification file Oo hn tps 3 o Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Tag Cross Reference Read EvTags bor Ta coon Import Tags gt ToExcel Alarm Database Tag Database Export Alarms gt Message Database Export Messages gt Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware A status window will appear letting you know the progress of the Exporting Tags process Loadng Excel Loaded Loading Excel Writing Tagle to excel 9 9 Export Tags Click on the Export Tags menu item to write the tags from your current Open project to an Excel file or a CSV file Comma delimited The CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format saves only the text and values as they are displayed in cells of the Tag Database All rows and all characters in each cell are saved Columns of data are separated by commas and each row of data ends in a carriage return If a cell contains a comma the cell contents are enclosed in double quotation marks Example of
302. ht mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear a pa Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the PID Faceplate to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Process Variable Set Point Tag Names Bar Color Background Process Variable i E StPnt o a Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Total ge Fract pa Under Process Variable Set Point you will make the following selections 1 2 Select the Tag Name for Process Variable that will moni tor the process Select the Bar Color and Background Color for the Process Variable as displayed on the PID Faceplate object Select the Tag Name for the Set Point Select the Bar Color and the Background Color for the Set Point as displayed on the PID Faceplate object Enter the Minimum and Maximum Range for the bar graph Select the Total number of digits you want to display and how many if any of those digits should be Fractional Output Mode Bit Tag Tag Name Minimum 0 Total ga Bar Color Alarm Bit Tag Maximum 55535 Fract p Background mm M Under Output you will make the selections for
303. i 239 Latin Small Letter with Diaeresis 0 240 Latin Small Letter Eth 241 Latin Small Letter N with Tilde 242 Latin Small Letter O with Grave 243 Latin Small Letter O with Acute 244 Latin Small Letter O with Circumflex 245 Latin Small Letter O with Tilde 246 Latin Small Letter O with Diaeresis 247 Division Sign 248 Latin Small Letter O with Stroke U 249 Latin Small Letter U with Grave 250 Latin Small Letter U with Acute 251 Latin Small Letter U with Circumflex 252 Latin Small Letter U with Diaeresis y 253 Latin Small Letter Y with Acute b 254 Latin Small Letter Thorn y 255 Latin Small Letter Y with Diaeresis PLC Communications Setup In this Appendix Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setup MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex MicroLogix DF1 Half Duplex MicroLogix DH485 AIC SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 D485 AIC PLC 5 DF1 Data Highway Plus Remote I O Aromat Control Techniques Control Technology Corporation CTC Generic DeviceNet I O Communications Setup DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX GE VERSAMAX ldec Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup Mitsubishi CC Link Modicon PLC Communications Setup Omron PLC Communications Setup Generic Profibus DP Communicat
304. iagnostic program on the panel click here The following screen Memory Test Selection When you click on OK you will receive the following warning Eoo message Save program to disk before testing the panel Cancel Help memor y Test Memory will appear letting you choose from Test RAM and Test Flash Click OK to begin diagnostic COM Configuration When communicating with the Panel ensure that the correct COM Port Ethernet is selected Click on the down arrow for a list of available ports For Ethernet E EN refer to EZEthernet Option Card Manual agries Touch Panel Programming Software Cancel Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Monitor Tags Select the tags which are to be Read Time 10 21 46 10 01 2002 monitored from this list and click on Total Tags 0 Total Tags 9 DataFormat for Unsigned Unsigned Decimal 7 Address PUMP 1 ON OFF N7 2 PUMP 315 ON 0FF__ N73 PUMP 215 ON OFF N7 4 OPEN VALVE 1 N75 PUMP 1 PRESSURE N7 88 BUTTON OBJECT B3 0 0 INDICATOR LIGHT B3 1 0 NUMERIC ENTRY N70 NUMERIC DISPLAY Ne JJ D h D D O D NOTE If all tags are removed the software will stop monitoring automatically Close Add gt gt lt lt Remove Start Monitoring __ Seve Adi lt lt Remove _ Stat Monitoring Click on Monitor Tags if you want to monitor tag values from the EZ Series Touch Panel You may select up to 100 tags to monitor at o
305. ic Ethernet IP Network project using RSLogix 5000 configuration software This example assumes that the EtherNet IP Bridge module has been added to the configuration in the Control Logix PLC To set up EtherNet IP communications open EZ Step 1 Project Information Series Touch Panel Editor N Programming Software 4 gt ee A AE Step l N and configure Project A TA T j f po Information screen as B s as easy as l 23 shown in the figure to the E Series Touch oe Senne ae ae oe utomation Prone 1 of 4 right Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later www ezautomation net SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION iaaah After selecting the PLC DELNE hie Program Fies EZPanelEnhanced Projecti Browse Type and Protocol click DEMAS Project Name new project ez hd sior on the View Edit PLC Com I a Read Program F tng screen par a Attributes Number T Name even S ialog box will appear LAE Enter the parameters Panel Family Size shown remember this eee EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch C EZTouchPLC Mo Bo gee gee is an example you must SelectModel ALL e Colore4ts0s lt S sts Ethemet COM Port d parameters that are COMI PLC Type and mamaa _View E dit PLC Com Setup applicable to your system atin configuration Click on Men file the OK button to save your Ok selections Please Note There are special consi
306. ic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the OUTPUT is invalid Error 32 INCORR_OUT_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT DPRAM LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 33 INCORR_OUT_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT TOTAL LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 34 INCORR_CFG_MOD_STATUS_WD screen Message INCORRECT CONFIG MODULE STATUS WORD Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the module status word is incorrect Error 35 INCORR_CFG_INT_NOTIFY_WD Screen Message INCORRECT CONFIG INT NOTIFICATION WORD Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the Interrupt Notification word is incorrect Error 36 INCOR
307. icating a card failure Error 14 CARD_OL_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT ONLINE Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card to be offline WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 15 CARD_CN_ERR Screen Message CARD NOT CONNECTED Condition Driver has attempted to Read or Write from the card however it found the card was not connected Error 16 INVALID_TAG_ERR screen Message TAG NOT DEFINED IN MEMORY T rrr BB Condition Occurs if the driver encounters a tag during a Read or Write that does not exist in the user defined IN or OUT area of the DeviceNet I O option card Error 17 TAG_READONLY_ERR Screen Message TAG IS READ ONLY T rrr BB Condition Occurs when the driver encounters an OUTPUT tag during a Write and OUTPUT data can t be written to Error 18 INVALID_ MESSAGE _ID Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE ID Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message ID Error 19 INVALID _ MESSAGE_TYPE Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE TYPE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message type Error 20 INVALID_COMMAND Screen Message INVALID COMMAND Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that
308. ick on the Simulate Press button to see how the Indicator Light object will display on the screen when pressed IWASE Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Numeric Display Object oom NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear The Numeric Display object allows you to display a Tag value within a frame on the screen Numeric Display Ex General Scaling Visibilty Details T Label Text Language fsa Character Size 5x9 Label Text NUMDISP m Position Color Too Text x C8 Background 7 TagName Cy Display Fram Format Data Type Signed Decimal 7 Justification Leading Spaces Size 6x8 aa Color r Digts Tet B 6 Bink TotalDigts 5 2 Background M Blink Fractional Digits 0 2 I Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name a To put a Label on the Numeric Display object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow
309. ick on the box in front of With Object Details if you want the details of the selected screens to print also Click on a screen in the list to highlight it Press and hold the Ctrl key and click to select more than one Click on OK when you have made your selections Print Setup Choose or change your print settings here Exit Click on Exit to quit the program Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Undo Reda Cul Copy Paste Select All 4lign Delete Edit Toolbar Current Editing Language Simulate Next State Simulate Prey State Pick Attributes Appl Attributes Display Tag Name on Object Edit Menu Undo The Undo command is used to reverse the previous action This function must be performed next in order for the action to be undone The undo command goes back sixteen levels of undo Redo will redo the previously undone action Cut This allows you to Cut remove a selected item s to the clipboard Copy This allows you to Copy without removing a selected item s to the clipboard Paste This allows you to Paste a selected item from the clipboard onto the displayed screen Select All Click on Select All to select all items on the displayed screen Align This allows you to Align selected items on the screen You may also execute these commands by clicking on their respective icons on the standard tool bar You must have at least two objects selected in order to execute the Le
310. ight clicking will connect and continue with the same line Airbrush Tool To spray drag the pointer over the image The airorush sprays with the foreground color Eraser Tool Drag the pointer over the area you want to erase Line Tool Drag the pointer to form a straight line using the fore ground color Rectangle Tool Same as the Rounded Rectangle only with 90 degree angles Ellipse Tool Drag the pointer diagonally in the direction you want to form the ellipse or circle The foreground color is used to draw the line surrounding the shape and the background color is used to fill the shape Rounded Rectangle Tool Drag the pointer diagonally in the direction you want to form the rectangle The foreground color is used to draw the line surrounding the shape and the back ground color is used to fill the shape Polygon Tool Drag the pointer to draw a straight line Click once at each position where you want a new line segment to appear To finish close the polygon either click the exact point where you started the polygon or click the gray area outside the bitmap area Curve Tool Draw a straight line by dragging the pointer Click where you want one arc of the curve to be and then drag the pointer to adjust the curve Repeat this step for a second arc You can only create two curves for each line IWANA OLEH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Visibility Details See Button Object Simu
311. ile Hil Ok Help FACET Preto cm ran X Group 2 BTR Group 3 BTA Module 1 Group l BTR Group f BTR M BTW M BTW Module 1 Group 3 BTR Quarter 2 IV Active Module 0 Group 4 BTR Group5 BTR M BTW T BTW Module 1 Group 4 BTR Group5 BTR BIW T BTW Group6 BTA Group BTR Module 1 Group 6 BTR Group BTR Help ca PLC Editor Revision B Baud Aate 57 6 PLC Model PLC3_5 X Rack Definitions Rack Number Rack Status al 00 Undefined 01 Defined 02 Undefined 03 Undefined 04 Undefined 05 Undefined 06 Undefined 07 Undefined 10 Undefined 11 Undefined 12 Undefined 13 Undefined 14 Undefined 15 Undefined 16 Undefined gt EZ Series Touch Panel simulates Remote I O Racks Define the Racks where the Panel will reside u 0 D xe xipueddy Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Generic DeviceNet I O Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Generic DeviceNet I O Network project using RSNetWorx configuration software with an Allen Bradley 1747 SDN Scanner Module To set up DeviceNet I O Soonner l Step 1 Project Intormation EE xi communications open EZ Series D ai N Touch Panel Editor Programming A N N A f Step N N Software and configure
312. inch Models In the table below are the 10 inch and 15 inch EZ Series Touch Panel models If using an option board connector you cannot use the PLC port at the same time to connect to another type PLC The panel supports only one PLC driver at a time Oo E S m O i All Serial Drivers NEMA 4 4X All plus AB DH and Remote I O All plus EZ Ethernet EZ T10C F 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel EZ T10C FH 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 4 4X EZ T10C FS 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 1 FDA 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel EZ T10C FD 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus DeviceNet I O NEMA 4 4X EZ T10C FSD 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus DeviceNet I O NEMA 1 FDA EZ T10C FE 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Ethernet I P NEMA 4 4X EZ T10C FSE 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Ethernet I P All plus AB DH and Remote I O All plus Modbus Plus NEMA 1 FDA EZ T10C FSH 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 1 FDA EZ T10C FM 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 4 4X EZ T10C FSM 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Modbus Plus NEMA 1 FDA EZ T10C FP 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Profibu
313. ing Software User Manual Multi state Bitmap x To add an image Add Image r To edit an image Image Number DEFAULT Edit Image Symbol Select Copy from Factory Image Clipboard MiV Allow Stretching Stretch to Fit I Maintain Aspect Ratio gt To remove an image Remove Image General Images Visibility Details Simulate Press OK Cancel Help Add Image R Allow Stretching Browse I Stretch to Fit I Maintain Aspect Ratio Copy From Clipboard Image Number DEFAULT Symbol Factory Dimension Edit Image cren Program Images Images programmed to display in the Multi state Bitmap object are saved in the object s own Image database To program images perform the following steps 1 Click on the Images tab the following dialog box will open 2 To add an image click on the Add Image button The following dialog box will open 3 Click on the box in front of Allow Stretching if you want the bitmap to stretch with the object when sized Choose how you want the image to stretch from the options Stretch to Fit or Maintain Aspect Ratio 4 Select an Image Number You may program up to 17 0 15 and the DEFAULT image images for an object The DEFAULT image is displayed when no bits are on WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error BMP_24 The height and width of selected image are out of range Do you want to be resized to fit
314. ing a new project proceed to step 2 below If you are editing an existing project proceed to step 3 below 2 Enter the name of your new project into the Project Name field and press ENTER Think amp Do Attributes j PLC Editor Revision B Other Parameters Default PLC Slave Na 1 247 f Registers per Message fes 7 Coils per Message fes z TimeDut time 1 255 tenths of Second a PollTime O25 7 tenths of Second Help Note The WINPLC setial port must be conligued for Modbus Slave and be n the RUN mode in order for a panel to communicate with it u wn D xe xipueddy Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 3 Select the Panel Type that you are using 4 Selectthe PLC Type and Protocol for the Think N Do Entivity Think amp DO Modbus Rev B driver 5 Click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup button The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear shown to the right Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Tag Danian aa 561 Unable to Read Flaasore Tamh Taghame and Address SPARE 4 0 20 56 56 Supported Typeld s are Tanput 2 flag 4 output S counter 7 number 13 Aisacing done ding Tage to Taglhatabiare 1 Tag with Taghame DATA LOGGING EVENT TRIGGER and Addas OFO Unable to ade to TagDats Aaacon Taga saad thee in enacting Tagl sbatlace 2 Tag wah T
315. inni ren project est Kimasai Heer Plead Pragiam Stel Eding Sereen HOTTER Humber fi Name New Scieen Select Panel nee Panel Ferny Size t Progian ALINE f EzPanclEnheneed C EZTouch E2TouchPLC ee coe AR me He Or GE i 2 Selci Model ALL 0 Color 6400400 Etherevi0OM Pot co O rei Scion Uni Tews fev aes ME Vew Edi PLC Com Setup Thinkne Brace Modicon Uni_Telway PLC Revision Number C aje e e Parity Odd z Poll Time 0 255 Data Bits fs tenths of a second StopBits 1 x Wiring RS 485 Default PLC Data Link Addr o Default Panel Data Link Addr fi OK Cancel Baud Rate ikam D wn D ce xipueddy Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Universal Ethernet DF1 for AB I P for ControlLogix SRTP for GE and Modbus TCP IP The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up DF1 for AB I P for ControlLogix SRTP for GE and Modbus TCP IP Protocol Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The Ethernet Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown below Click on the Add Ealt Aution to open the Add PLC Details Shep L Project 1m herna hon box Use the drop arrow to i a oe select a PLC and enter the d A ON x EZ Series parameters shown be
316. ion is disabled PLC must set bit to proper e Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the state on powerup This must switch Password Protection is disabled be done when programming Set On will latch the tag ON PLC Logic e Set Off will latch the tag OFF e Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the switch is pressed Enter On Off Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the switch for the On Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the switches instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the On Text and the Color of the Off Text If you want the Text to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled oe Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Switch on the screen and size it e To size a switch click on it to select grab a handle with the mouse and drag to the size you want e To move the switch selec
317. ions Setup Siemens S7 MPI Adapter Communications Setup Siemens S7 _ 200 Entivity s Think amp Do WinPLC Communications Setup Texas Instruments Uni Telway Universal Ethernet Ethernet I P DF1 over Ethernet Modbus TCP IP GE SRTP Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual IMPORTANT NOTE This section provides examples of the communications setup for several PLC types It is provided for your reference and is not intended to cover all PLCs and applications New PLC drivers will be added to the EZ Series Touch Panel Edi tor Programming Software based on customer feedback If your PLC driver is not shown here please check www EZAutomation net for the latest version of EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Pro gramming Software P N EZ PANELEDIT and check the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Help File to see if your PLC has been added O a F co aS O l qA Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setup MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a MicroLogix PLC with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol To set up the MicroLogix PLC DF1 Full Duplex using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Se
318. ipueddy fo oo X TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho Error 46 NO_FREE_SOCKET Screen Message No free socket Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 47 INVALID_SOCKET Screen Message Invalid socket Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 48 NOT_CONNECTED Screen Message Not connected Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 49 COMMAND_FAILED Screen Message Command failed Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 50 ETHERNET_INVALID_DATA_SIZE Screen Message Invalid data size Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 51 INVALID_FRAGMENT_TYPE Screen Message Invalid fragment type Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 52 FRAGMENT_ERROR Screen Message Fragment error Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 53 INVALID_TIMEOUT_TIME Screen Message Invalid timeout time Condition The optio
319. is Tags CSV Files csv x Cancel Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 4 Click the OK button Importing of the ControlLogix tags will now begin If there were any prob lems in importing the tags a log view window will be displayed to inform you of the errors Other wise a message box would display notifying you of the number of tags that have been successfully imported Once the tags have been imported you can click on Setup gt Tag Database to view the tag database and make any corrections changes Screen Capture in Simulator While simulating a project menu Panel gt Simulate Project you can capture screens for docu menting your project While simulating the project follow below give steps to capture displayed screen 1 Click the button labeled Screen Capture This brings up the Save File dialog 2 Specify the name of the image file where you want to save the captured screen The image file is saved in png format JJ D h D D O D Search and Replace in Tag Name This feature allows you to search for a character string up to 40 characters in the Tag Database specifically the Tag Name and replace each instance of the character string with another character string To use this feature perform the following steps 1 Click in the checkbox titled Search and Replace in Tag Name 2 Enter the characters up to 40 in the text field next to Find that you want to sear
320. is error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit 0x0010 Incorrect Reply The driver received an incorrect or unexpected reply from the PLC with address nnn 0x0020 Error PLC nnn lt error gt The driver received a Modbus message exception code from the PLC The lt error gt strings are Illegal Function The PLC received an invalid function code oO z gt oO oO m Co y xipueddy dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho PAX a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Illegal Data Address The address requested is not allowable for the PLC This may appear instead of a time out when a PLC is in bridge mode to a Modbus Plus network The PLC that the panel is communicating with will return this error if the message could not be passed on to the addressed PLC Illegal Data Value The value in the data field is not allowed for the PLC Slave Device Failure An unrecoverable error occurred in the PLC Acknowledge The PLC requires more time to process the message Slave Device Busy The PLC is processing a long command and is not ready for a new one Negative Acknowledgment The PLC cannot perform the function requested Memory Parity Error An error was detected in the PLC memory 0x0040 Broadcast not allowed in read command If a broadcast message to read was attempted 0x0080 PLC time out PLC nnn The panel is unable to
321. is the programming screen where you will build project screens that will in turn be displayed on the panel You may program from 1 to 999 screens in a project These screens are used primarily to incorporate objects messages and graphics Placing these items onto the programming screen allows you to have input and control over what is being displayed on the panel xy ez project ezt 1 Panel Control Screen iof x File Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help x S OH Len ona e O HHE 47 4 Ll o O co f TEO DAELE A AIA A E Main Programming se BG T Screen i 8 2 al el 7 o O G with Show Touch es fel fel 2 Cells enabled axl E Tej Project Screens Qj 1 Panel Control Screen QQ 2 Startup Screen eA 3 General Pump Control Q0 4 Liquid Levels Screen _ e a TEE SS MITE Tool Bar has been N moved here as a Screen Z when floating tool box finished r convenientaccessto making ERR the objects ad justmentst i Design Your reens e er Ml 3 rite Your Program to P anel 3 Easy Steps Project screens in Explorer view Adjust screen contrast a 4 b For Help press F1 No of Selected Objects 0 xX 43Y 24 OFFUNE MODE 4 You can move the tool bars to several different locations on your program kold button H ming screen Just click and hold Dra
322. isplay Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty P Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the touch object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Back ground IWANA EAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 5 If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Increment Decrement alue q xj General Increment Decrement Value Protection Visibilty Details m Read from Tag Tag Do Operation ADD Data Format Unsigned Decimal Value fo Write to Tag Tag Cancel Help NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear To program the increment decrement operation 1 Click on the Increment Decrement Value tab 2 Enter a Read from Tag or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the button to corre spond to 3 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will map the tag
323. isplayed Major Divisions 5 tick marks Jz Illustration of how meter image on the panel corresponds to attributes programmed using the dialog box IWANA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Bar Graph Object The Bar Graph object allows you to monitor and display a tag value in a bar graph form on the screen The Bar Graph can be k displayed in various formats and can be programmed to read from top to bottom left to right right to left etc Bar Graph Pump Pressure General Digital Display Scaling Visibility Details Label Text Select Style Language is Character Size 5 9 v Selected Label Text BAR GRAPH Style Position Color me ae pe Bottom Background z MV Display Frame Tag Name Vv Note yess Range Ranges should be Left Top Right Bottom E entered in Decimal Minimum O No of Major Divisions 5 Maximum 65535 No of Sub Divisions 3 imum Color Color E T Bipolar Background E r Show Tick Numbers V 32767 Bar Foreground H Precision for Floating Pt 7 Bar Background m i E Blink OO001 Cancel To put a Label on the Bar Graph object perform the follow ing steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198
324. itor EZ Series Text Panel EZ Series PLC and EZMarquee String generator The software is also available on www ezautomation net as a free download Installation To install this software please run the EZLaunchPadSetup exe file The software installs itself and places an icon onto your desktop for your convenience Function To use EZLaunch Pad software click onto the EZLaunch Pad icon The software opens up a dialog box that lists all the installed and non installed EZAutomation software on your computer You may click on any of the installed programs to launch that software The non installed software is also listed but cannot be used If you have multiple versions of any installed EZAutomation software the Launch Pad lists all versions for your convenience lez Ez Launch Pad EZ applications notinstalled on this computer E Panel Enhanced Editor Screen design software for E zPanel Enhanced EZTouch and E TouchPLle operator interfaces Ez Text Enhanced Editor Programming software for EZ Test Et Text Enhanced and E TextPLO operator Launch Pad for All Hii EZAutomation Programming Software EZPLC Editor EZAutomation 1 877 774 EASY Relay Ladder Logic AL programming vu ezautomation net software for EZPLG E TouchPLle and E TextPLe EfMarquee Messenger l Allin one utilityto Preview Generate and Transfer messages to E lt iarquee with ASCII string generator r O Q T Touch Panel Progr
325. ize Color of Text and Back ground and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the button Enter the Text that you want to appear Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object IWARA AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Screen Saver Button on the screen and size it e To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Adjust Contrast Eai Use the Adjust Contrast object to place a button on the EZ Series i Touch Panel screen that gives you access to the panel s adjust contrast feature Use the UP and DOWN arrows that appear on the button to adjust the screen contrast The current setting will appear on the button above the arrows and will change as you Adkust Contrast press the arrow keys AV Adjust Contrast General Protection Visibility Details F Label Text Note m 3 e On 10 and 15 panels 1 w8 z Language 14 Character Size Ox contrast cannot be Label Text ADJUST CONTRAST adjusted
326. k Yeld Aage Text and Background and Minimum il STARCH i 5 Language but for the tai Fr ae see 5 purposes of this tutorial we will use the Defaults ka Daa Tyre ECD T Juciticstion Leadng Speco Size ems gt Coke _ __ H Digs Text W 7 Bink Total Digte 4 Backgiound I Bink Fractional Digits g Use lag for decimal pont Decma pairt Tag Hama E above 4 Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in NUMERIC ENTRY Press Enter The following screen will appear 5 In the field next to Address String type in V2002 as shown above Select BCD_INT_16 for the Data Type Click OK CT xi Enter Tag Details for the Tag PLEASE NOTE If your BECEN IAE panelis connected to multiple EEE tie Diack ogo K Souco RAD PLCs use the Station Number Address Sting V2002 to address a specific PLC For IO Type RAW example 2 V2002 would Data Type BCD_INT_16 7 address the PLC Station Number 2 No of Chars fo omei e 6 Click on the Protection tab The following screen will appear 7 Click on the box in front of Password Protect Object and then click Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTES ON RESIZING AN OBJECT Drag the object to move or drag a handle to resize the object The pointer changes to a four way arrowhead for moving or a two way arrow for resizing Dragging a side handle changes the width or height only dragging a c
327. k Background Blink E cvo Tile S E Off Text Of ee S Par ff ar Simulate Press Cancel Hep Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 29 30 31 32 33 You ve just completed Step 2 Design Your Screens Now we will transfer Demo Project Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in INDICATOR LIGHT Press Enter The following screen will appear In the field next to Address String type in C1 as shown above The Data Type will remain as DISCRETE Click OK ADD NEW TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag BUTTON OBJECT PLC Type DirectLogic K Sequence Rev D Address String eoo Expected 10 Type RAV DataType DISCRETE x Z No of Chars fo cod tee A cross hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position the cross hair where you want the object to appear under the Numeric Display object and click once Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown to the right Click on File gt Save Project Demo Indicator Light 1 to EZ Series You are now ready for Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel Demo Project 1 should look similar to that shown below 1 Click on the 3 button Write Your Program to Panel as shown in the graphic below Click on the Start button at the bottom of the Write Program to Panel dialog box to begin transferring the project to the p
328. lable choices Click on the OK button 2 Select when you want to restart the animation Selecting On will cause the animation object to reset the image index to the first image image 0 and restart the animation when the tag value transitions from off to on Similarly selecting Off will cause the animation object to restart the animation when the tag value transitions from on to off IWANA SEAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Images Tab The images tab allows you to add images that are required for the animation object Each image is automatically assigned an increasing index number The index number determines the sequence of display of images in case of timed or discrete animation control For example in an animation with three images image 0 is the first image in the animation image 1 is the second image in the animation and image 2 is the final image in the animation To add an image click on lt Add a New Image gt and then either create image using the built in image editor or choose from one of the image sources To edit an included image select the image and use built in editor to modify the image or use one of the image source to replace the image Animation Multi Position General Images YisibilityDetails Add a New Images gt Select s dd a new Image to add anew image Select an image to remove replace or edit tt gt Drag up or down an image in the list to change image order
329. late Press Press the Simulate Press button to see how the Dynamic Bit map object will be displayed on the screen when pressed OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Symbol Factory 3 D red button not pressed O Fie Edit view Options Help Preview Symbols Copy Options 3 D red button not pressed DANN PATEN rA EN Categories O Q 3 D Pushbuttons Etc 7 9 ASHRAE Controls amp Equipment Q Q O O Q ASHRAE Ducts bar within the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and browse through the Air Conditioning Architectural ASHRAE Piping fl S i For more information about the Symbol Factory see page 170 in this manual or I Q over 4 000 symbols to see for yourself what is available and how EZ it is to use in building better yet click on Symbols on the main menu dynamic EZ Series Touch Panel screens WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual G Bitmap Button A Bitmap Button is a touch object that combines functions of a button a Dynamic Bitmap and an Indicator Light It allows you to perform a WRITE operation to one bit and a READ operation from a second discrete location The state of th
330. le If you are using one of the File Viewer applications included with the Windows CE OS and the file has an associated extension doc xls pdf etc you may choose Auto and need not enter the Application name In the File Name field enter the path where the file is saved that you want to open Application I Auto Name File Hame FLASH manual pdi Auto Feature Click the box next to Auto if you are planning to open a file supported by one of Windows CE File Viewers This feature will launch the application that is associated with the file name s extension See table below for supported documents As shown in the example above the File Viewer PDF Viewer will launch because it is associated with the file extension Supports documents au File Viewer thored in the following for mats Microsoft Word 97 Word 2000 Word Viewer or WordPad and Word XP Seal isnot Microsoft Excel 97 Excel 2000 and Excel XP Se worPoint Viewer Microsoft PowerPoint 97 Power Point 2000 and PowerPoint XP PDF Viewer Adobe Acrobat PDF Portable Document Format version 1 3 Media Player mpg video files IWARA AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Unicode Text NOTE Unicode is not a font rather it is a character encoding system and can be used to create multilingual text including technical symbols and punctuations using a Unicode compliant text editor For more information please refer to Unicode Consor
331. le when a panel button object is pressed it sets a panel tag The panel transfers the state of this tag to the mapped bit in the PLC data table Similarly the PLC may set an output bit that turns on a pilot light on the panel Please Note Panel Tags may be internal not mapped to the PLC or external mapped to the PLC Panel Tags may be e Discrete e 16 bit Signed Unsigned e 32 bit Signed Unsigned e 16 bit BCD e 32 bit BCD e 32 bit Floating Point e ASCII String IMPORTANT To learn all the steps to configuring an object read the instructions for the first object Button Object in its entirety It will take you through each step in detail explaining all the variables and choices Because the objects share many common features they are not repeated for each object Any features that are unique to a particular object are explained in its own section We recommend that you try out the tutorial beginning on page 14 to learn the steps involved in creating an EZ Series Touch Panel project IWAS SEX Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual BASIC OBJECTS TOOL BAR The Objects menu allows you to choose from several predefined objects Objects provide generic panel functions The objects can be accessed from TEXT OBJECTS TOOL BAR the Object Tool Bars Basic Objects Text Objects System Objects A and Bitmap Objects shown above and to the left and the Objects Menu AAD A SLIT E shown on the prece
332. lem What is Write Queue Overflow This message indicates that the panel was unable to write all of the tags to the PLC The panel can queue up to 40 tags to write to the PLC After the tag is written to the PLC it is removed from the queue If a write is attempted while the queue is full then this error message is displayed and the write is ignored WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PLC Driver Error Messages ALLEN BRADLEY PLCs Driver Errors for Micrologix SLC 500 DH 485 AIC 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Incorrect Map Size This occurs when an incompatible map is loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0008 Invalid Checksum Received This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit 0x0010 Communications Errors This error occurs if there are problems receiving messages 0x0020 Communications time out PLC xx This error occurs when the panel does not receive a reply form PLC xx to its command The unit will retry once in the time out time before displaying this error 0x0040 Panel register xxxx is read only This error will occur if an attempt to write to a read only register in the PLC is
333. lick on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear IMPORTANT NOTE SYMBOL FACTORY op tion To size a symbol go to Options in the Symbol Factory when selecting the symbol or see page 170 for instructions 5 6 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette To create On Bitmap and Off Bitmap 1 2 Error BMP_24 The height and width of selected image are out of range Do you want to be resized to fit in the screen Live d w Barrel 2 Click on the bitmap to highlight grab a handle with the cursor and drag to size the object Barrel 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices If the Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String ap propriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Select Background color for Bitmaps Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Select the color for the background of the Bitmap object Select whether or not you want to Display Frame selected by default around the bitmap and whether or not you want the Background to be Transparent Under On Bitmap or Off Bitmap the On Bitmap is the one that is trigger
334. lirk Bka Color Bink Lang Text Color N c i 1 Click on the Add button The following Add New Message dialog box will appear 2 Select the Message Number using the UP DOWN arrows 3 Select the Text Color by clicking on the DOWN arrow to view the color palette Click on the box in front of Blink if you_want the text in the message to blink on and off Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 4 ab 9 5 om g 6 eb oc Message Print Out NOTE To set the printer parameters see page 146 Project Attributes Printer tab To set the panel COM1 port to Printer see Appendix D Select the Background Color and whether or not you want the background of the message to Blink Select the Character Size of the Message Text by clicking on the down arrow next to the Char Size field to choose from the available choices Click on the box in front of Print if you want the message to print to a printer anytime it is displayed on the Panel The Message print out will look similar to the following TIME amp DATE 8 18 57 28 MAY 01 MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 TIME amp DATE 8 25 47 28 MAY 01 MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 TIME amp DATE 8 25 51 28 MAY 01 MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 2 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 2 TIME amp DATE 8 25 53 28 MAY 01 MESSAGE HI TIME amp DATE 8 25 55 28 MAY 01 MESSAGE BYE TIME amp DATE 8 25 58 28 MAY 01 M
335. list to highlight and then click on the Define button Make the selections shown Click on the OK button to save your selections Rack Number 01 will show Rack Status as Defined Click on OK You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel Project Rack Number 01 Step 1 Project Information al a m SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE Wnt to Panel Later Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Edit Program ON LINE Li r Ethernet COM Port tum 7 Quarter 0 IV Active Module 0 Group0 BTR Group1 M BTR BIW M BIW Quarter 1 VV Active Module 0 Step Fi N gt Saan it s as easy as 1 2 3 Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION E Senes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D Ff Automation Phone 1 67 7 7 74 EASY WANA ezautoniatian net Project Location C Program Files EZPanelEnhanced Project Browse Project Name row project ezt Ermawar Revision Start Editing Screen Number fi Name New Screen m Select Panel Panel Family m Size EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC jest ced Ne tere Select Model ALL 8 Color 640480 we PLC Type and iii aew tl rere ys spi i Protocol lle Bra diey Rer wte if U Re F v Vivet dit PLU Lom Setup Thinker M roe Map f
336. ll assign the following attributes EZ Series Touch Panel supports Multiple Languages Language Preference allows you to select and view different versions of text strings 227 S hn ob tps 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Hello Hola Guten Tag are working in the programming software Each version can be created for a different language up to 9 for each Object where text is displayed Enter the name of the Language in the fields next to the Language number Select the System Language English or Spanish for the language used for System Messages and Prompts The Default Language is the language to be used by EZ Series Touch Panel on power up A brief tutorial is provided here to show you how the Multi Language Support Feature works If for instance you are creating a Push Button Object and you want the text within the button to say Hello in Language Number 1 HOLA Spanish equivalent in Language Number 2 and GUTEN TAG German equivalent in Language Number 3 do the following Project Attributes General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection Note These passwords are used for password protecting the CLEAR ALL button on the Alarm History sereen and the CLEAR and CLEAR ALL buttons on the Alarm Count screen 1 Click on the Button Object and then click on the General tab if necessary 2 In
337. low fe l A MITA Click on the Add PLC Details i D ai By as cay ag id 23 button to add the desired ESernes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 PLC Selected Arion Edit OFF LINE Write Later EZAutomation Phone 1 977 774 EASY SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION way ezautomration met Fic pat Location to Panel Late Project Mame Edk Progr ee ama T Pip ogra ites Ec aieEnha ENTERA Brows Ethernet Altrilules 5 re project eat Miiirae erau PLC Ae cion Number 4 p Slat Edig Sor Humbe i Harg Haw Screen aj Timeoul Timef e85 fao pee tenths of a second Select Paral Fare Family pie a e Hp f e EZPahel Enhanced f EZTaueh f EZTouchPLE Ile Se fe cq cs Bidde i 1 e A Select Madel ALL 0 Cokr GADAN x 2565 255 255 O o lt x 3 Suarna Mack _ d O oO coo Galema Addiass i 0 0 dd a x Picid f Q Q PLC Dataia E lt bakmam qumber ot PLCs Bd Number of PLC rected 0 FLC Tine ModuettP 4 pe adden Settee O Soe IF Adelie Tenai Sint Leoation blez saga Time Out Bi Itertasofa second one pe o e FLC Id f NOTE Use the drop arrow fo select PLO Tipe Add Edit IP Adcress Cortioley SlotLooshan 1 Message Time Out fan lt tenths of a sacond Hels Add PLO Ostet Clore Setting COM1 for a Printer In this Appendix Instructions Touch Panel Programming Software Use
338. made 0x0080 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This error occurs if there are problems with the PLC attributes 0x0100 Max node address less than Panel address This error will occur if the maximum node address is less than the address of the panel The maximum node address must be made equal to or greater than the address for the panel on the network 0x0200 STS xx EXTSTS xx Errors from PLC xx This error will occur if the unit receives an error message from the PLC in response to the command it sent Check your Allen Bradley protocol manual for the error codes 0x0400 Panel only active node on network This error occurs when the panel is the only active node on the DH485 network The panel will display this error until another panel or PLC is into the network oO z D gt oO oO m Q y xipueddy dD oo 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho IDAT a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 0x0800 PLC address xx out of range This error occurs if a PLC address entered in the map is greater than the max node address entered in the PLC attributes To correct this problem either set max node address higher in the PLC attributes or set the PLC address in the map to a lower PLC address 0x1000 PLC address equals Panel address This will occur if a PLC address in a map string is the same as the panel address entered in the PLC attributes To correct this problem enter a valid PLC
339. map creation and editing from within the software EZ Series Touch Panel was probably the first panel editor allowing you to resize bitmaps from within the editor With EZ Series Touch Panel Editor ver 4 offers you additional bitmap editing features such as creation color change cropping etc EZPackager New EZ Series Touch Panel software incorporates a unique utility called EZPackager EZPackager allows OEMs to distribute their projects to their end users cutting time and cost for project maintenance See EZPackager User Manual pdf in your EZ Series Touch Panel install directory Overlapping of Objects Save a great deal of screen real estate by making available a great deal of information on one screen at any given time e Free Sizing of Touch Objects Finally you can make all objects as large or as small as you want them to be as the software no longer restricts you to the touch grid making screen design easier and more functional e Pick and Apply Styles When designing screens there are many attributes assigned to objects such as an object s color shape text size text color All these details in completing a style takes time This feature allows you to copy and paste a style from one object to as many as you select e Display of Tag Addresses on Objects The PLC addressing uses Tag names so that you can associate meaningful easy to remember names to the addresses Additionally tags are useful if you use differe
340. max 300 Series CPU 400 Series CPU Symax Texas Instruments TI5x5 Series T1505 T1545 1102 11545 1104 Uni Telway Telemecanique TSX 37 Micro UNI TE Version 1 1 Universal Ethernet Ethernet IP DF1 over Ethernet Modbus TCP IP GE SRTP XI Introduction In this chapter Manual Organization Introduction What you need to get started Need HELP Models Features PLCs Supported by EZ Series Touch Panel PLC Cable Part Numbers Programming Cable Part Number EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software Installation Oo E S m O O i Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Manual Organization The EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software User Manual is arranged in chapters A description of key information contained in each chapter is provided below Chapter Description Introduction Provides Manual Organization and lists what you need to get started hardware and software Discusses how to get help with questions or problems you might encounter through Onscreen Help and Technical Support Provides you with a table listing the various models their part numbers and special features Lists the important features of all EZ Series Touch Panel models Lists the PLCs supported by the panels by brand model and protocol Lists the part numbers for PLC cables and the program ming cable Tells how to install programming software Tutorial P
341. mbedded Command Numeric hd Select tag from where value will O be read for embedded data Selected tag is a numeric tag Digits AutoCheck lt 1 gt Display Format Unsigned Decimal Total Digits R 4 Justification Leading Spaces Fractional Digits 0 Selected tag is a discrete tag lt lt Oo K Off Specify the string for sending to printer Press F7 to embed a non printable Ascii character tee Cancel Help Number under the General tab the dialog box shown to the left will appear a Enter a Message Number consistent with the Data Type selected Signed Unsigned BCD b Under Limits select the Text Color and the Back ground Color and whether or not they will Blink c Select the Character Size from the available choices d Click on the box in front of Print this Message if you Message Terl Language i 4 Prese F7 to embad a data vanable Embedded Data Yauc 1 lt 000 012 Embedded Data Vaue 3 lt STRING gt J E Data Vake 4 lt PRINT gt Embedded data values are represented as shown above in the message where they are programmed They will be replaced with the actual value when displayed in the message on the panel Up to 4 embedded data values may be programmed in each message NOTE Consult your print er manual for appropri ate printer ASCII character commands IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming So
342. me or Address 234 Display the last displayed bitmap ignore the new 113 Display the last displayed message ignore the new 93 Divisions 165 Draw Frame 187 Draw Horizontal Vertical 185 Draw Menu 185 Draw Tool Bar 121 Driver Errors ALLEN BRADLEY PLCs A 15 Data Highway Plus A 19 Micrologix SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex A 18 Micrologix SLC 500 DF1 Half Duplex A 16 Micrologix SLC 500 DH 485 AIC A 15 PLC5 with DF1 Protocol A 17 Remote I O A 21 DirectLogic PLCs A 23 DirectNet Protocol DL330 DL340 A 28 DirectNet Protocol except DL330 340 A 26 K Sequence Protocol A 25 ModBus Koyo Addressing RTU Protocol A 27 EZ Ethernet General Electric PLCs A 29 GENERIC DEVICENET I O A 39 MITSUBISHI PLCs A 30 Modicon PLC MODBUS RTU Protocol A 31 OMRON HOST LINK PLCs A 32 SIEMENS S7 MPI ADAPTER Driver Memory 122 Dynamic Bitmap Object 120 Copy from Clipboard 121 Edita Bitmap 121 Label 121 Symbol Factory Sizing Bitmap See Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory E Edit 176 Edit Alarm Details Dialog Box 211 edit an existing tag 200 edit compile download 32 editing 35 Edit Menu 175 Edit Message Details Dialog Box 216 Edit Passwords 23 Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later 33 2117 Edit Program ON LINE 36 Edit Tag Details 47 electrical circuits ix Embedded Command 116 embedded data Tag 116 Embedded Data Value 119 embedded printer command 117 Embedding Data Value 118 Enable Beeper 221 ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION ix Entivity Think
343. n 20 Is it possible to find out whether the compressed bitmap size is less than 64K before trying to insert the bitmap No the only sure way to know is to try An error message will alert you immediately if the 64K size is exceeded Using fewer colors like 256 vs 24 bit will help prevent this problem 21 Is there a limit to the number of objects that can be placed on a single screen Yes the amount of objects that can be placed on a single screen is limited by the screen buffer size The maximum number of objects is dependant upon object types 22 Can I use shortcut method when addressing B3 0 0 Yes you can use the shortcut method when addressing such as B3 0 B3 1 B3 2 22 Is Enhanced EZ Series Touch Panel Software compatible with EZ Series Touch Panel Yes EZ Series Editor Software is compatible with current EZ Series Touch Panels from ADC as well as the new EZ Series Touch Panel models However EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software does not allow current EZ Series Touch Panels from ADC to utilize software upgrades Enhanced drivers Universal Ethernet Aromat Mewtocol COM Control Techniques Control Technology Corp CTC EZ Series PLC Idec Computer Link Mitsubishi CC Link Siemens S7 200 Square D Symax and Texas Instruments or Enhanced Features Overlapping of Objects Free Sizing of Touch Objects Display of Tag Address on Objects and Pick and Apply Style Programming Software Compatibility Th
344. n i mE ET 2008 in order to configure the modules profibus connection Please Note When dragging the folder make sure you have it right on the line before releasing the mouse button i e ET 2000 i W ET 200K H Function Modes i M E IDENT dnies Jld xipueddy Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual HW Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_PG _RES Gy Staion Edt Insei ELC View Options Window Hep Oleza a ele dli PED 3A nel Profile Standard Aa PROFIBUS DP 5 0 Addtiona Fiad Devices Properties PROFIBUS interface ANYBUS S PDP PAOFIBUSH OP nmw General Parameters Address E h Go to the NETWORK J atras SETTINGS tab and configure n the Transmission Rate you want Dello your module to use NOTE This must match that of your Profibus Network i Click OK to exit the window and save changes j Click OK again to exit the properties window and save HW Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_PGI_RES changes g elada S Sle ii CPD 2 e Brofle Standard 6 The Module is now set up All Emm BE FAFE ee LT DE md a Addiicnal Field Devices that is left is setting up I O al Ge E Properties PROFIBUS E 7 Toadd the I O simply double 2 m x lt click the ANYBUS S PDP Highest PROFIBUS Addes F 50 folder T dp Sir es Tiansmission Rae 45 45 31 25 kbit s 29 8 A list of availa
345. n Rebuild the project Error T03_6 Tag expected but not found Creating it as an internal tag Solution Try the following 1 Accept defaults 2 Open Tag Database and check to see if all tags are there 3 Some Tags will be UNKNOWN modify to your requirements Error T04_1 Cannot delete lt Tag gt Tag associated with an object Reason The selected tag is associated with an object alarm project attribute Solution Use Setup gt Tag Cross Reference to see what objects alarms project attributes are linked to the tag Error T04_2 No map data found in tag database file named Reason Tag database is corrupted Solution Rebuild the project op oO z gt oO oO m Co y xipueddy dD oo 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho IDAT a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Proj information Dial X STEP 1 Errors Ixx_x Error 101_1 Attributes file associated with this project not found creating one with default attributes Reason There are six different files that make up the project If the saved attributes file atr is moved deleted or is altered outside of panel the file may not load or will not be found Solution The program loader will reset the attributes to default Go to Setup gt Select PLC and redefine the communication parameters required Error 102_1 Invalid file name or path Reason You have specified an invalid file name Solution You have to
346. n A 11 Alarm History Object 104 Details 105 Display Screen 104 Label 105 118 Text 89 Alarm List Size 220 Alarms Print D 3 Protection 230 Alarms Tab 222 algorithm 84 Align 175 Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setup C 3 Allen Bradley PLCs Data Highway Plus Protocol C 10 Remote I O Protocol C 12 Allow Stretching 32 alphanumeric 82 keypad 87 alphanumeric entry 44 Analog Clock 142 analog gauge 98 application 116 Application Name 178 Apply Attributes 208 Apply Changes Alarm 212 Apply Changes Message 216 Arc 142 ARROW keys 199 ASCII 99 ASCII character command 116 B Bar Graph 92 Color 93 Bar Graph Object 92 Digital Display Tab 94 Format 93 numbers 94 Fractional Digits 94 Label 92 Tag Name 92 Basic Objects Tool Bar 163 battery 224 BCD 44 Beeper On Off 227 Bipolar 93 bit 44 bitmap 120 Bitmap 120 7186 sizing See Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory Bitmap Button 125 Bitmap Button Object 126 Actuator Type 122 Edita Bitmap 125 Label 126 On Bitmap Off Bitmap 125 Tag Names 120 Bitmap Objects 164 Bitmap Objects Tool Bar 9 bitmaps 113 Bit Number 44 bits 33 Bits are represented in Decimal or Octal systems 25 Bits are represented in Decimal System Octal System 189 Boot Software 46 Browse 47 7133 Button object 46 Button Object 46 Actuator Types 47 Button Style 47 Label 47 On Off Text 46 Place Button 41 C cable A 5 calendar 9 carriage return 204 Cascade 232 CAUTION removing RAM or Flash card 2
347. n card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent oD card was unable to process the command SWAriaateace Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual The option The option The option The option The option The option The option The option WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 54 CAN _NOT_SEND_MORE Screen Message Can t send more Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 55 FILE_ACCESS ERROR Screen Message Failed to open file or file not found Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 56 INVALID_FILE_DESCRIPTOR Screen Message Invalid file descriptor Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 57 INVALID_OPEN_METHOD Screen Message Invalid open method Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 58 NO_EMAIL_SERVER_CONFIGURED Screen Message No email server configured Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 59 COMMAND_ABORTED Screen Message Command aborted Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was
348. n the panel and computer Restart the panel and try communicating again Error C02_9 Objects are overlapping project cannot be written to the panel Reason Objects are overlapping in one or more screens you will not be able to save write to the panel Q ban e c D V gt e e Ke y xipueddy IDAT a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Solution If you get this error you will see an object highlighted in the screen The highlighted object is overlapping another object Please move the object so that it does not overlap another object and send the project again Error C02_10 Uploading could not be completed Solution Check the connections between the panel and computer Restart the panel or resave the project and try communicating again Error CO2_11 Out of Memory Error Reason Flash card is smaller than user RAM size Solution Please contact your panel vendor ONLINE Programming Communication Errors Error C03_1 Unable to delete screen from panel Reason lf Screen gt Delete Screen on main menu bar is selected while there is a disruption in the communication between the panel and computer this error message is produced Solution Check the COM line power to panel and COM port used for correct setting and function dD oo 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho Error C03_2 Memory diagnosing failed Solution Check connections and COM port settings Ensure t
349. n there are too many registers on the display to be monitored The number of registers on the display must be reduced 0x0008 PLC MSG Time out CMD X This occurs when the unit does not receive a reply to its command The unit will retry a command and wait for the specified time out period before reporting this command The command ID causing the error is reported oO z 1 2 gt oO oO m Co y xipueddy dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho PAX a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 0x0010 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This error is reported when the PLC driver receives an invalid set of PLC attributes The default attributes will be used when this error occurs 0x0020 PLC Bad checksum CMD X This error occurs when a reply with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The command ID of the command that incurred the error is reported as part of the message 0x0040 PLC Error STS xx EXTSTS yy CMD zz This error is reported if a controller responds to a command with an error The error code is shown and can be looked up in the Allen Bradley documentation The command ID of the command causing the error is reported 0x0080 PLC Nack Error This error is reported if a controller responds to a command with a negative acknowledgment error 0x0100 PLC Element Read Only This error is reported if an attempt is made to write to an element with a read only map e
350. n to save your selections You will return E Seres Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later AEA a ear oal SELECT ACTION MENTER PROJECT INFORMATION E E Project Location to the Project Information en tite C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Browse screen Click on the OK pisar tr scat button to begin creating faea Firmware Revision your EZ Series Touch Panel Read Progam Start Editing Screen Project Edi OFF UNE Number 1 Z Name New Screen z Select Panel Panel Family Sze hPa EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC e e Ce Cw Ca E ect Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 x E View Edit PLC Com Setup Browse beeline ATI Attiiutia castrate EIN Oane sineno fr Prolocst ATU Z Regte per Message H Posty Even Cols per Message a Sepa fore ens i z Menaia E O NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC C T ented lf communicating to other than the Ae Oot Toa default PLC the address string must Aapa ea be preceded by the PLC address of the Chatwctr Orden egies unit you want to communicate with For Chant Chee Deiat l Chand Chart example 3 40001 is PLC address 3 xipueddy D a wn D xe Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual OMRON C200 and C500 PLC Communications Setup The following provides you with an example of how t
351. nd vil Display Tag mT Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose Enty Tag Display Tag 7 Entry Tag 7 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the object to correspond to 3 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button To Enter Range Check perform the following steps 1 Under Range Check set the minimum and maximum set points Click on Minimum the low end point and enter a value The operator will not be allowed to enter a value lower than the value in this field 2 Click on Maximum the high end point and enter a value The operator will not be allowed to enter a value higher than the value in this field Valid Range is shown in the next window 3 The Valid Range is shown Your minimum and maximum set points must be within these limits To Select the Format of the Numeric Entry Keypad perform the following steps Format Data Type EE Decimal 7 Justification Leading Spaces Size jes Text B Bink k7 Digts 5 Background x T Blink Fractional Digits X The Data Type is dependent upon the Tag data type In turn the Tag data type is dependent upon the type of PLC you are using Therefore your selections next to Data
352. nded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame count Error 26 INVALID_FRAME_NUMBER Screen Message Invalid frame number Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame number Error 27 INVALID_OFFSET Screen Message Invalid offset Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid offset Error 28 INVALID_ADDRESS Screen Message Invalid address Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid address Error 29 INVALID_RESPONSE Screen Message Invalid response Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid response Error 30 FLASH_CONFIG_ERROR Screen Message Flash configuration error Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is a flash configuration error Error 31 INCORR_IN_IO LENGTH screen Message Incorrect IN I O length Condition The option card responded to an initialization mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the INPUT is invalid
353. nding to printer will be available Add New Message 2 Message Number 2 Limits Test Color Mi 1 Birk charsize 68 z Background Color x l Blink Print this Message This example shows how an embedded printer com e e M _ z mand will be represented in essage Text Pes F7 t embed a data vile age zi ess to go to next a message Language a E e R cme IWANA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual tof 2 PROGRAMMING TIP If you want the Multi state Indicator object to act as a Multi state Indicator Light simply create your Messages with different Background Colors and no Message Text Use the Blink feature to draw the operator s attention Copy Messages Multi state Indicator General Messages Visiilty Details Maximum number of messages 255 1 Display Messages based on BIT NUMBER unah Ee CAMON Bits are represented in Decimal Number Total Number of Messages 2 Bit Print Char Size Text Color Blink Bkg Color Blink Lang Msg T 0 NO 1 j Enter the ASCII string that you want to send to the printer k To embed a non printable ASCII character click in the field where you want it to appear and press F7 The following dialog box will appear l Enter values in Hexadecimal in field next to 0x or you may click in front of ESC for escape FF form feed CR carriage return or LF line feed to embed these commonly used printer
354. ne time Click on the Tag Names in the first column list that you want to monitor Press the Shift key and then click to highlight more than one tag name Then click on the Add gt gt button To remove tag names from the list to be monitored click on them to highlight and then click on the lt lt Remove button They will be added to the list on the right hand side to be monitored Select the Data Format for the value Click on the Start Monitoring button to begin the monitoring process The tag values from the panel will display in the Value column Select the tags which are to be Read Time 10 21 46 10 01 2002 monitored from this list and click on Total Tags 4 Total Tags 5 DataFormat for Unsigned Unsigned Decimal 7 PUMP 1 ON OFF N7 2 BUTTON OBJECT PUMP 315 ON 0FF__ N73 INDICATOR LIGHT PUMP 215 ON OFF N 4 NUMERIC ENTRY OPEN VALVE 1 N75 NUMERIC DISPLAY PUMP 1 PRESSURE N7 88 Close Help P dd gt w i lt lt Remove Start Monitoring Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Simulate Project This feature allows the user to Simulate the entire project on a user s PC without transferring to a panel Under Panel Menu select Simulate Project to invoke the following dialog box EZ Touch E Panel Enhanced Editor Oo pa ob tps 3 am x J Do you want to save the project before starting simulation Yes No Select Yes if you would like to save your cu
355. nel Programming Software Version 4 3 D E Automation Phone 1 67 7 7 74 EASY Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later waw ezautomation net i SELECT ACTION r ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Click on the OK button to a Menem Save your selections ite C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project to Panel Later Project Name You will return to the Project new prciecte xl julisia Start Editi Information screen Click fesiPiogam ete Fa e Tcoo8 oo on the OK button to begin ee Select Panel creating your EZ Series ponies TE Touch Panel Project uer EZPanelEnhanced C EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce Gg Cir C Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 o Ethernet COM Port um z LG Tre and ieee ane 7 _ View Edit PLE Lom Setup Allen Bradley Data Highway Plus f ee sry Gn Brow PLC Revision Number Baud Rate 57 6K Panel Station Number Octal values Default PLC Station Number 2 Octal Values Timeout Time 1 255 3p tenths of a second D 0 D xe Poll Time 0 255 f0 tenths of a second xipueddy m SLC 500 Station Numbers SY Station Number Octal Values Character Order in Registers Char 2 Char 1 Default C Char 1 Char 2 coe NOTE If connecting to a SLC500 the Station Number of the SLC500 MUST be entered here Help
356. nfiguration click on the OK Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE If not using the default directory click on the Browse button to go to directory and folder where project will be stored Select or enter Project Name Click on Start button to Start Reading Project from Panel or Abort to quit button 10 You will return to the Project Information screen click on the OK button to accept all settings You are now ready to begin configuring your first screen If you are connected to a panel and want to transfer a project from the panel to your EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software for editing click on the Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE button Any changes you make to the project will not take effect until you write the edited project to your panel 1 From the Project Information screen click on the Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE The following screen will appear 2 Click on the Browse button if you want to navigate to another Read Project from Panel Project tobe Read from Panel As C Program Files Project Project Name demo project 1 ezt v Reading Project from Panel Connecting Using COM1 m Click on Start to read the project from panel Abort Directory or Folder where you will store your program If you want to accept the defa
357. nge click on Signed Unsigned or Floating Point they must match Pen tag type Valid Ranges will display for your selection 6 Enter a Minimum and Maximum Range within the Valid Range displayed 7 If you have selected Floating Point you may choose 0 to 5 decimal points to display on the Y Axis Major Divi sions for precise graph readings Select 0 1 2 3 4 or 5 decimal point display next to Precision for Floating Scroll Keys Clear and Stop Keys Not all of the line graph may be shown on the panel Use the ARROW keys to scroll gt KI forwards and backwards along the graph Press the CLR button to clear the readings displayed on the line graph Press the STOP button to stop the line graph from displaying the current readings IWARA SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PID Faceplate Object In addition to a ladder logic program some PLCs have process il control loop capability These PLCs use a Proportional Integral Derivative PID algorithm to generate the control output value The PID Faceplate below is an object that reads three controlled values of the PID loop and displays them in the form of a bar graph This graph provides valuable and timely process information that allows PID FACEPLATE the operator to take suitable action at the appropriate time 168 The PID Faceplate also monitors two discrete bits Mode Bit and Alarm Bit Mode Bit tells the operator whether the process is in Auto Mode
358. nge windows as non overlappingtiles Shows Tag Database Show Tag Address on Object Show Tag Name on Object oF c E m A ie sad Simulate Next State Simulate Previous State O o MR B HRRe oT OB rme mMBaa sree AX AUY 20 n BOR Object Tool Bars The Object Tool bars consist of icons that provide a shortcut to the predefined programming objects These object shortcut icons are grouped into four tool bars Basic Objects Tool Bar Text Objects Tool Bar System Objects Tool Bar and Bitmap Objects Tool Bar The objects provide generic panel replacement functions Click on the icon to place the object on the screen and set the object parameters These objects are also found in and accessible from the Main Menu Bar gt Objects From left to right as placed on the tool bar the icons and the object they represent are shown below Basic Objects Tool Bar Push Button Indicator Button Tri State Switch j zel D D S Radio Button e If Switches O O gS A Step Switch Sy 3 Q Numeric Entry Recipe Thumbwheel 8u Indicator Light O z z o i O Oo ou ta Screen J ie OF sweet amp eh F E S Text O A PAX aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Numeric Display Analog Clock Digital Clock Meter Bar Graph Line Graph PID Face Place Change Screen Alarm History Multi state Indicator Increment Decrement Value Report View
359. nnected to an EZ Series Touch Panel You may also work on line with an EZ Series Touch Panel unit to make changes to an existing project Working off line you may use EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software to design your EZ Series Touch Panel unit in your office or home or even while traveling Your project becomes as portable as your laptop and your EZ Series Touch Panel is not down while you are redesigning or making modifications as your unique application needs grow or change Your project may be transferred to the EZ Series Touch Panel at any time The transfer function allows you to select a project to be transferred to the Panel Working on line is unique to EZ Series Touch Panels Working in this mode allows you to make quick fixes or design changes to an installed EZ Series Touch Panel and its existing program You can eliminate a step or two and save time by transferring these changes directly to the current opened screen Now you can see the effect of the screen design changes you have made immediately eliminating the traditional edit compile download cycle Simply click on Save Screen or Save Project and all changes on the current opened screen will immediately be saved in the EZ Series Touch Panel Most users will employ both methods at one time or another but whether working off line or on line you will certainly appreciate the versatility and accessibility provided by EZ Series Touch Panel and its ea
360. note that the touchpanels that are rated NEMA 1 FDA Compliant can handle typical NEMA 4 4X environments such as water splashing or hosedown The only reason these panels do not have NEMA 4 4X rating is because the plastic material used for NEMA 1 FDA Compliant models does not support the flame retardancy required for NEMA 4 models Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB 512KB Yes to 1 or 512KB Yes to 1 or Yes to 1 or 512KB 2 MB Yes to 1 or 512KB 2 MB 512KB Yes to 1 or 512KB Yes to 1 or Yes to 1 or LL ww ihe vee he vee i e er e P w afl r O 2 T O Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 6 inch Color Models In the table below are the 6 inch Color EZ Series Touch Panel models If using an option board connector you cannot use the PLC port at the same time to connect to another type PLC The panel supports only one PLC driver at a time EZ S6C FS 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or 6 TFT Color with Slim Yes to 1 or P 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or EZ T6C FSD 6 TFT Color with Slim 512KB Yes to 1 or Bezel 2 MB 7 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 EZ S6C FSE Slin Bezel 512KB Yes All plus Ethernet I P FDA p 6 TFT Color with Slim Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 Eztecrsn A TER N Re E All plus AB DH and Remote vo NEMA 1 Bezel 2 MB 6 STN Color with Yes to 1 or NEMA 1 EZ S6C FSM Slim Bezel 512K
361. nt PLCs with the same HMI program You only need to design the HMI program once Just change the tag definitions to match the PLC you have to use saving you a great deal of screen development and troubleshooting time Support for Importing New Image Formats JPEG GIF and ICO images are now supported allowing you to easily import more images into your projects New 4 000 Symbol Library The EZ Series Touch Panel software provides an even larger library of pre built objects allowing you to create great new graphical screens e Report object Send reports from your application to your printer View File object added for EZCE Touchpanel Configure a button that when pressed will launch a Windows CE File Viewer to view a Windows file The File Viewer application launched can be X EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual determined both manually and automatically Enhancement for AB Drivers New PL Support for ST amp Long File types in AB Drivers Support for full range of I O and direct addressing of I O for DF1 and Micrologix Support ControlLogix and Compact Logix Tag names Support for binary files B3 0 0 using the shortcut method of B3 0 B3 1 and B3 2 C Drivers added Aromat Control Techniques Unidrive 2 wire 4 wire binary Control Technology Corporation CTC CTC2600 2700 and 5100 CTC Binary Idec Computer Link Mitsubishi CC Link CC Link protocol Siemens S7_200 Square D Sy
362. ntry Read only map entries are INPUT file OUTPUT file and the control word of TIMERS COUNTERS and CONTROL structures 0x0200 PLC Transmit Buffer Full The error is reported if the transmit buffer becomes full in the PLC driver 0x8000 Error Code XX This error is reported when the PLC driver encounters an unknown error This should never occur Time outs This specifies the amount of time the panel will wait for a reply to a message before triggering an error Each message sent to the PLC must be acknowledged by the PLC The acknowledgment must be received within the time out period After the message has been sent twice with no response the time out message will be displayed Driver Errors for Micrologix SLC 500 with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have incompatible revision 0x0002 PLC error incorrect map size This error occurs when an incompatible map is loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this occurs 0x0004 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many register on the display that can be monitored 0x0008 PLC MSG time out CMD X WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual This error occurs when the unit does not receive a reply to its command The unit will retry a command and wait for the specific time out period before reporting this comm
363. o large for the screen you will EPN Symbol when p be allowed to import the bitmap RIEC ECR ETE Factor Factor of 3X will be replaced with this size El symbol Sizing a Dynamic Bitmap object in Symbol Factory works 7 the same way eS E SSS ESE EEE EEE SEES n Symbol Type Picture Use built in colors Panel Display Screen Information Reboot Clear Program Flash Update PLC Driver Time Date Diagnostics Monitor Tags COM Configuration Gonnect to Modem Hangup Modem Connection Initialize Panel Modem Simulate Project NOTE When going on line with any of the Panel Menu items ensure that the correct COM Port Ethernet is selected Click on COM Configuration to make your selection Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Panel Menu Display Screen This selection allows you to select a screen to display on the panel To display a screen enter the number or click on the name in the Screen List to highlight it and then click on the Display button Display Screen JJ D h D D O D Number 3 Alarm Screen Screen List 1111 New Screen 3 Alarm Screen Pump Operation Screen Monitor Pump Screen Information Panel Information x Revisions PLC Driver Hardware PLC Manufacturer DirectLogic Boot Software A F PLC Model K Sequence Exec Software c0 PLC Driver Code Revision 4 Memory bytes
364. o set up an OMRON PLC OMRON PLC s Host Link setup configuration is done by setting a series of switches on the Host Link unit Set the switches in accordance with the figure and tables provided below Setting Switches swt Before setting switches be sure to turn off the power to the PC Using a standard Unit No screwdriver set each switch so that the desired set value appears on the window sw2 below the switch SW1 to SW4 are set to 0 as a factory set condition w Rate FRONT PANEL SWITCH SETTINGS Command level parity SW1 and SW2 transmission Set the Unit No of the Host Link Unit by using SW1 and SW2 A Unit No from format 00 to 31 can be set Do not set the same Unit No in duplicate SW3 SW4 Sets the transmission speed Sets the command level parity and Match the transmission speed transmission format of the Host Link Unit to the host Command Transmission SW4 Parity Level Format computer sw3 Transmission Speed oo Only 1 oo p 300 bps Ever 2 zaas i Yoo a ii 3 ee ASCII 7 bits 3 ao Only 1 w 2 stop bits O a co aS O l qA 2 400 bps s p 4 800 bps 6 taens 5 9 600 bps a fou a mow o f Even D w 1 stop bit C E e pem C Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual BACK PANEL SWITCH SETTINGS Set CTS Switch to always ON Set Switches SW1 through SW4 in the OFF the 0 or down position position as shown in the figure below This is the Single Link setting
365. object IF PLC value i 23 it will be displayed as 230 Click on the Digital Display Tab to Format the numbers and how they will be displayed on the Meter 1 Click on the box in front of Digital Display if you want the current register values to display on the meter 2 Click on Justification and select from the following Lead ing Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces 3 Click on Total under Digits Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the Data Type of the Tag that you want to display 4 lf you want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maxi mum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits Scaling Tab Under the Meter object Scaling tab you can scale the value in the PLC to another value on the Meter Enter Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values and Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual eter EI General Alarms Digital Display Scaling Visibilty Details Label Text METER HA icp poton 2 Maximum 65535 BIE Number of Sub Divisions Coles Coor N Background x Show Tick Numbers V Needle E Precision for Floating Point Y l gt Minimum and Maximum Ranges Precision for Floating Point enabled 3 decimal places are d
366. ocations Note If a Discrete tag is chosen enter a 0 for OFF or a 1 for ON Protection see Button Object Visibility Details see Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Recipe object button on the screen and size it To size the object grab a handle and drag e To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button while dragging the object to where you want it placed on the screen IWAS SESH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Thumbwheel Object The function of this object is similar to Numeric Entry Button The EEI Thumbwheel object allows you to display a Thumbwheel keypad on the he panel This button can be 1 to 5 digits Using the popup thumbwheel the operator can change each digit separately The operator presses the UP or DOWN arrow to increment or decrement the value of each digit Press the enter button to write that value to the defined tag This allows the operator Thumbwheel Object to assign a value to a specific PLC register Language 4 Character Sime E Label Text THUMEW HEEL Pasion Color fe Ties Test z aa Eackgiound HE Tagh Humber ol wheels y E Dispar Frama Chaiacla Size B T Dasta T ppe Ureignad rescanial Cancel Hap
367. occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The unit is receiving invalid data 0x0008 Protocol Error The driver has received a serial communications protocol error from the PLC The driver is unable to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0040 PLC Error Incorrect Map Size An incompatible map has been loaded into the unit The driver will not attempt to communicate with the PLC when this error occurs 0x0080 Invalid write to panel register nnn A write was attempted to the panel s internal register nnnn when that register is mapped to a read only location in the PLC 0x0100 PLC Communications Timeout The panel is unable to communicate with the PLC 0x0200 Invalid attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used DirectNet Protocol except DL330 340 Direct Logic PLC Models DL05 D2 240 D2 250 D2 240 250 DCM D3 350 D3 350 DCM D4 430 D4 440 D4 450 DL405 Series all with DCM 0x0000 No Error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Invalid Checksum This error occurs when a message with an invalid checksum is received by the unit The unit is receiving invalid data WAR setae Touch Panel
368. ogram Tags MainRoutine E Unscheduled Programs the right 5 The Select Module Type window will appear Select Generic Ethernet Module as shown below 6 Inthe next window RSLogix will ask for Motion croues f Ungrouped Axes Ga Trends Select Module Type xi 5 bake Ti Type Major Revision User Defined ETHERNET MODULE Mo o an sree p Predefined H 8 Module Defined 1 3 1 0 Configuration 1756 10 100 Mbps Ethemet Bridge Fiber Media 1 756 ENB T A 1756 10 1 00 Mbps Ethemet Bridge Twisted Pair Media 1756 ENE T A 1756 Ethernet Communication Inteiface 1756 ENE T B 1756 Ethernet Bridge 1794 10 1 00 Mbps Ethemet Adapter Fiber Media 1794 10 1 00 Mbps Ethemet Adapter T wisted Pair Media Cut Sey bdule Faut Paste Delete Show Vender an T M Ohe F Srecistyizo Selecta L M Analoo WM Digtal M Communication M Metion I Controller Clea Al So Module Properties EtherNetIP_Scanner ETHERNET MAMME 11 Cross Reference Print Properties Type ETHERNET MODULE Generic Ethemet Module endor Allen Bradley Faer EtherNetlP_Scanner Neme Generic_EthernetiP Description f Comm Eermat Daa SINT a Addess Host Name IP Address KXK XXX XXX XXX C Host Name eU nipesfied gt information regarding the communication to the Generic Module Enter a name for the module We have used Gene
369. ogram in the panel press Cancel and first Read program from Panel and save it on your PC Shell Help You ve just completed Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel ENTER SECURITY CODE Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual You have now successfully configured a PLC created a user program transferred it to the EZ Series and established communication between the PLC and panel O 5 H This simple tutorial has taken you through the major steps to creating a working link between your application and an EZ Series Of course there are almost unlimited capabilities for creating a program unique to your application Changes are easy too Create your own Demo project based on this one adding color password protection and dynamic graphics for instance EZ Series and EZ Series Editor Programming Software are practical versatile and best of all make it EZ for you to create a dynamic interface for your application Project Setup In this chapter ON LINE and OFF LINE Projects Project Setup Entering Project Information Step 1 Designing Screens Step 2 Write Your Program to Panel Step 3 Q P dp _ S t i ou Project Setup Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Decide now if you want to work ON LINE or OFF LINE You may create a new project on your PC by working off line not co
370. olor 320x240 DirectLogic Only i ivers EZP S6C F6 6 STN EZP TBC FS TFT Color 320x240 All Drivers on a name just leave it as is you can change it later Click on the DOWN arrow to the right of the Panel Type field to view choices Select the Panel Type you are using Click on the DOWN arrow to the right of PLC Type and Protocol to view the list Select the PLC Type and Protocol you are using Click on the View Edit PLC COM Setup to edit the PLC Attributes A dialog box will appear that is particular to the type of PLC you have selected in the previous step Set the attributes to match e PLC Revision Number F Baud Rate Paty odd J SelectRS485 No x Control RTS No X Require CTS No Data Timeout 0 40 sec 40 C pee e Note If the DirectLogic PLC you are using has a mode switch it must remain in the TERM position your PLC Click OK You should now be back to the Project Information screen Check to ensure that your Ethernet COM Port is set to match your PC COM1 COM2 COM3 or COM4 or if you want an Ethernet Ethernet COM Part Ethernet r Select Panel connection select Ethernet A Select Panel button will appear as shown below Click on the Select Panel button to begin Ethernet configuration Please note For help with Ethernet configuration refer to the Ethernet Option Card Manual P N EZP ETHERNET M or Ethernet Help topics When finished with Ethernet Co
371. olution Click on the Recipe tab and enter a tag in the first box Numeric Entry Numeric Display Error J05_1 PLC Value 1 is greater than PLC Value 2 Solution Enter a value for PLC Value 1 that is less than PLC Value 2 Error J05_2 Display Value 1 is greater than Display Value 2 Solution Enter a value for Display Value 1 that is less than Display Value 2 Meter Error J06_1 LowLow limit should be greater than Minimum value Error J06_2 Low limit should be greater than LowLow limit Error J06_3 LowLow limit is greater than High limit Error J06_4 High limit is greater than HighHigh limit Error J06_5 HighHigh limit is greater than Maximum value Reason You will get above errors when the following rule is not met Minimum Value lt Low Low Limit lt Low Limit lt High Limit lt High High Limit lt Maximum Value Solution Change the values appropriately Note while changing the values of alarm limits use the following rule of thumb e If you are changing the values towards higher values start from HighHigh limit and go backwards e If you are changing the values towards lower values start from LowLow limit and go upwards Bar Graph Error J07_1 Mid value is not in between Minimum and Maximum values Reason You will get above errors when the limits for alarm are not within selected tag s data range Solution You need to modify the values so that the values are within appropriate range PID Faceplat
372. om and ShowGrid There are 4 levels of zooming into a picture to show closer detail of pixels within the bitmap You can add or remove gridlines by checking or clearing the Show Grid check box while in Zoom level 4 as shown below Grid at Zoom Level 4 Here is an example of a bitmap as it appears with the ShowGrid feature turned Zoom on at Zoom Level 4 Zoom 4 z SSOP PSSST Ce ea E ath aie C ee sae Loa a ath aon ait aa h ane Loa af t L h WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual f Actions Toolbar ra ejN L el f L Pencil Tool Paintbucket Tool Selection Tool PZN L Line Tool Eraser Tool Airbrush Tool L Rounded Rect Tool Ellipse Tool Rectangle Tool m Pog L Curve Tool Polygon Tool Using the Actions Toolbar The Actions Toolbar offers tools you can use to create edit simple or elaborate drawings Each tool is described below Selection Tool Drag the pointer to create a selection area Then click the Crop button removing everything outside of the se lection area Paintbucket Tool Click the area or solid color in the image which you want to fill with the background color If the shape you want to fill has any breaks in its border the fill color spreads to the rest of the drawing area Pencil Tool Drag the pointer to free form lines using the foreground color After dragging a line left clicking will start a new line r
373. on B rp NE Baud Rate 19200 Parity Even 7 ram E Stop bits One 7 DM Port Checksum Type crc x X Timeout Time 1 255 tenths of a second a Poll Time 0 255 fo tenths of a second Cancel Hep PLC Type and Protocol Thrk Do Map file Ok Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual MicroLogix DF1 Half Duplex use this driver if connecting to 1747KE Module Channel Configuration The following screens provide you with an tesa Chan 0 System example of how to set up a MicroLogix PLO na a Naess with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol a _ Idecenall Paty i T To set up the MicroLogix PLC DF1 Full MEMME Duplex using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Protocol Cortial Open EZ Series Touch Panel Programming O Nc Hendshaking Poll Timeout 20 mel 55 Software and configure Project Information as Emor Detection CRE shown in the figure below I EOT Suppression I Duplicate Pockel Detect klertage Reties 3 After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol Pre Trersmt Delay fel ms 0 click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return fe N to the Project Information f ages any 23 i screen Click on the OK bution to begin creating Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later yo
374. on and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Numeric Entry Object ils Numere Entry Object 00562 Demo Numeric Entry MINIMUM 0 MAX IMUM 93999 aren Please Note Numeric label is truncated to 20 characters on the popup keypad The Numeric Entry object allows you to write a value to a PLC register A numeric keypad will pop up when the Numeric Entry object is pressed on the EZ Series Touch Panel screen When you select a Tag Name you will be selecting the PLC location where you want the keypad accumulator data to go In other words the value the operator enters on the keypad will be written to the PLC location Numeric EE EEE General Scaling Notification amp Handshake Protection Visibilty Details T Label Text Language 4 Character Size 5x6 Label Text NUM ENTRY Position Color Top Text Bottorn Background E IV Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose v Display Entry and 7 Frame Display Tag Entry Tag z F RangeCheck Valid Range Minimum f Brame 0 Maimum 65535 Maximum 65535 Format Data Type Unsigned Decimal 7 Justification Leading Spaces Size 68 es l Color Digits Tet W 6 Bink Total Digits E Background T Blink Fractional Digits p Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name 7
375. on is the display equivalent of graph paper Represented by a series of dots the grid helps you align your drawings and objects and make them more precise There are three ways to enable this function 1 Click on the icon in the Standard Tool bar 2 Right click onggi empty area of the screen window The menu shown to the H will appear Click on Display Grid 3 From the Main Menu Bar click on Screen gt Display Grid You can also activate this feature from the Grid Size dialog box described above A check mark will appear to show you that it is enabled Click on it again to hide the Grid Snap to Grid Snap to Grid attaches lines rectangles circles and other drawn objects to grid points as they are drawn Objects placed on the screen will align with the grid also There are three ways to enable this function Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Click here to Snap to Grid Cut Objects Copy Objects Paste Objects Select All New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Zoom v Display Grid v Show Touch Cells Screen Description Background Color 1 Click on the icon in the Standard Tool bar 2 Right click otaga empty area of the screen window The menu shown to the He will appear Click on Snap to Grid 3 From the Main Menu Bar click on Screen gt Grid Size A dialog box will appear Click on the box in front of Snap to Grid You can also activate this feature from
376. on sequence image 0 The next image in the sequence image 1 would be displayed the next time the discrete tag transitions from off to on Similarly the third and final image in the sequence image 2 would be displayed when the animation object is currently displaying the second image and the discrete tag value transitions from off to on Specifying loop control Loop control allows you to specify whether you want the animation sequence to occur continuously or just once If you want the animation to happen only once click on the radio button labeled Ani mate Only Once For continuous animation click on the radio button labeled Animate Continu ously Note that loop control is only applicable if animation sequence control is determined by a timer or a discrete tag Specifying Restart Animation Sequence The Restart Animation Sequence option allows you to restart an animation from the beginning based on the value of discrete tag This option only applies to animation object whose sequence control is determined by a timer or a discrete tag To specify this option perform the following steps 1 Enter the Restart Tag name or click on the down arrow and select the tag from the available choices If the tag name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your PLC type and select the Data Type from avai
377. on the message in the list and then click on the Change Attributes to Default Attributes button 8 To copy a Message click on it in the list to highlight and then right click your mouse A popup menu will appear Click on Copy a Then click on Paste and the window shown to the right will appear b Select the message number or bit number that you want to copy the message to c You may also choose to have the software Confirm before overwriting Overwrite without confirmation or Do not overwrite a message Click on the radio button in front of the option you want to enable d Check to ensure that you have made the proper selec tions and then click OK to accept or Cancel to quit without copying e You can make changes to the message you have copied by clicking on it and then selecting Add Edit IWANA ECAH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Bitmap Objects System Objects Muli state Indicator 4 Dynamic Bitmap Increment Decrement Yalue Bitmap Button Mulki state Bitmap Bitmap Objects allow you to create simple to complex objects You can use the extensive built in Symbol Fac tory library to copy and paste hundreds of graphic files directly to the project screen You can also use your own bitmap bmp Windows Metafile wmf or Windows Enhanced Metafile emf graphic files They can be ar ranged and positioned in just about any manner you prefer Dynamic Bitmap
378. onfiguration Select PLZ Upgrade Eria Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PASSWORD for the GROUP Managers type in 1234 Click OK 12 Next we ll create a Numeric Display object Click on Objects gt Numeric Display The following dialog box will appear 13 Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label 14 In the field next to Label Text type in Demo Numeric Display lease Note Once the password General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection is entered for Managers all objects that you configure for GROUP Password Tag PASSWORD TAG Protection at the Manager Managers Password jy 1234 level will now require the fEngneers ss Pcsoword mio od Password 1234 Supervisors Password 0 a O 5 H Numeric Display xi General Scaling Visibilty Details Label Text Language fi Character Size 6x8 7 Label Text Numeric Display Position Ciam E Top ot MS f Bottom Background To EDIT TAG DETAILS right NH click the mouse while the ERIC DISPLAY J biom cursor is on Tag Name m Format Data Type BCD Justification Leading Spaces f Size 6x8 Color Digits Text B Bink Total Digits 4 4 Background I Bink Fractional Digits 0 T Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name z Press Enter T
379. ons Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Object on the screen and size it To size the object grab a handle and drag it to the size you want To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to the area on the screen that you want it to appear WARY SLAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Text Objects Static Text This object allows you to place text anywhere on the screen to provide information screen description etc You can choose whether or not to display a frame around the text and whether or not you want it to be transparent You can move the tool bar to other locations on the programming window by clicking and holding the left mouse button on the 2 Static Under the General tab you will make the following selections Triggered Lookup Dynamic Test General Test Entry Language jJ Character Sizef6x8 Grab a handle with your v aac Text STATIC TEXT 5 A Al AW A p I y A Justification F Di Horizontal Vertical a oi The Text Object Tool B ae Hi 7 oo The Tex ject Tool Bar as eter A aii i it originally appears in the C Right A lika E programming window i i Background Select a Language 1 9 that you want the text to display in handle bar see above and 2 Select a Character Size from those available e g 6 x 8 8 x 16 dragging to where you want it 8 x 32 l l to
380. or 2 3 4 5 6 to monitor and illustrate General Pen XY Axis Visibility Details m AniS ShowTicks A Label Major Divisions 4 Language 4 Color H Minor Divisions 2 Woe x Axis V Show Y Axis grid V Show Tick Numbers Y Axis Av ShowTicks Label Major Divisions f4 Language 1 2 Color J Minor Divisions 2 V Show Axis grid Text v Axis Range Note Select the sign type signed or unsigned that matches the sign of pen tag data types Valid Ranges IV Show Tick Numbers C Signed Mr o Unsigned i 4294967295 f Floating Point Maximum 4294967295 Precision for Floating 7 Cancel Help 2 Select the Color and Line Type from the available choices 3 Select the Language Number 1 9 4 Click in the Legend field and type in the text you would like to display in the legend for Pens 1 through 6 The legend will display the Color and Line type and what you enter in the Legend field Limit the legend names to 16 characters maximum 5 Click on the box in front of Display Legend if you want the legend to appear on the line graph object Click on the XY Axis tab to continue formatting your Line Graph The Line Graph is set up with the vertical axis Y representing the Tag value Value and the horizontal axis X represents time Readings Under X Axis make the following selections 1 Choo
381. or C500 with EZ OMRON CBL i i Hostlink protocol 15 pin D shell male connector to 25 pin D shell male connector EZ ARCOL CBL 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Aromat PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 5 pin mini DIN male connector EZ CTRLUNI CBL 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Control Techniques Unidrive 4 wire 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector EZ CTRLUNI CBL 1 10 RS485 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Control Techniques Unidrive 2 wire 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector EZ CTCBI CBL 10 RS232 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Control Technology Corportation CTC 15 pin D Shell male connector to RJ12 EZ IDECM CBL 10 RS485 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to IDEC Micro 3 PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 8 pin Mini DIN connector 10 RS485 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Modicon Uni Telway EZ MODUNI CBL Telemecanique TSX 37 Micro PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 8 pin mini DIN connector 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Modicon Modbus Be ee RTU 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell male connector EZ S7200 CBL 10 RS485 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Siemens S7 200 PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell male connector EZ SYMAX CBL 10 RS422
382. or Manual Mode Alarm Bit tells the operator if any alarm for the process is active or not Process Variable PV is the controlled variable in the process It is the actual value measured Set Point SP is the theoretical perfect value of the Process Vari able Output Variable controls the Process Variable Using PID algorithm the PLC calculates this value and uses it to keep the Process Variable as close the to Set Point value as possible PID FacePlate General Legends Visibilty Details T Label Text Language BE Character Size 6x8 Label Text PID FACE Text Background x T op Bottom Position Color IV Display Frame Process Yariable Set Point Tag Names Bar Color Background Process Variable mm H Set Po Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Total ge Fract pa Output Tag Name Minimum 0 Total ge BarColor Alarm Bit Tag Maximum g5535 Fract o Background JEE E Mode Bit Tag OK Cancel Help o To put a Label on the PID Faceplate object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page amp gt IV ARIA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the rig
383. or communication from panel Write to Panel Related Errors Error C02_1 Selected panel does not match connected panel Write to panel is aborted Reason When writing to the panel if the panel type selected on the screen Step 1 Project Information does not match the panel that the computer and PLC are physically connected to the program loader will not upload project Solution Exit the OFF LINE Editor to the Step 1 Project Information screen and select the appropriate panel type for the connected panel Error C02_2 Unable to update PLC driver Reason You will receive this error message if communication is not working between the programming software and the panel or if the panel is still trying to communicate with the old driver and you are attempting to update the driver Solution Restart the panel and try communicating with the panel If you still face this problem clear memory from panel using Panel gt Clear Memory and update the PLC driver and then save your project Ensure that you have the project saved to disk before you do clear memory Error C02_3 PLC Attributes could not be written to the Panel Error C02_4 Tags could not be written to the Panel Error C02_5 Error in sending Project attributes to panel Error C0O2_ 6 Error in sending screens to panel Error C02_7 Error in sending alarm database to panel Error C02_8 Error in sending message database to panel Solution Check the connections betwee
384. ore information Error 72 DUP_IP_OR_TIMEOUT Screen Message Duplicate IP address Connection timeout Condition The option card has a network status error This error can occur for a minor flashing red LED or a major steady red LED fault Check the module status indicator to obtain more information Determined that the IP address used to configure the module is already being used on the subnet Error 73 NO_ETHERNET_LINK Screen Message Not connected to Ethernet network Condition The option card is not connected to an Ethernet network or has lost its Ethernet network connection Error 74 CIP_LERROR NOT IMPLEMENTED screen Message CIP Err XX NN E CCCCC III AAA MMMMM Condition A device has replied with an error while attempting to process an explicit message oO z gt oO oO m y xipueddy fo ae 26 TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho IDAR T 3 a 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual GENERIC PROFIBUS DP ERROR CODE DESCRIPTIONS Driver Generated Errors Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 1 NO_OPTION_BD Screen Message NO OPTION CARD Condition You will receive this error message if the Profibus DP option card is not present Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 2 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVA
385. ore up to 64 alarms and when the 65th alarm comes in it will dump the oldest alarm Click on the box next to Print if you want the alarm message to print out the Serial Port of the panel every time it is triggered The Alarm print outs will look similar to the following Click on the box next to Display if you want the alarm to be displayed on the panel when triggered TIME amp DATE 10 40 38 23 MAY 01 ACTUAL VALUE STATE ON ALARM DISCRETE ALARM 1 TIME amp DATE 10 41 30 23 MAY 01 ACTUAL VALUE STATE OFF ALARM DISCRETE ALARM 1 TIME amp DATE 10 43 04 23 MAY 01 ACTUAL VALUE 555 STATE LOW ALARM NUMERIC ALARM 1 TIME amp DATE 10 43 31 23 MAY 01 ACTUAL VALUE 3000 STATE OFF ALARM NUMERIC ALARM 1 ED Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual NOTE The Add New Alarm 8 and Edit Alarm Details dialog boxes default to Log and Display enabled check mark Select the Language number and type in the Alarm Text message you want to display on the panel when the alarm is triggered The message can be up to 34 characters in up to 9 different languages Oo hn ob tps 3 am in box preceding feature Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Read EzTags Export Tags b Import Tags b Alarm Database Export Alarms N To Excel Message Database Export Messages b Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware
386. ormation Display Saver 30 1500 minutes 0 Disabled Project Attributes NOTE To set the panel COM1 General Printer Passwords Clock Panelto PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection port to Printer see Appendix D BaudRate RSUINEN T Select RS485 M Require CTS M Control RTS The length of time in minutes that passes before the screen saver is activated The timer is reset when a new screen is displayed or when the screen is touched or an alarm is activated Default Language Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual This value is the language that the panel will use when it powers up Choose from Languages 1 to 9 Languages are programmed when creating the object text or in the Message Database Languages are named under the Language Tab To change the active language when in the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software click on Edit gt Current Editing Language JJ D R D D O D Display large keypad on panel Defaults to smaller one Select this option if you are using an 8 10 or 15 inch panel and you want the popup keypad to take up the entire screen area This option is grayed out not available if you have select a 6 inch panel Enable Beeper When the beeper is enabled the beeper will sound when the screen is touched on an active area If the beeper is disabled the beeper never Project Attributes General Printer Passwords Clock
387. orner handle changes the width and height simultaneously on the box in front of Managers Click on OK OOOO hl General Scaling Notificaton amp Handshake Protection Yisbilty Detais pv Password Protect Object Allow acces to fellawing user groups M Managers I Shik 1 Operators Engineers I Shit 2 Operators M Supervisers 7 Shift 3 Operators T Maintenance General Edit Passwerds Cancel Help 8 A cross hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position cross hair where you want the object to appear and click once 9 Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown to the right 10 Now go to the Main Menu Bar and click on Setup gt Project Attributes 11 Click on the Passwords tab Under From the Main Menu Bar click Tag Databana on Setup gt Project Attributes gt Tag ross Releence Passwords to enter the password Rard EZT aia for the Numeric Entry Object Export Tag F Import Taga F You may have noticed that on the djanm Dataa Numeric Entry Object Protection Export Alans b tab there is a button that says Edit Passwords You can use this Message Database button to enter the password for eei Mh F the object but in this tutorial we Project ttributan wanted to provide you with an Project Description example of how Project Attribute configuration relates to object c
388. ory Power Consumption Parameters Values software program the Port 1 and Port 2 as shown to the right Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Port Mode SNP f Port Type Slove Project Information screen as shown ETET ai in the figure below Parity Odd Stop Bits 1 Timeout Long After selecting the PLC Type and Turnaround Delay mSec in 10 mSec Ir 0 SNP ID Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Converter Power Consumption Amps 0 Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating Step 1 Project Information wa E s ase SET af Fe GS easy as lt E4Seres Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D t EZAutomation Phone 1 7 7 7 74 EASY US eMC aa St Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later your EZ Series Touch Panel i SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION J Project Project Location r Pisses ee C Program FilesS EZPanelE nhanced Project Browse P to Panel Later Project Name Q gt GE 90730 90 70 SNP X eae a oa new project ez Filmiware REVISON E PLC Edeor Version B c Xx L Start Editing Screen O O Baud Rate Ea tpecrodll ot Number fi x Name New Screen 7 terths of a secon Parity oud
389. other objects to these tags NOTE The steps necessary to program your panel to monitor the PLC for errors and trigger an alarm are provided in the Troubleshooting Appendix A see How do I Log and Display Time Tags Hour word Tag for internal location that the panel sets with the hour 1 12 or 0 23 depending on hour mode Minute word Tag for internal location that the panel sets with the minute 00 59 Second word Tag for internal location that the panel sets with the second 00 59 Clock Source If you select Internal the panel maintains clock using onboard Real Time Clock chip The panel will write data and time values to the PLC if the tags are mapped to the PLC SEE NOTE TO THE LEFT If you select External the panel uses values from the tags in place of internal Real Time Clock The panel will read these values from the PLC if the tags are mapped to the PLC SEE NOTE TO THE LEFT Under the Panel to PLC tab you will enter the following attributes Current Screen word Tag for the register that the panel writes to indicating the screen number that is currently displayed on the panel Good Communication Toggle Discrete Watchdog this bit is toggled every 5 seconds allowing the PLC to determine if the panel is communicating Low Battery Discrete Indicates battery for system RAM needs to be replaced Cleared on power up set when low battery is detected ELA EERIE MESSER 7 Screen Buf
390. ous Errors Mxx_x Value Range Errors Vxx_x Value Errors common to all objects Error V01_1 Minimum value is not within range Error V01_2 Maximum value is not within range Error V01_3 Minimum value is greater than maximum value Error V01_4 Maximum value is less than minimum value Value Errors related to Meter object Error V02_1 LowLow limit is not within range Error V02_2 Low limit is not within range Error V02_3 High limit is not within range Error V02_4 HighHigh limit is not within range Value Errors related to Numeric Entry Numeric Display Error V03_1 PLC Value 1 is not within range Error V03_2 PLC Value 2 is not within range Error V03_3 Display Value 1 is not within range Error V03_4 Display Value 2 is not within range Value Error related to Bar Graph Error V04_1 Mid value is not within range Value Errors related to PID Faceplate Error V05_1 Process value Minimum is not within range Error V05_2 Process value Maximum is not within range Error V05_3 Output value Minimum is not within range Error V05_ 4 Output value Maximum is not within range WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Value Error related to Recipe object Error V06_1 Value is not within range Reason These errors occur when a value is not within selected tag s data range Solution Enter a value that is within the appropriate range Valid ranges for various tag data types are
391. owing steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty em ed Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the touch object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button IWANA OLEH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Back ground 5 Ifyou want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Application FLASH myprogram exe Auto Name File Name FLASH myproject xyz Enter an Application and File name In the Application Name field please enter the name of the applica tion including its path that would open the fi
392. p to twenty five multiple write requests simultaneously However under some situations the write queue could be over run with requests The user should ensure that the network has significant bandwidth to handle the traffic Error 28 Adapter Read Queue Overflow Not used in this release Error 29 Direct Net send request failed The EZEthernet Card was unable to send a Koyo DirectNet protocol packet Contact Technical Support Error 30 K Sequence send request failed The EZEthernet Card was unable to send a Koyo K Sequence protocol packet Contact Technical Support Error 31 K Sequence negative response The EZEthernet Card received an error response from the targeted slave node Error 32 Write tag retry count exceeded The EZEthernet Card was unable to successfully process a user tag write request This occurs only after the attempt failed for the number of retries specified for the node in the EZEthernet Configuration Utility This error normally indicates a network problems The user should adjust the node s timeout and retry settings until this error is no longer seen E Exceeded system tag limit WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual The EZEthernet adapter was told to process a single screen of data that contained more than the tag limit 500 tags screen for reads 25 tags request on writes The user should spread some of the tags across a second screen Error 34
393. pear 6 Click onthe View Edit PLC Com Setup to edit the PLC Attributes Set the attributes to match those PLC Editor Revision B in the DirectLogic K Sequence Baud Rate attributes dialog box shown to the a right Click OK These settings i must match the PLC Com Port Select S485 kzl settings Check your PLC User Control RTS o gt Manual for port settings for your l particular PLC o nol Data Timeout 0 40 sec 40 Step 1 is complete Note If the DirectLogic PLC you are using has a mode switch it must remain in the TERM position Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Step 2 You are now ready for Step 2 Design Your Screens In Step 2 we will place 4 objects on the screen You have already configured your PLC ladder logic for this Demo Project in the first part of the tutorial The EZ Series Editor Programming Software working environment is shown below Tool bars provide easy access to all major programming functions and features The objects shown below represent the touch buttons and displays that will be transferred to the panel and communicate with the PLC when this tutorial is completed PROGRAMMING TIP Before you begin placing objects on the programming screen click on Edit gt Default Tag Data Type and select BCD_INT_16 is By selecting the default data type as BCD_INT_16 here you won t have to select it later when configuring the tag details for the objects Please
394. perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Choose the Number of Steps from 1 to 4 in the process or application that you want your switch to control Enter the number of steps or click on the up down arrows to select NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear IWASE Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Step 1 Tab General Protection Visibiity Details Step 1 Step 2 Tag Name 7 On Off Text Language On Text On Off Text Off Char Size Color Text Blink Background Blink OnText 6x8 gt EA FAT oftet fes My Fa T 4 5 Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons Click on Step 1 tab Enter Tag Name for Step 1 Select Language 1 to 9 for On Off Text and then enter the On Text and Off Text that you want to appear within Step Switch 1 Select Character Size Color of Text and Background and whether or not Text and or Background will Blink Repeat for Step 2 Step 3 and Step 4 if necessary Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to t
395. played if the driver found a tag that does not exist on the data table For example the Row or Column number was out of the range of the PLC s data table limits PLC TIMEOUT This error will display if the driver did not receive a reply to a message in the allowed time DT STRING OUT BOUNDS Screen Message Condition data MESSAGE STRING OUT OF BOUNDS Txxxxx xxx BB This error will display if the driver found a tag that does not exist on the table For example the message string included a column number that was out of the range of the PLC s data table limits INVALID_DRIVER_STATE Screen Message Condition INVALID DRIVER STATE Never should occur GENERAL_ERROR Screen Message Condition LAST_ERROR Screen Message Condition ERROR CODE xxx Never should occur N A Never should occur DIRECTLOGIC PLCS K Sequence Protocol Direct Logic PLC Models DL05 DL105 D2 230 D2 240 D2 250 D3 350 D4 430 D4 440 D4 450 ban e e zA D V gt e e J Ke y xipueddy o c o 26 c C J 0 o B oQ lt PAX a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 0x0000 No Error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Invalid Checksum This error
396. point tags Why do I not see all the discrete tags in a pushbutton object on the Tag Name pulldown You may have defined tags as discrete but if the PLC addresses assigned to these tags are read only addresses then you will not see these tags The reason is because a pushbutton writes discrete data to the PLC address and if a tag is mapped to a Read Only PLC address the pushbutton is not allowed to write the data Can I use a label on a vertical Radio button No a label is not available for either vertical style Radio button or vertical style Tri State Switch y xipueddy How does a Radio button work A Radio button is assigned to a word 16 bit register in the PLC Each bit in the word of this associated tag corresponds to an individual button of the Radio button object Only one button can be ON at a time So turning one button ON automatically turns all other buttons OFF an e c D gt e e Ke What is the initial state of objects when the project is written to the panel If the object reads from the PLC it will show the current PLC value If it writes to the PLC it will default to zero for OFF What will be the state of objects if they are mapped to internal tags Internal tags are initialized to OFF When I select a group of objects and try to move will all the objects do not move Yes if you select a group of Objects you can move this group anywhere on the screen Whereas with
397. ppear on the screen IWARA AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Increment Decrement Value Object pl The Increment Decrement Value Object allows you to configure a button that when pressed will Add or Subtract from a value using two tags and a programmed value You will be able to Read a value in the first tag and then Write to another using the value you have programmed to increment or decrement that register value Increment Decrement alue General Increment Decrement Value Protection Wisibility Details Label Text Language 1 Character Size 5x8 7 Label Text Increment Decrement Value Position Color Cc T op Text gt Bottom Background i MV Display Frame Text Char Size Color aT ac Language E Text Blink ground Blink Text Increment Decrement Value 6x8 7 H E x E To put a Label on the Increment Decrement Value object per form the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 198 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 D
398. project Open the Alarm Database to make any changes You may also open the csv or Excel file make changes and then try to import again Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual use the Message Database ina Message attributes such as Character Size Text Color Background LookUp LENT ORIEC SEF CHAE Color Blink for text and or background and Language The Message A Lookup LEN PORE Database is used by the Lookup Text object to display a message on the panel The value for the message is assigned in the Tag associated with a Lookup Text object NOTE The Message Database is Message Database S a by me Lookup see ee Here you may create up to 999 messages limited by available memory or information on how to Each message may be up to 200 characters and you can choose various T O D Message Database Total Number of Messages 1 Current Editing Language 1 YES 6x8 YES BM ves 1 Perform schedule maintenance To create a new message Add New Message H Add New Message Details Dialog Box Hessage Number Ha Ene _ _ EEE Text Color fe Birk DA eee BE Background Color Jo Bink ei tts Message Message Test Press F7 to embed a data variable Language i Colors you have selected for the Ea P e e C message text and background display right in the message database window Help Add Hew Message Close Message Database Msa Pirk Char Size Text Color B
399. r EzPanaEnhanced C EZTouch C EZTA Ce Ce Ci Wiring rs 232c Select Model ALL 8 Color 6400480 Data Length 8 Bit X Ethernet COM Port p a dD ea Tine Out 1 255 39 PRA in tenths of a second 7 gt 3 PolTime 0 255 fp in tenths of a seco Ok Help Language Gies ds Default Station po 1 32 ae ee O a F C d p 20 O l qA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Control Techniques Uni Drive 2 wire 4 wire binary The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Uni Drive 2 wire 4 wire Protocol Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the figure below Step 1 Project Information After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the gt it s as easy as 1 2 3 ESenes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D parameters shown Click on EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY the OK button to save your Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ain eae eter SELECT ACTION r ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION selections You will return Project Location m Edit m To a RES lt r to the Project Info rmation OFF LE Wite C Program Files EZPanele nhanced Project Browse t ater F 7 screen Click on the OK button _ Payee ees A r rew project et
400. r images based on whichever bit is ON in z the specified PLC Address Bits are represented in Octal System Non programmed bitmap action on panel Display an enor message C Display a blank bitmap Transparent Display the last displayed bitmap ignore the new value Choose how Images will be displayed and other Image op tions Images can be displayed based on bit whichever is set or based on a value in the tag The maximum number of Images that can be programmed for an object depends on the available memory and or tag data type 1 Under Images select to Display images based on Bit Number or Image Number 2 If you chose Bit Number select either Bits are repre sented in Decimal System or in Octal System 3 Select Background Attributes of bitmap This is a local attribute for each Multi state Bitmap object Click on the down arrow next to Color to select the background color from the available selections 4 Choose whether or not you want the background to be Transparent when it appears on the panel 5 Next you will choose the Non programmed bitmap action on panel If a value or a image number is sent to the panel that does not have a valid programmed image associated with it an error message will display by default Display an error message is selected You may choose instead to have the panel Display a blank bitmap or Display the last displayed bitmap ignore the new value IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programm
401. r Dialog Non Printable Asca character 0x1 0x2F and Ox F OxFF Enter values in Hexadecimal Commonly Used Non Printable Ascii characters Esc ft CR OTF ie Under Digits click on the box in front of Auto Size if you want to have the panel automatically determine the number of digits to be placed for the embedded value Total Digits and Fractional Digits will be disabled if you choose Auto Size WARY SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual g Also under Digits you may enter the Total Digits that you want to display and enter the Fractional Digits you want to display leave at default 0 if you do not want fractional digits Embedded Command Printer Select tag from where value will be read for embedded data Selected tag is a numeric tag Digits P Auts Gheck lt 1 gt Display Format Unsigned Decimal v TotalDigts EH Justification Leading Spaces v Fractional Digts 0 Selected tag is a discrete tag On w Specify the string for sending to printer Press F7 to embed a non printable Ascii character Cancel Help h If you have selected Discrete the fields under Selected tag is a discrete tag will be available Enter the text that you want to appear within the message when the Discrete register in ON and when the Discrete register is OFF i If you have selected Printer under Embedded Command the field Specify string for se
402. r EZ Series Touch Panel Project in the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software For the purposes of this demo we are using DirectLogic K Sequence Protocol 1 From the Main Menu Bar click on Setup gt Project Attributes and then click on the Panel to PLC tab 2 Click in the field next to Error Code Value word Type in ERROR CODE VALUE for the tag name as shown below Project Attributes General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection Item Tag Name Current Screen word oOo NN LE Good Communication Toggle Discrete JT lt s s S S SCS YS Low Battery Discrete OS Screen Buffer Overflow Discrete Popup Keypad Discrete FO Current Language Number word FO PLC Error discrete and PLC Error Code Value word Map To Internal Tag Only Do not assign PLC addresses or Other objects to these tags Error Code Value word PLC Error Discrete 3 Press Enter The following ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear Add New Tag Details PleType DirectLogic K Sequence Rev A Tag Name Tag Datatype DISCRETE PLC Address tt of Characters f 4 oe mea _ coe _ ban e c 2 D V gt e e Ke y xipueddy fo oo 26 TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho 6 PAs a 0 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual LEAVE THE Address String FIELD EMPTY and select UNSIGNE
403. r Manual Setting COM1 for Printer 1 Place the panel into Setup Mode by pressing the upper left and lower left corners of the touch screen simultane ously When the panel is in Setup Mode the following screen will appear Revision Firmware Boot Hardware Clock Com 1 Computer 12 55 00 Contrast WA 19 DECO1 Part E 10C F Contrast Touchpad Display Test Test 2 Press the COM1 button When the COM1 button is pressed the following screen will appear ab Oc x 5A i Oo 25 He O ASSIGN COM1 Current Setting Computer NOTE COM1 is assigned to the computer while in setup 3 Press the Printer button to assign COM1 as a printer port When you press the Printer button the panel will return to the Main Setup screen as shown on the next page Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Revision Firmware Boot Hardware Clock Com 1 Printer 12 55 00 Contrast WA 19 DECO1 Pan E 10C F Contrast Touchpad Display Test Test COM 1 will now read Printer The panel is now set up to recognize a printer Project Attributes 1 NOTE You must set up the communi General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Alarm Protection cation parameters for your printer using EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Program ming Software ad x ipu ddy 2 e S mr Oo D D a The communication parameters must be set in the Projec
404. r decimal point Deguel pant Tec Nene A IWASE Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Click on the Scaling tab if you want the Display Value to be different than the PLC Scaling Tab Numeric Display x General s Visibility Details v Scaling PLC Value Display Value Point 1 00 fo Point 2 4035 500 m Example Scaling is only for display purpose on this object The value you enter would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Point 1 PLC Value 1 Display Value 10 Point 2 PLC Value 5 Display Value 50 Your value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object If PLC value is 23 it will be displayed as 230 Cancel Help Under the Scaling tab you can scale the value In the PLU to another value on the Numeric Display Enter Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values Scale these values by entering the Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values For example say the PLC values are an analog value of 0 4095 and represent a range of 0 500 PSI Enter a PLC Value Point 1 0 and a Display Value Point 1 0 PSI Enter a PLC Value Point 2 4095 and a Display Value Point 2 500 PSI If the PLC Value is then 1024 the Display Value will be 125 Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selecti
405. r example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maxi mum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits Scaling Tab Under the Bar Graph object Scaling tab you can scale the value in the PLC to another value on the bar graph Enter the Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values and the Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values Visibility Details See Button Object WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Line Graph Object oe The Line Graph object will continuously monitor specific Tags in Le the panel and display the value of these data tags as they change over time This allows the panel to display the graph as soon as the screen containing the graph is selected Up to 6 tags can be monitored per line graph and up to 100 line graphs can be programmed Line Graph General Pen XY Axis Visibility Details T Label Text Language P Character Size 5x5 7 Label Text LINE GRAPH r Color Pr High S f Pressure Low Temperature Text z Background x Color Background x Avis Tick J Display Frame r Sample Rate Timed Sample Rate 60 C Hour Minutes Seconds C Triggered Tag Name 7 On State Off State Total of Samples 100 Sample Per Chat 104 Number of readings to average per sample 4 Cancel Help Line graphs are unique in that most of the work is done for you The
406. r will be rounded into an exponent number Go to www entivity com for software version 6 311 or later that will support strings The maximum number of characters that the string data type will handle is 40 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Step 1 Project Information it s as easy as 1 2 3 Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location m SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later C Program FilesS EZPanelE nhanced Project Project Name rew project eat d EZSeries Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EASY waw ezautomation net y Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Number fi Name r Select Panel Start Editing Screen New Screen Panel Family Edit Program ON LINE EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC Ce Ci ris Size re Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 m Ethernet COM Port com1 PLC Type and Protocol Think n Do Map file Entivity Think amp Do Modbus Rey F _Browse _ v View Edit PLC Com Setup How do l import a Think amp Do Map file into an EZ Series Touch Panel Project 1 Start the EZ Series Touch Panel Software and select EDIT PROGRAM OFF LINE Write to panel later From here you can either create a NEW project or EDIT an EXISTING project If you are creat
407. ractional digits h If you have selected Discrete the fields under Selected tag is a discrete tag will be available Enter the text that you want to appear within the message when the Discrete register in ON and when the Discrete register if OFF i If you have selected Printer under Embedded Command the field slave will be available j Enter the ASCII string that you want to send to the printer k To embed a non printable ASCII character click in the field where you want it to appear and press F7 The following dialog box will appear Non Printable Ascii Character Dialog Non Printable Ascii character 0x1 Ox2F and Ox F OxFF Enter values m Hexadecimal Delete Commonly Used Non Printable Asci characters Dee 6 ESC Sy Mey wy Cancel Enter values in Hexadecimal in field next to Ox or you may click in front of ESC for escape FF form feed CR carriage return or LF line feed to embed these commonly used printer commands WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual m Click on Apply to enter your selections You will exit the Non Printable ASCII Character dialog and return to the Embedding Data Value dialog n The ASCII characters will appear in blue and underlined in the printer string field example show below Embedding Data Value Embedded Command Pririter Select tag from where value wall Mo be read for embedded data Selected tag is a numeric
408. ral Protection Visibiity Details T Label Text Language iR Label Text FRISTAT r Select Style or P ama Color 7 Tap Text 7 Bottom Background 7 Tag Names First Bit Second Ea z IV Display Frame Text Language Character Size exe Off Text OFF TEXT Ear oa Bakion CUR FistTen FIRSTTEXT O i CR yO Second Text SECONDTEXT wM a C NOTE For this object resizing will always be in multiples of default size o cma eo 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the switch to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Tri State Switch Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Tag Names Click on the down arrow to select or enter new Tag Names for the First Bit and for the Second Bit If the Tag Name is
409. re Version 4 3 D EzAutomation Phone 1 67 7 7 4 EASY PLC Attributes dialog Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later Ino acer Get box will appear Enter SELECT ACTION alae a the parameters shown Peg Scie C Program Files EZPanelEnhanced Project Browse Oo Click on the OK button fnete Project Name 4 new pruyoul ce gt Eime Reaton x2 to save your selections ar nro 4 D rD y ill t t th Read Program Start Editing Screen S D ou will return to the iepenen Nabe S ee NESE 20 Project Information _I 3 Select Panel Q i screen Click on the OK l Panel Family Size lt button to begin creating EN PORR EZPanelEnhanced C EZTouch C EZTouchPLC Ce s Cair Cas your EZ Select Madal ALL 8 Color 640x480 Series T o u c h Pe Eda Revision 8 Panel Baud Rate Project Paty v View Edit PLC Com Setup Select RS485 NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC The PLC driver defaults to station 1 To Control RTS iii i MA communicate with another station number the Data Timeout 040 see f3 map string must be preceded by the station number of the unit you want to communicate esa eee ae with For example 4 V2000 to communicate Wie Dosctiails PLC sol tas amp her a ade nad with station number 4 mutt remain in the TERM position Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Gener
410. re een ce tt eda pg wad eu ese gies ane satin nese nee cero eenis ee 86 Meter ace cece ores carn epee ume dcr at ah cencaee ines EE 87 PANAMA E pee new eect ec esa ea EEEE ee ee 89 PUIG A ENV OA TaD caer sc epee ec cre ESEESE 90 BO AMUN VID ee echt ee hci a ec ener tos cater Sn nen actrees ua antennae ccs cna et amen eres 90 Be SAA ee ce cng ene cnn beens es ee wes es E 92 PUIG DISplay taD seee rts e E EES 93 Scama TAD ea E EE E E 94 Line Graph tec cc new ec ce cn oo ic ci pcg pene ence ee eo 95 TE PEEN E E E ema a E AN E ere Eee eee E eer ee ne T 97 KY AAS TaD E EE EEE EOE eee ee ee 97 PID Faceplate 0 2101 CanaN ane ee aa eNne nn ee are ne CN Rane oe ne ne eee ne ne ne eee 99 Legends TaD epee ka ca we en se nee me sari ata vicinus EREE EE 101 Change Screen IYO ratececeeneprnetee teeter tnt jortecein ep eden tencpppemaomeis ie tsetee decom on oat alou eatacae Sn EEEE EE EEE EE EREEREER 102 Alarm History Object anc inet cea cer at eta ac cere vnc een ee So nea inten kei renee 104 E ALO E cc cou ATEN E E cnn ee ero monet ee en een E E NE EE 106 Increment Decrement Hour ccccccsesseeeececneeeeeeececeeeseeeeceneeeeeeeeeeseueeeeeessuaaseeeeessnaseeesseanaseees 106 Activate Screen Saver vacuncinn oxenhvxecuhtcncunciineiient emtdedetlncimonion en eeau Senden epltecheouveaancunciascndaeyassaanddwrancindaeits 108 Adjust Contrast ener rn ne enn Ree ne ner en enn Se nn eT 109 Pee LaO O eee enon ee ene eee Nt reve E een tnt Oer ey teen 111 Mu li
411. re error messages and PLC Driver Error messages Appendix B Characters Provides a list of the ASCII Characters supported by the EZ Series Touch Panel This information may be useful when creating a Text Entry or Dynamic Text object Appendix C PLC Communications Setup Provides instructions on how to set up most PLC Types to communicate with the EZ Series Touch Panel Appendix D Setting COM1 to Printer Provides instructions on how to set COM1 on the EZ Series Touch Panel to Printer bee o poo e Introduction EZ Series Touch Install the EZ Series Touch Panel using the instructions in the Hardware Manual Program the EZ Series Touch Panel using the instructions in this Software Manual Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual There are two manuals that you will need for installation this manual the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software User Manual and the EZ Series Touch Panel Hardware User Manual P N EZ PANEL M shipped with your EZ Series Touch Panel touchpanel These manuals will take you through the steps necessary to get your EZ Series Touch Panel up and running in the shortest possible time Although your familiarity with programmable graphic operator interface devices will determine how quickly you move through the steps it s as easy as 1 2 3 What you need to get started Hardware e EZ Series Touch Panel e 24 Volt DC Power Supply
412. re than what was specified by the tag Error 19 CONFIG_IP_ERROR Screen Message NO IP ADDRESS Condition The attributes were configured with an IP address 0 0 0 0 or a subnet mask 255 255 255 255 Error 20 EXP_MSG_TIMEOUT NOT IMPLEMENTED Screen Message UCMM TIMEOUT NN E CCCCC IIII AAA MMMMM Condition The Ethernet IP option card failed to respond to an explicit message Error 21 INVALID_ MESSAGE _ID Screen Message INVALID MESSAGE ID Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message ID Error 22 INVALID MESSAGE_TYPE Screen Message Invalid message type Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid message type Error 23 INVALID_COMMAND Screen Message Invalid command Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid command WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 24 INVALID_DATA_SIZE Screen Message Invalid data size Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid data size in the data that the driver sent in its message Error 25 INVALID_FRAME_COUNT Screen Message Invalid frame count Condition The option card respo
413. register number xxx which is mapped to an address which has read access only 0x0020 PLC Message Error A communications error occurred which resulted in an invalid message It could also indicate that an address was requested which is out of the range limits of the PLC 0x0040 Incorrect Map Size This error occurs when a map is stored that is not the size the PLC expects IDEC PLC WITH COMPUTER LINK PROTOCOL Error 1 INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES USING DEFAULTS This error is reported when the PLC driver receives an invalid set of PLC attributes The default ban e c D V gt e O J Ke y xipueddy dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho Error 2 Error 3 Error 4 Error 5 PLC Error 6 sent Error 7 Error 8 Error 9 Error 10 Error 11 Error 12 fea a 4H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual attributes will be used when this error occurs PLC TIMEOUT The Driver did not receive a reply to a message in the allowed time Check the communication between panel and PLC DATA RANGE ERROR This error occurs when response from PLC to read or write had a data range error T C PRESET CHANGE This error occurs when response from plc for an invalid present value is written to timer or counter CALENDAR CLOCK DATA This error occurs when invalid data is sent to calendar or clock Command was sent to the while it was still processing an existing command
414. rete tag value transitions to the discrete state specified For example as sume that you have an animation object with a total of 3 images and the Update image when tag value switches to option is set to on The animation object would initially display the first image in the animation sequence image 0 The next image in the sequence image 1 would be dis played the next time the discrete tag transitions from off to on Similarly the third and final image in the sequence image 2 would be displayed when the animation object is currently displaying the second image and the discrete tag value transitions from off to on Specifying loop control Loop control allows you to specify whether you want the animation sequence to occur continu ously or just once If you want the animation to happen only once click on the radio button labeled Animate Only Once For continuous animation click on the radio button IWARA SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual labeled Animate Continuously Note that loop control is only applicable if animation sequence control is determined by a timer or a discrete tag Specifying Restart Animation Sequence The Restart Animation Sequence option allows you to restart an animation from the beginning based on the value of discrete tag This option only applies to animation object whose sequence control is determined by a timer or a discrete tag To specify this option perform the following st
415. rial You ve already configured your PLC to work with the EZ Series project you will be creating in this section Now The mode switch of all DirectLogic PLCs must be in TERM position in order for the EZ Series to communicate with the PLC Also if it is necessary for the Ladder Logic of the PLC to be protected by a Password a multi level password must used Please refer to your PLC user manual to see if your PLC supports this feature Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Tutorial Create a Project we ll take you through the process of creating a new project placing objects on the screen and transferring a project to EZ Series This should help familiarize you with the EZ Series Editor Programming Software environment Let s assume you have the programming software installed on your PC if you don t go back to page 12 and install now Connect EZ Series to your PC using the P N EZ PGMCBL cable Connect EZ Series to your PLC using the appropriate panel to PLC cable In Step 1 Project Information you will be setting up your project by entering project information Step 1 1 From the Project Information screen click on the Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later button Z 2 Under Project Name type in Demo Project 1 Press Enter The primary EZ Series Program file has a ezt suffix 3 Under Start Editing Screen leave the screen number as 1 Click in the field next to Name R
416. ric_EthernetIP This name will create a tag in RSLogix that can be used to access the memory location in the PLCs memory where the data for the Generic Ethernet IP module will be stored um e a amp bit aga La e a Sbit inal m z Sbit Status niput i Status Output O a F co 20 O l q o 7 Select the Comm Format Here we have selected Data SINT that will represent the data in the Generic module as a field of 8 bit bytes 8 I O data is accessed in input instance 100 and output instance 150 so these values haveot be entered as the instance values for input and output The size of the input connection and the output connection should correspond to the size that we have configured the Generic module for In this case we are using 32 bytes of input data so that is the size we will enter in both input and output Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 10 11 12 The Generic Module does not support a configuration assembly but RSLogix requires that a value be entered here An instance value of 0 is not a valid instance ID but any non zero value will work We have selected 1 The data size of the configuration instance is then set to O As a final step we enter the IP Address that we have configured for the module Press the Next button The dialog box to the right will open Enter a value for the time between each scan of the module For this example we will leave it at t
417. ring text in East Asian languages Chinese Japanese etc using U S keyboard you might need to install an additional Input Method Editor IME Why use Unicode Indicator Button vs Indicator Light Button Both Unicode Indicator Button and Indicator Button objects can perform WRITE operation to one bit and a READ to a second discrete location while displaying the status of the button with ap propriate display text for it However the Indicator Button object allows the user to display text in only one custom font for EZ Series panels with pre set sizes of 6x8 8x16 8x32 etc Whereas with Unicode Indicator Button object users can use any font in any size already installed on the user s PC This object also allows the user to enter text in any supported International Language including complex script e g Chinese and right to left languages Thai Arabic etc Unicode indicator Button General Protection Visibaity Details Button Tag Indicator Tag Actuator Type Toggle V Display Frame On Text Off Text On Text WARY aa Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Unicode Multi state Indicator Unicode Multi state Indicator is an object that is created to display preprogrammed messages using any font script e g Chinese available on your PC within a frame on the EZ Series Touch Panel screen Each object has preprogrammed messages that are stored in the object itself In other words Messages are stored in
418. rite to a read only MFX element The panel register xxxx contains the address of the MFX element that is read only 0x0020 PLC Message Time out This message occurs when the unit does not receive a reply to its command The unit will retry a command and wait for the specified time out period before reporting this command 0x0040 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults This error is reported when the PLC driver receives an invalid set of PLC attributes The default attributes will be used when this error occurs Timeouts The timeout time specifies the amount of time the panel will wait for a reply to a message before triggering an error Each message sent to the PLC must be acknowledged by the PLC The acknowledgment must be received within the time out period If the acknowledgment is not received the driver will retry the command After the message has been sent twice with no response the time out error message will be posted MODICON PLC WITH MODBUS RTU PROTOCOL 0x0000 No error 0x0001 Incompatible Revision This error will be displayed when the driver and exec have an incompatible revision 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to be monitored The number of registers on the display must be reduced 0x0004 Reply received from invalid slave nnn If the driver received a message from a PLC with address nnn when one was not expected 0x0008 Invalid Checksum Received Th
419. river sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid response Error 27 FLASH_CONFIG_ERROR Screen Message FLASH CONFIGURATION ERROR Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is a flash configuration error Error 28 INCORR_IN_IO_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN I O LENGTH Condition The option card responded to an Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader of the INPUT is invalid Error 29 INCORR_IN_DPRAM_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN DPRAM LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT DPRAM is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 30 INCORR_IN_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT IN TOTAL LENGTH WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the INPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the INPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 31 INCORR_OUT_IO_ LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT I O LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Gener
420. roject will not open in EZ C Ya _ No al _I Series Touch Panel Programming Software to allow editing This protects the project from unauthorized changes after distribution Make sure you have another copy saved if it will require changes or updates Copy Screen If you want to copy screens from another project ezt into the current project click on Copy Screen You will be copying the tags associated with objects in the screen also 1 Inthe Copy Screen window click on the Browse button and the Select Source Project window will open Click on Browse to select Source Project teen aP o Ta aio ja Think amp Do Project 1 e2t Choose Project _ Saree Hep Flepome 9 NewPropct oo _ e o Fee of type EZT ouch Projects ezt Cancel A 2 Click on the project that contains the screens you want to copy into your current open project 9U 31 J H oO pa ob a 3 am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 3 The Copy Screen window will list the programmed screens Click on the screen s that you want to copy to highlight them and then Sdecl Source Project Progam Filas Praject Naw Browse 1 Man Scieen Uetine screcn IV s tor Copied bercens If the Source ID is the same as the Destination ID a dialog box will appear asking you if you want to Overwrite the Destination ID screen Click Yes if you want to overwrite th
421. ror code return by the PLC 1 255 Condition The command attempted failed a corresponding error was returned in the reply Error 9 Screen Message UNKNOWN PLC ERROR CODE eee eee Error code return by the PLC 1 255 Condition The command attempted failed an unexpected error was returned in the reply TEXAS INSTRUMENTS PLC WITH SERIES 5x5 PROTOCOL 0x0000 No error 0x0002 Limit of elements per screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Invalid checksum received An invalid checksum was received in a message from the PLC 0x0008 PLC Error Check PLC Status The PLC has sent an error code to the Panel stating there was a problem with the program in the PLC or with the setup of the Panel 0x0010 Communications time out This error will appear if there is a loss of communications This error is based on time out time entered in the PLC attributes 0x0020 Panel Register xxxx is read only This error will occur if there is an attempt to write to a read only variable within the PLC 0x0040 Register xxxx Address out of range This error will occur if an attempt to read or write to a variable within the PLC that is out of range of the PLC memory 0x0080 Register xxxx Data not found This will occur if the data requested cannot be found within the PLC This is an error sent by the PLC 0x0100 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults The driver received attributes that it could not use The
422. rotocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel Project Square D Sy Max PLC Revision Number Baud Rate Timeout Timed 255 tenths of a second Poll Time 0 255 tenths of 4 second A SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later d Edit OFF LINE Edit Program ON LINE m it s as easy as l 2 3 themet COM Port CUMI v Step 1 Project Information y g E sep lo n Die gt ESenes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D EZ4utomation Phone 1 7 7 7 74 EASy WIA ezautonmation net Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location CAF rogram Files EZPaneEnhanced Project Project Name new pioject ezt Firmware Hevisior Start Editing Screen Number fi Name New Screen Select Panel Panel Family Size E EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC ee Of gt we Select Model ALL 9 Color 640x480 v ELE Type and epee es View Edit PLU Com Setup Thier Da EEA ga Hep Language Clear Ext Cancel Help xipueddy u a wn D xe O a F co 20 O l qA Touch Panel
423. rovides instructions to create an example or demo project Discusses how to configure a PLC ladder logic program to use with the demo project Takes you through the steps necessary to create an EZ Series Touch Panel project using the programming software Shows you how to transfer the project to the panel and test ing the project once transferred Project Setup Discusses ON LINE and OFF LINE configuration options Tells you how to set up a project by entering project information Step 1 Discusses screen design Step 2 and how to transfer the project to the panel Step 3 Objects Provides step by step instructions for configuring each of the EZ Series Touch Panel objects Main Programming Screen Familiarizes you with the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software work area Briefly identifies and describes the main features of the screen where you will design your EZ Series Touch Panel operator interface screens Reference Provides more details on menu commands Takes you through the main menu bar item by item command by command with instructions Contains information on the various tool bars and the status bar Describes right click menus and Screens Explorer view Appendix A Troubleshooting Aids in diagnosing problems you might encounter when installing or operating your EZ Series Touch Panel Provides steps to take to isolate and correct problems Lists panel error messages programming softwa
424. rrent project on your PC before starting the Project Simulation At this point the EZ Series Touch Panel programming editor will invoke a new window showing exactly how the project would appear on a panel Ef Touch EftPane Enhanced Sienulstor Click on Close to close the Project Simulation window and return back to the EZ Series Touch Panel programming editor You can also click on the Help button at any time to view the available options with your mouse to simulate objects Simulator Help Help 1 Left mouse click on a touch object simulates a touch 2 Right mouse click on a display object allows you to change tag values associated with the object 3 Right mouse click on Bezel allows you to view and modify values of all tags Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual While simulating a project you can do the following 3 actions Clicking the left mouse button on a Touch Object will simulate a real touch on a panel JJ D h D D O D Clicking the right mouse button on a Display Object will allow you to change the Tag value associated with that object R x Use Increase Decrease or Set Reset Buttons to Increase Decrease or Set Reset values Or enter the new values in Edit Box Change Tag Value TagName NUMERIC ENTRY Data Type Unsigned 16 Value Decrease lo Increase Change Tag Value Use Increase Decrease or Set Reset Buttons to Increase
425. rror J11_10 Error in extracting Bitmap for ON button Solution Delete the bitmap object and recreate the object again If you still receive this error messages close and then reopen the application and try again Error J11_11 Decompression was not successful Reason The Project file has become corrupted Solution If you get this error you will have to recreate this project Error J11_12 Select Palette failed in Paint DOB Reason Resource not available in the system to draw the bitmap Solution Close other applications and try to insert the bitmap If it still does not work restart the WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual system Miscellaneous Error J12_1 This field cannot be empty Solution Your cursor will be located in the data entry field that requires data entry Enter an appropriate value mmunication Error XX X Port Related Errors Error C01_1 Unable to open communication port Solution Select another COM port Error C01_2 Communications port not found Reason No valid communication port is found on the computer Solution At least one valid serial communication port should be available for communication between the panel and PC Error C01_3 Communications port is being used by some other application Access denied Solution Close the other application and try to communicate from panel or if you have an extra serial port connect the cable to that port and select that extra port f
426. rs when you click on the View Edit Attributes button It is specific to the type PLC and protocol you have selected in the previous dialog box in this case DirectLogic K Sequence You may change the attributes from this dialog box Click on OK to save your changes or Help to view the help topics available for that particular PLC Upgrade Firmware There may be occasional upgrades to the EZ Series Touch Panel Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Upgrade Firmware JJ D h D D O D internal software also referred to as the Exec or Firmware Check the EZAutomation website periodically for information about software and firmware upgrades Upgrading Firmware Check File Revision number against Panel Revision number CAUTION Existing programs that are saved to Flash memory must be re saved to Flash after upgrade When upgrading firmware YOU MUST write the program to the panel and save the program to FLASH Oo hn ob pees 3 o Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Cascade Tile v 1 new project ezt 1 Panel Control Screen 2 new project ezt 2 Screen 2 Window Menu Cascade Click here to view open screen files in the window Screens will cascade down window overlapping each other but with their title bars in view This is helpful when you are making changes to two or more screens at the same time Click on the title bar of one of the screens to bring it
427. ry project file ezt Error M04_2 Unable to create temporary annotations file ano Error M04_3 Unable to create temporary PLC attributes file atr Reason You might receive these error messages if you are running two instances of the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software opened a project in one and then gave the same project name in another to be downloaded from panel Solution Give a valid project file name that is not open in any application If you still face the problem close all your applications and run only one instance of EZ Series Touch Panel and try again Error M05_1 Unable to unload Error M05 _ 2 Unable to load Reason There is a dll file in the directory that doesn t belong The program loader will report this error Solution Remove the specified file and reinstall the software Error M06_1 Nota panel Solution Connect a panel to the computer and try to communicate with the panel Error M06 _2 File corrupted number of bytes in the screen is zero ban e c D V gt e O J Ke y xipueddy feta atace Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error M06_3 Unable to rename the selected screen Error M06_4 Problems in project checksum Error M06_5 Invalid screen checksum Solution You need to recreate the project If this problem persists please report it to technical support Error MO6_6 There are no PLC dlls available in this execution directory
428. s NEMA 4 4X EZ T10C FSP 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Profibus NEMA 1 FDA EZ T10C FT 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 4 4X EZ T10C FST 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 512KB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus ModBus TCP IP NEMA 1 FDA 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 10 4 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel EZ T10C FC EZ T10C FSC EZ T10C FU EZ T10C FSU EZ T10C E EZ T15C FS 512KB 512KB 512KB 512KB 512KB 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus CC Link All plus CC Link ONLY Universal Ethernet ONLY Universal Ethernet ONLY EZPLC All plus EZ Ethernet NEMA 4 4X NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 4 4X NEMA 1 FDA NEMA 4 4X NEMA 1 FDA EZ T15C FSD 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus DeviceNet I O NEMA 1 FDA EZ T15C FSE 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB All plus Ethernet IP All plus AB DH and Remote I O All plus Modbus Plus NEMA 1 FDA EZ T15C FSH 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 1 FDA EZ T15C FSM 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2 MB NEMA 1 FDA EZ T15C FSP 15 TFT Color with Slim Bezel 1MB Yes to 1 or 2
429. s Tag Database Tag Database Log View will open if there are problems You may correct any problems from within the Think N Do map file or the Tag Database If you are using an EZ Series Touch Panel unit with an Option Card installed the Model Part Numbers for your unit have a C D E H M P T or U on the end to designate C for Mitsubishi CC Link D for Generic DeviceNet I O E for Generic Ethernet I P H for Allen Bradley Data Highway Plus Remote I O M for Modicon Modbus Plus P for Siemens Profibus T for Modicon Modbus TCP IP U for Universal Ethernet Ethernet IP DF1 over Ethernet Modbus TCP IP and GE SRTP These option card designation letters do not appear on all model types where an option card is available when you are selecting your Panel Type on the Project Information screen Just click on the model part number without the C D E H M P T or U on the end that matches your panel size In other words the program loader doesn t see any differences in panel type between an EZ S8C FH with A B DH option card installed and an EZ S8C F so you will select ALL 8 Color 640x480 Any differences between the units are configured when you select the PLC Type and Protocol as Mitsubishi CC Link Generic DeviceNet I O Generic Ethernet IP Allen Bradley Remote 1 O Modicon Modbus Plus Siemens Profibus Modicon Modbus TCP IP or Universal Ethernet Ethernet IP DF1 over Eth
430. s invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 33 INCORR_OUT_TOTAL_LENGTH Screen Message INCORRECT OUT TOTAL LENGTH Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the length of the OUTPUT total length is invalid this length is calculated from the length of the OUTPUT as entered in the attributes of the Program Loader Error 34 INCORR_CFG_MOD_STATUS_WD Screen Message INCORRECT CONFIG MODULE STATUS WORD Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the module status word is incorrect Error 35 INCORR_CFG_INT_NOTIFY_WD Screen Message INCORRECT CONFIG INT NOTIFICATION WORD Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the configuration of the bits in the Interrupt Notification word is incorrect Error 36 INCORR_WDOG_CNTR_DIFF_VAL Screen Message INCORRECT WATCHDOG CNTR DIFFERENCE VAL Condition The option card responded to a Generic Init mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that there is an incorrect Watchdog Counter difference value Error 37 FB_ERROR WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Screen Message FIELDBUS LED ERROR Condition
431. s type does not match Tag data type or the address is invalid Error T02_8 Tag IO Type does not match Object type Reason If you specify a discrete address to an object requiring a word address or vice versa you will receive this error message Solution Specify a valid PLC address with appropriate I O Type Error T02_9 This object requires a Read Write PLC address Entered address is Read Only location Reason This error occurs if a Read Only PLC address was entered for a Touch Object Solution Enter a Read Write location for touch objects Object Type Type of Address Touch Objects Read Write Display Objects Read Write or Read Only Alarms Read Write or Read Only Project Attributes Internal Clock Read Write Project Attributes External Clock Read Write or Read Only Project Attributes Passwords Read Write or Read Only Project Attributes Panel to PLC Read Write Project Attributes PLC to Panel Read Write or Read Only Error T02_10 Number of Characters must be even and valid range is from 2 to 40 Reason In the process of making an ASCII tag the number of characters must remain between 2 and 40 If the user enters a number outside of this range this error occurs Solution The user can either reenter a number within the specified range or use the wheel to the right edge of that field WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error T02_11 IO Type is not valid for lt ControlIName gt Unable to convert Re
432. screen exceeded This occurs when there are too many registers on the display to monitor 0x0004 Incorrect Unit Response This will occur when there are too many registers on the display to be monitored The number of registers on the display must be reduced 0x0008 PLC Invalid Checksum received An invalid checksum was received in a message from the PLC 0x0010 Incorrect reply received The driver received an incorrect reply from a PLC 0x0020 Response to an undefined command The driver received the undefined command response 0x0040 Command cc Error Response Code xx This error occurs when a response code xx is returned to a PLC message command of cc 0x0080 Incorrect Map Size This error occurs when an incorrect map is stored that is not the correct map entry size the driver expects 0x0100 Invalid Write to Panel register r This error occurs when an attempt is made to write to a register r when r is mapped to read only element 0x0400 PLC Message Time out WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual This error occurs when a no reply or error is seen within the time out time in the Panel PLC attributes If the Panel is displaying time out errors the timeout may need to be increased 0x2000 Invalid PLC attributes using defaults The driver received attributes it could not use The default values for all PLC attributes will be used GENERIC DEVICENET I O ERROR CODE DESCRIPTIONS Driver Generated Errors Error 0
433. se whether or not to Show Ticks for the X Axis Reading Click on the box in front of Show Ticks if you want them to display on the object 2 Enter the number of Major Divisions and the number of Minor Divisions you want to display on the graph 20 tick marks are the maximum allowable for major and minor divisions IWANA EAM Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 3 Choose whether or not to Show X Axis Grid and Show R Note Select the sign type signed or unsigned that matches the sign of Ti ck N um be rs tag data t i i 1 1 lee 4 Click in the box in front of Label if you want if you want Unsigned ial a label for the X Axis Here you will enter the label Text Floating Point Maximum 4294967295 oS or and make selections for the text Language number and Color Under Y Axis make the following selections 1 Choose whether or not to Show Ticks for the Y Axis Value Click on the box in front of Show Ticks if you want them to display on the object 2 Enter the number of Major Divisions and the number of Minor Divisions you want to display on the graph 20 tick marks are the maximum allowable for major and minor divisions 3 Choose whether or not to Show Vertical Grid and Show Tick Numbers 4 Click in the box in front of Label if you want if you want a label for the Y Axis Here you will enter the label Text and make selections for the text Language number and Color 5 Under Ra
434. selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box IWANA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Alarm History Object The Alarm History Object allows you to configure a button that Al when pressed will provide the Alarm Count or Alarm History Alarm Details are accessed through the Alarm History object Alarms are set up in the Alarm Database see page 176 for setup instructions The Alarm Count lists all alarms and shows the total count for Alarm History Object each alarm Press to view Alarm History The Alarm History will show each alarm that has occurred with the most recent at the top When you press the Alarm Detail button you will get the Entry Number No of the Alarm when it was acti vated time and date when it was cleared actual value high low limits and which limit is tripped HIGH LOW DIS Alarm History OTE The steps necessary General Protection Visibility Details Label Text to program your EZ Series o h PLC Language is Character Size 659 z to monitor t e for er De roe oa rors and trigger an alarm R Position Color are provided in Appendix A Top i ie Troubleshooting How do I Bottom Background Log and Display a PLC Error Display Screen Mess age MV Display Frame Alarm Histoy Alarm Count c Text Char Size Color Blink Language 4 exe Text E j Text Alarm History Backgroun
435. shielded cable to connect EZ Series Touch Panel to Square D symax 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell male connector 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel connect to Texas EZ TX505 CBL Instrument 505 Series PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector EZ IDECS CBL 10 RS232C shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to IDEC Micro Smart PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 8 pin mini DIN male connector EZ TX545 CBL 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Texas Instrument 545 1102 series PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell male connector EZ TX545 CBL1 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Texas Instrument 545 1104 PLC 15 pin D Shell male connector to 9 pin D shell female connector NOTE See Appendix A for cable pinouts or use the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software P N EZ PANELEDIT Help Topics For RS 422A connections to DirectLogic PLCs also see Appendix A EZ MITSU CBL 1 10 RS422 shielded cable to connect any EZ Series Touch Panel to Mitsubishi FX series CPU 15 pin D shell male connector to 8 pin min din O p S m xe e s pr Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software EZ Series Touch Panel models are configured with software running on an IBM or compatible personal computer This software is av
436. specified amp by the map string WAR setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 11 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_R32_ERROR Screen Message NONACTIVE_QUARTER_R32_ERROR Condition When reading a 32 Bit or string value from an Input or Output the value was out of the range for the rack specified by the map string Error 12 GENERAL_ERROR Screen Message ERROR CODE xxx Condition Never should occur Error 13 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver reached an invalid state during a write Driver reached an invalid state during a read Error 14 LAST_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never would occur Aromat PLC WITH MEWTOCOL COM PROTOCOL Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 1 INVALID_ATTRIBUTES Screen Message INVALID PLC ATTRIBUTES USING DEFAULTS Condition If attributes do not exist or there are less than the original number of attributes Error 2 MSG_ERR Screen Message INVALID PLC RESPONCE Txxxxx xxx BB Condition The Driver did not receive the reply from the PLC that it expected Error 3 PLC_TIMEOUT Screen Message PLC TIMEOUT Condition The Driver did not receive a reply to a message in the allowed time Error 4 BCC_ERR Screen Message CHECKSUM ERROR Condition Command string was not sent from the Panel to the PLC correctly or the checksum in the message was incorrect Error 5 FMT_ERR Screen Message FORMAT ERROR
437. ss 3 MicroLogix DH485 AIC The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a MicroLogix PLC with DH485 Protocol To set up the MicroLogix PLC DH485 using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Channel Configuration Gewer Chan 0 System Nade ddress f decimal Ditiver DH ES Band 19200 Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Protocal Cortrol Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Step Information screen Click J a on the OK button to begin Bag easy ag 1 2 3 os E Senes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 D creating your EZ Series EZAutomation Phone 1 B77 774 EASY Touch Panel Project Selacted Action Edit OFF LINE Write Latar wan ezautomation net SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location Edit Program F TRITT LINE i C Fregiam Figs ES PoanslenhaneadPraject El iawan NOTE The Default TD Panai LAm Palau PLC Address Default ren pajete forniveie kesio Station Number can be Flead Program Stel Eding Semen any valid unused ad
438. st failed Please Note user should not see this message instead they should see Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Error 5 INVALID_DRIVER_STATE screen Message INVALID DRIVER STATE Condition Driver is in an unexpected state this condition should never occur Error 6 ACCESS UNATTAINABLE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T ACCESS OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to get the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write Error 7 RELEASE FAILURE Screen Message DRIVER CAN T RELEASE OPTION CARD DPRAM Condition Driver failed to release the lock on an area in DPRAM while trying to do a read or write WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 8 MSG_TIMEOUT Screen Message DRIVER TIMEOUT Condition The Ethernet IP option card failed to respond to one of the driver s mailbox init messages Error 9 MB_S_ TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING SEND MAILBOX ACCESS Condition The driver timed out waiting to place a message into the card s mailbox Error 10 MB_R_TIMEOUT Screen Message TIMEOUT WAITING RECV MAILBOX ACCESS Condition CURRENTLY NEVER WILL OCCUR Error 11 CARD_INIT_ERROR screen Message CARD INITIALIZATION PROCESS FAILED Condition Occurs when the driver fails to start after power up or the driver fails to start after a reset Could be a result of errors 1 10 Error 12 CARD_RW_ERR Screen Message CARD INIT FAILED OR DRIVER STOPPED
439. suassres aniiersnmanaseces iy axcicstanemumeranes useage RSS e E E 217 Project AUIDUIGG consasencanscnpnensteseceanqseeceaniaerenenmaecsas is Ee E PEE r ET 220 Preet OCSEIDUO T eiere E E 230 E E a E D S A ATE I AAA E EES E E IA E OE ANA 230 Vogade FW ANG seresa cssudenisasatrer ceceushincandunselesstnate suesudeneasabes AAEE EEEE 230 Tag Ven AON sessen orra E E AE E E EE TEE 202 OGLE VAS ea E E E O EEE E E 204 MEON Ta oers a E E E E E E 205 imponng CGontrolkogix lags seein ornai ana T aa ENAA A SARNANE 208 Alarm Databas Esasen iE aAA EAA ASERNE RERA EEEIEE E E A 210 ECL Lea lO a E E E E S 212 MEOR A E e a A e e EE r 213 MEON NESSE oreren a a E EE E E E E 218 POET WA eene E EE AA E E E E E E 220 Pa SNS e aa E A E E E 221 GIO K TAD aai A EA AE E E EE EE E EAE A E N A AAEE 222 PanGLO FEG D aerea a e a E 223 How do I switch screens from a PLO 2 2 cennnrensntsxsesranscneaceosadewoavesysaeadeensadceeeso ddenadsliecbes 225 PECITE NS TAD e E E EE E E E TE 225 eiaa ie a VAD PEE EIA AA EPA E ATEA EEA AE ENE A E 227 Aldim Protection To Dises ea a a Terr ISAE r EE 228 MICO MEN eraa E EEE E E E EE AE 232 FG A e a E E E E E neice 233 RORE MCI METUS carciara E E E A E 234 NOOR ACO yO aeara E T A EA A dues sossasnancesceas 235 Appendix A Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions FAQS cccccccccccccssssseseseeeeeceecceaeausesseseeceeceeeeeeseaaauaaseeeeeseeeeseeauauaaseseeeess 2 TH CS SIO OTN asr cies E a ttn sutra tan E amiivbi etontaphermtert
440. sy to use programming software The next section takes you through the steps necessary to create a project and transfer it to EZ Series Touch Panel EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software simplifies this process by using Windows based architecture and lots of popup and pull down selections that guide you through the process to quickly build your screens and get you up and running in no time at all We recommend you go through the tutorial beginning on page 17 of this manual You ll see how easy it is to get up and running Touch Panel Prog Step 1 Project Information Step 1 Project Information ramming Software User Manual EZ Touch Setup Your Project Information 2 Design Your Screens 3 virite Your SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later Edit Program OFF LINE fwrite to Panel Later NOTE If you change your mind and click on another SELECT ACTION button a confirm action message will appear just to make sure that this is what you intended to do Click on Yes or No Do pou want to change Edit Offline Write Later to Read From Panel Edit Offline mode 7 Ps Bas easy as 1 2 3 nA e EZTouwhEZPanel Enhanced Programming Sofware Veron 4 1 6 EA Automabor Selected Action None mon Phone 1 87 7 774 EAS7 SELECT ACTION ENTER PRIUECT INGURMATION ieee a Proect Location Edt Progiaen OFF LI
441. t Attributes windows Select S485 of your EZ Series Touch Panel Project IF Require CTS From the Main Menu go to Setup gt F Control RTS Project Attributes and click on the Printer tab The window shown to the left will appear You must match the communication set tings in EZ Series Touch Panel to that of the printer that you are using Those settings can usually be found in the printer s hardware user manual The objects that can be printed from the panel are Messages from the Message Database Lookup Text Object Alarms and Messages from the Multi state Indicator Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual This page intentionally left blank u ab Qc x 5A E Oo a5 He O
442. t Style click on the style you prefer for the button Move the cursor over your choice and object you are creating simply click to select 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style f N n KO IWASE Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual ADD NEW TAG DETAILS Enter Tag Details for the Tag Entera Tag Name BUTTON OBJECT 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag PLC Type DirectLogic K Sequence Rev D Name that you want the button to correspond to AddessStig 0o 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will Evpeciad 10 Type AN appear where you will map the tag The Tag Name will appear DataType oiscrete J in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK buiton No of Chars p 4 E a NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The Edit Tag Details screen will appear For more information about Tags see Tag Database page 176 Select from the following Actuator Types Actuator Type determines how the tag will be controlled NOTE If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Momentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature is disabled with this actuator type ANOTE If your panel is connected to multiple PLCs use the Station Number to address a specific PLC For example 2 V2002 would address the PLC Station Numb
443. t fails there is a problem with the panel Please contact technical support WARY setae Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error C03_12 Testing Flash failed Solution Replace the Flash card Error M01_1 Error in memory allocation Reason You will get this error if EZ Series Touch Panel Editor is not able to allocate certain amount of memory for doing some operations Solution close other applications and try If you still get this error save the project and close the application Restart your computer and try again Error M02_2 Unable to open the Project file ezt Error M02_3 Unable to open message database file msd Error M02_4 Unable to open alarm database file alr Error M02_5 Unable to open PLC attributes file atr Error M02_6 Unable to open annotations file ano Error M02_7 Unable to open project options file opt Solution You have renamed your project accidentally while project was open in EZ Series Close this project and open it again Error M03_1 Unable to create project file ezt Error M03_2 Unable to create PLC attributes file atr Error M03_3 Unable to create message database file msd Error M03_4 Unable to create alarm database file alr Error M03_5 Unable to create annotation file ano Error M03_6 Unable to create project options file opt Error M03_7 Unable to save PLC Attributes file atr Error M04_1 Unable to create tempora
444. t is to reduce the size of the object itself The second option is to reduce the number of buttons in the object Error J01_2 Cannot add another button To do so would exceed the panel size Reason The radio button object will not allow more buttons when the object is the same height width as the touch panel screen oO z 1 gt oO O m y xipueddy dD oo 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho IDW AT a 44 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Step Switch Error J02_1 Number of steps Range is from 2 to 4 Solution Enter a number between 2 and 4 or use the wheel next to the box Error J02_2 Step Switch x Tag is not Defined x being the step number Reason The Tag Name in the Step 1 tab was empty when the OK button was selected Solution Click on a tag from the drop down menu for the Tag Name box or type in a valid tag name in the Tag Name box in the tab Step 1 Thumbwheel Error J03_1 Number of Wheels Range is from 1 to 5 Solution Only enter a number between 1 and 5 into the Number of Wheels field or use the wheel to the right side of the entry field UNSIGNED DECIMAL format 5 digits wheels HEX 4 digits wheels Recipe Error J04_1 At least one valid recipe tag should be defined Reason When creating a recipe button if there are no tags entered under the Recipe tab this message will appear S
445. t it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen WARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Step Switch Object ou STEP SWITCH OBJECT The Step Switch object simulates a Mechanical Step Switch on the panel It allows you to simultaneously monitor and control two three or four different bits and display ON and OFF text for each bit Each time the Step Switch is pressed each bit will be cycled one at a time from OFF to ON with only one bit ON at a time Step Switch General Protection Visibilty Details Step 1 Step 2 I Label Text 7 Select Style Selected Style d Display Frame Number Of Steps 24 Simulate Press To put a Label on a Switch perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 198 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the switch to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Step Switch Style
446. t will Blink 5 Each Radio Button from 2 to 8 may contain different text and a different language Click on the Button 1 tab Click on the Button 1 Tab sel TEET i B tt 1 to edit Lan guage an dOn Off General Protection Visibility Details Ge Button 2 Text Text Language On Text On Off Text or Simulate Press Cancel F 6 Choose the Language number 1 9 and type in the text as you want it to appear within that button when ON and when OFF i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the buttons instead of Off and On Remember that the other universal characteristics for the button text and background have been chosen under the General Tab character size color etc IWAS SESH Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Radio Button on the screen and size it To size the button select it grab a handle and drag e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to
447. tag E Auto Check lt 1 gt Total Digits 2 Fractional Digits 7 Display Format JUnsigned Decimal Justification F Leading Spaces Selected tag is a discrete tag On Off Specii the string for sending to pinte tA A A Press F7 to embed a non printable Ascii character o Press the Add button to add the embedded data to the message You will return to the Add New Message dialog When inserted ina message each Embedded Data Value will be represented in blue and underlined as shown below Add Message Details This example shows how an embedded printer command will be represented in a message IWANA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 8 You may continue to add messages or click on the Close button to return to the Messages tab dialog Your programmed messages will display in the list as shown below Ek x General Messages Protection Visibilty Details Masiu number of messages 99 Humber of messages in this report object 4 Pump 1 is operating at lt _ i gt lt PRINT gt Exhaust Fan i lt DISCRETE gt STRING gt 9 To edit an existing message click on itin the list to highlight it and then click on the Add Edit Message button The Edit Message Details dialog will appear Make your changes and click on the Apply Changes button when finished egsage Details Tebar Aknee o ee e Language i Fress F7 to embed a data variable P
448. ten aesenes 5 PEC Driver Enor INISS SAG SS arcassa a g n a 15 SIEMENS S7 MPILADAPTER sects teeteeteeieg sed ete etew ewe ses cate Anere ia AERAR REENEN E AEAEE REREN ENE EAEAN ROEE i EZ Ethernet Error Code Descriptions cinstajaaisrsrnicedaxiisaietinntencanoustaveietaertepdawin citeiiennee ENE ENERE RN ENEAN HENNEN AES EZ Series Touch Panel Error Messages cccccccccecceceeceeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeesenenseenenenseseeseeeseneness 61 Appendix B ASCII and ANSI Characters EZ Series Touch Panel ASCII CHaracters scciscc osccccoczicavcivreceucuncansdecscivaws castro heveciedesswcuswseendeaweadvaenduswsceees 2 EZ Series Touch Panel ANSI Character S cccccsccecccceccscoccsccuccncecceccncsecsccuscusancesoncoeceecssencaeaesaneaeees 5 Appendix C PLC Communications Setup Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setup ccccccccccececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeaeaeaeeeeeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaananananeaanes 3 MICKOLOOD DFT FOI DUDIEX scires EE ETEA EREE E ES 3 MicroLogix DF 1 Half DUPIEX aisacervezt net cctuen chins suekiyetat tec ua cincavcb E EEEE EE EEA EAEE EA 4 MicroLogix DHASSAI sra E RAE 5 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full DupleX saisneusnnussnnunnnrnunnnneusnnnunnnnnnnnnnennnnnunnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnennne 6 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DFT Half DUPIEX swscsiscentiiscassvcnsicavonnacensaansweny ewan Vanes sveesevexvaaveanetiavanieutsraxes T7 SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH4BS AIC sseviecse cosestuesccnceysavectatecuebcvesev sitet naei
449. that one or more objects on screen number x are outside the 320x240 resolution Please move objects on this and all other screens within 320x240 limits BEFORE changing the panel You may use Show 320x240 Rectangle icon to show a 320x240 rectangle Please ensure on all screens that the objects are within this rectangle before trying to change to a lower resolution panel Solution Move the objects to within the 320x240 rectangle on all screens Error S01_3 Unable to save this screen Screen size exceeds the maximum 128K Please delete a few objects and try to save again Solution Either delete a few of the objects or move the objects to a different screen Error S02_1 Unable to save the project to the panel Reason When working ONLINE the panel loses power or the communication link between the panel and PC is interrupted or disconnected When you select Save Screen or Save Project you will receive this error message Solution Check to see if power is getting to the panel then check the COM line between the panel and PC for a good connection Radio Buttons Error J01_1 Object cannot be accommodated in the new position Reason The radio buttons object cannot have any buttons over hanging on the screen The vertical and horizontal radio buttons will only allow enough buttons to go from one end of the screen to the other end Any more buttons will generate this message Solution One of two courses of action may be taken The firs
450. the Language Number box type in 1 or click on arrows to scroll up or down then type HELLO in the text box Go back to Language Number box and type in 2 then type HOLA in the text box and repeat for 3 and GUTEN TAG 3 Click on OK 4 The next time you type in Language Number 1 2 or 3 the corresponding text string will come up in the text box 5 To view the different languages for the Button object text click Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual on Edit on the Main Menu Bar and select Current Editing NOTE This does nor effect Language and then enter the Working language number that the Alarm History Object you want to view in EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software The text in your Button Object will change accordingly Keep in mind that this is for viewing only while working in the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software To set the language preference that will be displayed on the panel you must select the preferred Language Number as the Default Language JJ D R D D D Project Description Type in as much text as you need to describe your project while programming your Project Attributes Under the Alarm Protection tab you can make the following selections There are eight groups to which you may assign Passwords Passwords restrict a user or group of users from clearing the Alarm History or Alarm Select Plc Driver
451. the down arrow to view the Excel Database Fields and select the Excel field that corresponds to the EZ Series Touch Panel Tag Database field Tag Name Data Type Address No of characters See Tag Database Import from Excel dialog next page Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 2 Each column heading in the Excel file you have imported will display when you click on the down arrow next to each field You may have other information in the file that you cannot import into the Tag Database The Tag Database only allows the four types of information shown in the dialog box below Select the heading of the Excel column that corresponds to the column headings in the Tag Database JJ D R D D D 3 Ifthe first row in the Excel file to be imported contains header information click on the box in front of First row contains the header information selected by default If you want the software to copy over existing tags with the same Name and Data Type as in the Excel file that is being copied click on the box in front of Only import addresses for tags that have the same Name and Data Type 4 Click on the Import button to import tags The tags will be written to your project Tags that already exist will not be overwritten A message shown directly below will appear letting you know if the Excel file was successfully imported into the Tag Database The Tag Database Log View will appear to let you know if ther
452. the message had an invalid command Error 21 INVALID_DATA_SIZE Screen Message INVALID DATA SIZE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid data size in the data that the driver sent in its message Error 22 INVALID_FRAME_COUNT Screen Message INVALID FRAME COUNT Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame count j oO z gt oO oO F m Co y xipueddy SV Ariaateace Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 23 INVALID_FRAME_NUMBER Screen Message INVALID FRAME NUMBER Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid frame number Error 24 INVALID _OFFSET Screen Message INVALID OFFSET Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid offset Error 25 INVALID_ADDRESS Screen Message INVALID ADDRESS Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent The option card thinks that the message had an invalid address dD pE 26 TC co o o Br oQ lt 6 ho Error 26 INVALID_RESPONSE Screen Message INVALID RESPONSE Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the d
453. the objects you have selected From this menu you can Edit an object Cut Copy or Paste an object Select All objects on current screen Bring selected object s to the Front of the screen Send selected object s to the Back of the screen Make selected objects the Same Size Height or Width you must select more than one object All selected objects will be sized to the first object you select Provides information about Overlapping Objects on the current screen and allows you to make changes Simulate the Next or Previous State of an object Pick and Apply Attributes Display Tag Name or Address on an object 900 o o o The functions on the menu to the left are accessible when you right click the mouse button while in the Project Screens Explorer View window Right click while cursor is in the Project Screens Explorer View window Add a New Screen to your project Open an existing Screen Rename a Screen from your project Delete a Screen New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Delete Screen gt o gt Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Symbol Factory Symbol Factory is a product we have included in our software for your use in creating screen graphics The Symbol Factory is a library of over 4 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters
454. ting image in the image list perform the following steps 3 Click on the image you want to replace on the images list 4 Choose from one of the following options a To replace the selected image with an image from the symbol factory click on the button labeled Symbol Factory Choose the desired symbol and then close the symbol factory b To replace the selected image with an existing image click on the button labeled File Use the file browser to locate the image and click OK c To replace the selected image with an image from the clipboard click on the button labeled Clip board Note that this button will be disabled if there are no images in the clipboard d To edit an existing image click on the button labeled Built in bitmap Editor under the group box titled Edit Image This will open up the selected image in the bitmap editor Make the neces sary modifications and click OK To remove an existing image in the image list perform the following steps 1 Click on the image you want to remove 2 Click on the button labeled Remove Image under the group box labeled Preview of Selected Image Once you are finished with the Multi Position Animation dialog the individual images in the anima tion as specified in the Images tab would be placed on the screen on top of one another the last image is placed at the top with a slight horizontal and vertical offset You can then move each image
455. tion Number to the beginning of the address string For example if the PLC Station number is 3 and the address is V2003 enter 3 V2003 for the address string 2 Can I change the Data Type of a Tag Name s assigned Address String PLC Address Yes but only if the Tag is used on no more than one object If it is currently used by more than one object you must a assign the other objects to a new or different tag s or delete those objects b change the data type of the PLC Address under Setup gt Tag Database c reassign the other objects to the original tag as necessary 3 Can the Tag Database be exported to DirectSOFT32 or other applications The Tag Database Alarm Database and the Message Database can be exported to an Excel file or a CSV file comma delimited An Excel or CSV file can also be imported into the Tag Database 4 How do I convert a project from one panel size to another Converting a project created on a 6 panel to an 8 or 10 panel requires nothing more than opening the project with the new size selected Converting from 8 or 10 to 6 size is best done by the following procedure a Select Screen gt Show 320x240 Rectangle b Move all the objects onto the new small 6 grid shown c Save the project d Open the project again selecting the new panel size on the Project Information box 5 Can luse the Power Up Screen selection under the Project Attributes gt General menu and also use
456. tium www unicode org The Unicode Text object allows you to place static text using any font script e g Chinese available on your PC In order to enter text for South Asian languages Thai Vietnamese Arabic etc requiring Cyrillic alphabet or right to left script and Indic languages Hindi Tamil etc you might need to install additional support on your PC For entering text in East Asian languages Chinese Japanese etc using U S keyboard you might need to install an additional Input Method Editor IME Why use Unicode Text object vs Static Text object Static Text object allows the user to display static text on a screen in only one custom font for EZ Series Touch Panels with pre set sizes of 6x8 8x16 8x32 etc Whereas with Unicode Text object users can use any font in any size already installed on the user s PC Unicode Text object also allows the user to enter static text in any supported International Language including complex script e g Chinese and right to left languages Thai Arabic etc Unicode Input Tp Aharoni fy Andalus Tr Angsana New Tr AngsanaUPC yp Arabic Transparent AaBbAaAa Effects Script Strikeout Underline Westem Text Color n Background Color Text Enty My Project x o cen Since this object supports Unicode text you can choose any font and size installed on your PC IV ARYA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Unicode Input
457. ton labeled Built in bitmap Editor under the group box titled Create Image Use the bitmap editor to create the new image and then click OK 3 The newly added image will show up in the image list Each image is automatically assigned the next available integer starting with 0 Dragging and dropping the image to its appropriate lo cation in the image list will modify the image number that is associated with the image and hence change its position in the animation sequence IWARA SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual To replace an existing image in the image list perform the following steps 1 Click on the image you want to replace on the images list 2 Choose from one of the following options a To replace the selected image with an image from the symbol factory click on the button labeled Symbol Factory Choose the desired symbol and then close the symbol factory b To replace the selected image with an existing image click on the button labeled File Use the file browser to locate the image and click OK c To replace the selected image with an image from the clipboard click on the button labeled Clipboard Note that this button will be disabled if there are no images in the clipboard d To edit an existing image click on the button labeled Built in bitmap Editor under the group box titled Edit Image This will open up the selected image in the bitmap editor Make the nec
458. tributes that use the selected Tag The Object Type Tag Type in Object and the Screen Name of where the Object appears is listed in the window To view specifics for each Tag go to the Tag Name field click on the DOWN arrow and select one from the drop down list oO hn eb J co am Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Tag Verification Tag Verification allows you to verify the tag information stored in the panel against the actual tags in the PLC Verifying tags can be very useful for diagnosing and correcting improper behavior of the user program that are caused by tag addresses mismatch between the panel and the PLC To perform tag verification do the following steps 1 Open a project in online mode Note tag verification can only be done in online mode 2 From the setup menu select the menu item labeled Tag Database 3 Select the tags you want to verify using the shift button and the left mouse key If no tags are selected all tags will be verified 4 Click on the button labeled Verify Tags This brings up the Tag Verification dialog box shown below Tag Verification Click Start Verification to venky tags Number of tags verified Number of tags OK Number of tags with aroblems TagName PLC Address EnorMessage Start Verification Ok 5 Click the button labeled Start Verification This begins the verification process Tags that have failed v
459. tup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to Step 1 Project Information Channel Configuration General Chan 0 System Source ID DFi Full Duplex 7 fi decimal 19200 7 aa Driver Baud Parity Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Protocol Control Control Line No Handshaking 7 Error Detection CRC v Embedded Responses Auto Detect V Duplicate Packet Detect ACK Timeout x20 ms 50 NAK Retries 3 ENO Retries B save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel Project wi aa N sas easy as E is B p z y P EZ5eries Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 m EZAutomation Phone 1 877 774 EaSy KO gt Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later wawezautomation net dp im ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Q Q t Location c x C Program Files EZPanelE nhanced Project Browse Ke Project Name new project ezt Firmware Heyisior Start Editing Screen Number fi Name New Screen Select Panel Panel Family r Size EZPanelEnhanced EZTouch EZTouchPLC BS iy gy Select Model ALL 8 Color 640x480 SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE write to Panel Later Allen Bradley MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex xj PLC Editor Revisi
460. u may Add Edit or Delete a Sort on Datatype tag You may also choose to sort the list by Address Tag Name or Data Type Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual If you click on Sort by Address the list will be sorted alphanumerically by the PLC address If you click on Sort by Tag Name the tag list will be sorted alphabetically A to Z by the name of the tag If you click on Sort by Data Type the tag list will be sorted by Data Type For tags with same data type it will perform a second sort by the address JJ D h D D O D Tag Cross Reference The Tag Cross Reference screen provides you with a list of the programmed tags and a cross reference to the objects that use them Tag Cross Reference OTE The Tag Cross Pic Name DirectLogic K Sequence Rev A Reference screen is for information purposes only TagName BUTTON OBJECT g You cannot change or edit Address C0000 DataType Discrete lOType RAW the tag parameters from this ibadani D window Object List Push Button PushButton 1 Numeric Entry Screen Step Switch StepSwitches3 3 Test screen Information is provided on the PLC Name type and protocol at the top of the screen Tag Names are listed alphabetically Click on the arrow to scroll to a particular tag name Information on the Address Data Type I O Type and Number of Alarms programmed to the tag is given In the Object List you are provided with the objects or Project At
461. u want to control when the object is visible on the screen If it is not checked the object will always be visible 2 Click on the down arrow next to the Tag Name box to view a list of the tags you have previously programmed or create a new one Select the tag that links the object to the register bit that you want to control it 3 Select whether you want the Object Visible when the bit is ON or OFF Details 1 Typeinaname for the object in the space provided under Object Name The name can be up to 40 characters long 2 Type in a description of the object in the space provided under Object Description An Object Description can be up to 400 characters long Indicator Button Object Indicator Button EE Indicator Button NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The Edit Tag Details screen will appear IWAS SEX Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual An Indicator Button combines a regular button with an indicator light It allows you to perform a WRITE operation to one bit and a READ opera tion from a second discrete location The state of that READ location determines whether the button is displayed in the ON or OFF mode You may choose to make the READ and WRITE location the same To put a Label on an Indicator Button perform the following steps Indicator Button X General Protection Visibiity Details Select Style
462. u want to display Decimal DEFAULT or 0 15 for 16 Bit Address 0 31 for 32 Bit Address Octal DEFAULT or 0 17 for 16 Bit Addresses or 0 37 for 32 Bit Address A DEFAULT Message can be programmed that will display if NO bit is ON in the register address If you choose not to program a DEFAULT message an error message will IWARA SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Add New Message tt display on the panel if NO bit is ON If you don t want er Message Nunber ror messages to display you must deselect the Display Error Message option under the General tab Tetor P MOr Chase Jone b Under Limits select the Text Color and the Back iia E PRG ee ground Color and whether or not they will Blink c Select the Character Size from the available choices d Click on the box in front of Print this Message if you Message Text i a ar eee ae A message to print when triggered See note to e Select the Language Number 1 9 f Enter the Message Text up to 200 characters for the message you are creating or edit the text of the Mes sage Number selected above g Press the F7 function key on your keyboard to embed a data value within the message See Step 4 below for more information on embedding a data value Embedding a Data Value 3 Click on the Add Edit Message button If you have selected to Display Messages based on Message Help Add New Message Close Embedding Data Value E
463. u want to resize the image to fit the screen see message to the left Click on Yes to resize or No to leave as is IV ARIA ELA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 8 To edit an image click on the Image in the list to highlight it The number of the image will appear in the Image Number field A thumbnail view of the image will also appear as shown in the example below 9 You may then click on the Symbol Factory Select Im age or Copy from Clipboard buttons to select or import another bitmap 10 To delete an image from the list click on it to highlight and then click on the Remove Image button 11 Click on OK to save or Cancel to close window without saving To Edit a Bitmap See Edit Image section page 122 Visibility Details See Button Object Simulate Press Press the Simulate Press button to see how the Multi state Bit map object will be displayed on the screen when pressed OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Multi state Bitmap object on the screen and size it e To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want e To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to a
464. uch Panel Programming Software will open Microsoft Excel and write the alarms to an Excel book as shown below Click on File gt Save As in the Excel program and enter a name for the file Click on the Save button to save the file under the name you have entered Close Excel to return to EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software File name csv Save as type EZToush Alaim CSV Files csv Cancel A ALARM STATE LOW UMIT HIGH LIMIT DISPLAY LOG PRINT LANG ALARM TEXT The Motor is Running The motor has stopped a LT WLLL x i J Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Import Alarms Click on the Import Alarms menu item to import the tags into your current open project from a Microsoft Excel xls file or a csv Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format Please be aware that the alarm will not be imported if e the tag name doesn t exist in the database e the existing tag s data type cannot accommodate low high limits e an alarm with the same number exists in the Alarm Database Comma delimited 1 Click on Import Alarms gt Comma delimited to import alarms from a CSV file The following window will appear Navigate to the folder where the file is stored JJ D h D D O D 2 Read Alarm CSV File Look in E 03 03 16 2006_Thu gt ee EE IE For Mike Help im O5 Image Update Application 2 lesy File name Ece Open Files of wpe C2Touch Alarm C5
465. ulate Press Cancel Help O 3 H Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in BUTTON OBJECT Press Enter The following screen will appear In the field next to Address String type in CO as shown above The Data Type will remain as DISCRETE Click OK A cross hair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position where you want the object to appear under the Numeric Entry object ADD NEW TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag BUTTON OBJECT PLC Type DirectLogic K Sequence Rev D Address String co Expected 10 Type RAW Data Type DISCRETE No of Chars fi cowl Ho and click once Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown to the right Next we ll create an Indicator Light object Click on Objects gt Indicator Lights The following dialog box will appear Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label Demo Button In the field next to Label Text type in Demo Indicator Light as shown above Indicator Light General Visibilty Details W Label Text Select Style Language 1 Character Size ex8 7 a Label Text Demo Indicator Light eee Tag Name INDICATOR LIGHT 7 I Display Frame On Off Text Char Size Color Language Text Blin
466. uld occur Driver Errors for Remote I O NO_ ERROR 0 OPTION _BRD_ERROR 1 INVALID CARD ERROR 2 RACK_ERROR 3 NO_RACK 4 PROGRAM_MODE_ERROR 5 NO WORD ERROR 6 NO_COMM_ERROR 7 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_ERROR 8 NONACTIVE_BTR_ERROR 9 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_32_ ERROR 10 NONACTIVE_QUARTER_R32_ ERROR 11 GENERAL_ERROR 12 INVALID DRIVER_STATE 13 LAST_ERROR 14 Error 0 NO_ERROR Screen Message N A Condition Never will occur Error 1 OPTION_BRD_ERROR Screen Message OPTION BOARD CONFIGURATION ERROR Condition While resetting the card failed to load code from PROM to RAM While resetting the card failed to indicate it is present and running While resetting the card failed to indicate restart was successful ban e c z D V gt e O J Ke y xipueddy SV Aria 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Error 2 INVALID_ CARD_ERROR Screen Message INVALID OR NO OPTION BOARD Condition Invalid or no card found during restart Error 3 RACK_ERROR Screen Message RACK STATUS RACK ERROR T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition While reading or writing a tag the PLC indicated a rack error The PLC sees no response from this rack in this map string Error 4 NO RACK Screen Message NO RACK ERROR T aabg ww bb tag map string Condition When reading or writing a tag the PLC indicated that the rack in this map string is not present Error 5 PROGRAM_MODE_ERROR Screen Message PLC IN PROGRAM MODE T aa
467. ult folder usually where the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software resides just enter the name that you desire for the project you are about to Read in the empty field under Project Name 3 Click on the Start button to start reading the project from the panel 4 A progress bar will appear along with a text message showing you the status of the panel read 5 When finished click OK You will be taken back to the Project D La Ke D O e wn D ce Q J dp _ S a hom ou Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual The message Project downloaded successfully will appear when the program has finished downloading Click on OK to exit screen Edit Program ON LINE Edit Prograrn ON LINE Project tobe Read from Panel As c Program Files Project Browse Project Name demo project 1 ezt Project downloaded successtully rau 5 5 lL Connected Information Screen Notice that the project name entered now appears under Project Name in this screen Under Start Editing Screen the Name and Number of Screen number 1 will appear If you want to begin editing another screen click on the down arrow next to Name or Number and select Click on the OK button to begin editing You will go to the EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Main Programming Screen You are now ready to edit the selected screen The thir
468. umber type without the C D E H M P T or U that is closest to your If you are connected to the panel editing project on line the panel part number See step 8 Firmware Revision of the panel s internal software will be next page displayed D Ke D O e ee D ce lease NOTE PLC compatibility is always being updated If you don t see your type PLC and protocol visit our website at www EZAutomation net to see if your PLC driver is now available to download Q P dp _ S t i ou Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual PLC Type and Protocol allows you to further define your project by selecting the PLC used in your application and the protocol it uses Click on the down arrow for a list of the available PLC types Click on the View Edit PLC COM Setup button to display the PLC Attributes The attributes screen particular to the PLC and Protocol type you have selected will appear You may change attributes from this screen If you are using a Think n Do Map File for Automation Direct click on the Browse button to go to the directory or folder where the map file resides The map file is simply a text delimited file that resides in any Think n Do project The EZ Series Touch Panel Editor is set up to pull tag names from your Think n Do project This frees the user from having to remember these tag names The map file will load into the project
469. unable to process the command Error 60 TOO_MANY_REGISTERED_OBJECTS Screen Message Too many registered objects Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 61 OBJECT_ALREADY_REGISTERED screen Message Object already registered Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command The option The option The option The option The option The option The option The option oO z gt oO oO F m Co y xipueddy fo pE 26 TC x co oOo 0 o M oQ lt 6 ho Error 62 DEREGISTERING_INVALID_OBJECT Screen Message Deregistering invalid object Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 63 UNSUPPORTED_COMMAND Screen Message Unsupported Command Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 64 FAILED_TO_SEND_UCMM_COMMAND Screen Message Failed to send UCMM command Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 65 NO_TIMEOUT Screen Message No timeout Condition The option card responded to a mailbox message that the driver sent card was unable to process the command Error 66 INV
470. ur EZ Series Touch Panel SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Shep 1 Peopect Inioenoahon EZS ernes Touch Panel Programming Software Version 4 3 0 EZ Automation Phone 1 87 7 774 EASY On RENO anon Ast Project Location Project p ae iT E Program FilecEZPanoEr hanced Piong BHAS O E NOTE If attached to a 1747KE Praec Name fa gt communication module the PLC frewrrejectes F cae ee e O oO address is the address of the co processor that the module is at Flead Program Slat Ed ing Screen A amp tached to Station Number is the oy Fahad Mimbar 1 Name Mew Screen O l Station number assigned to the KE lt ou module If attached directly to a Smect Pang processor the PLC address is not buchen Pane Farniy Size used The Station Number refers to SULe EzPanclErhanced E2Touch C EZTouchPLE Ce fo Cair oe the PLC address SelectMede JALLE Color Gel 0aA00 p EthematlOM Port Allen Bradley SLC S00 Attibutes PLC Editor Aevision No Baud Rate s200 Default PLC Address Panty Even Slalion Number 1 gk Heln Longuage Lles Egt Step Bis One E tine pun Tien NOTE on TAGS for this type PLC a If communicating to other than the default ey PLC the address string must be preceded ey Nom Pol Time 1 255 5 f cata pial ae E by the PLC address of the unit you want to saj communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is PLC addre
471. ur Program to Panel Check to ensure that Ethernet COM Port matches the port that is connected to your panel and click on the Start button Read the information below to learn more about the Write Program to Panel screen an Setup Your rojec Information 2 Before Panel Write Design Your Write Program To Panel x Screens Project Information Provides information about the current project you are about to transfer to the panel Project Title c program files project demo project 1 ezt Panel Type p 8 Color 640x480 x480 PLC Type PirectL osic K Sequence Rev B and Protocol Panel to PLC Link will display Not Fanelintaimation Connected until download is completed 3 Vrite Your Program ANE Panel to PLC Link Firmware Eliiti Total Memory Bytes IN E d Free Memory Bytes Y DON T LOSE AN EXISTING PROGRAM If Press START to write program to panel Oo you re not sure of the changes you have D made save the existing program to a ST ERR Pot different project name from the one you are Pressing Start will OVER WRITE U ready in th If you d coal D about to transfer to the panel before you A Ce teers ecard click on the Start button pee eter ay 5 Cancel Help Press the Start Button the program will be transferred to the panel Panel Write Completed
472. ut Mapping to the scanner module This example uses discrete I O mapping It is possible to map this to the MO M1 files 167 50 scene itat son Scanner Module E T dn S Jld xipueddy 13 Return to EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Software and begin creating your EZ Series Touch Panel project 4 Maray Derse Slant Wend fo Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus The following screens provide you with an Bi ssSsiieiissssos example of how to set up a DirectLogic PLC Port Port 2 x with K Sequence Protocol using DirectSoft ggi eee i re configuration software MODBUS Non Sequence To set up the DLO5 PLC K Sequence_ using eile M DirectSoft configuration software program the CEEA NE 5 mt Setup Communication Ports screen as shown RES of delap tae 5 m z to the right DirectNet and Modbus are selected Station Number 1 3 here also Baud rate 9600 z Stop bits 1 Open EZ Series Touch Panel Editor Programming Parity Odd Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the Port Z 6 Pin Modular figure below Step 1 Project Information After selecting the PLC Cass 7 Type and Protocol P i click on the View Edit E s as easy as 1 2 3 PLC Com Setup The ESeries Touch Panel Programming Softwa
473. ving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Button on the screen and size it e To size the button grab a handle and drag it to the size you want VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Grab a handle with your mouse Click on the Protection Tab To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag it to the area of the screen where you want it to appear Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the programming screen Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the button object will display on the screen when pressed Protection Tab Buttons hhh ns z pts c Visibility Details The following touch objects allow you to enable protection and assign passwords to allow a group or individual user defined to have access to that object Buttons Indicator Buttons Switches Step Switches Tri State Switches Numeric Entry Recipe Thumbwheel Text Entry Change Screen Alarm History Increment Decrement Hour Activate Screen Saver Adjust Contrast Select Language Bitmap Button Increment Decrement Value IMPORTANT Password Protection is not intended to work with objects when the actuator type selected is Momentary On and Momentary Off Password Protect Object Allow access to
474. what a CSV file looks like opened in Notepad NUMERIC ENTRY BCD_INT_16 V02002 NUMERIC DISPLAY BCD_INT_16 V02003 BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE C0000 INDICATOR LIGHT DISCRETE CO0001 Click on Comma delimited if you want to save the tag database as a CSV file The following window will appear allowing you to name the file and navigate to the directory and folder where you want to save it S ave in Project ica ce File name csv Save as type Tag CS Files csv Cancel To Excel Click on the To Excel menu item to write the tags from your current open project to a Microsoft Excel file The EZ Series Touch Panel Programming Software will open Microsoft Excel and write the tags to an Excel book as shown on the next page Click on File gt Save As in the Excel program and enter a name for the file Click on the Save button to save the file under the name you have entered Close Excel to return to EZ Series Touch Panel Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Microsoft Excel opens with exported tags written to the book NOLE BE Fie Edit view Insert Format Tools Data Window Hep EEIEIE L EAGM E E EEUE ana vo B z u E H s wi EE nA Click on File gt Save As navigate to directory folder where you want to iN JJ D h D D O D ave the Tae Database as DD A ee C D E save the Lag Database as IAG NAME DIAG DATATYPE TAG ADDRESS OF CHARAC
475. with the Internal clock only Do not use the Increment Decrement object if you have chosen External clock under Proj ect Attributes gt Clock oe IWARA AA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Choose the function of the button Select Increment or Decrement for the button function If incre ment is selected when pressed it will increase the time on a clock object by one hour If decrement is selected when pressed it will decrease the time on a clock object by one hour Enter Text for the button object Choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Back ground and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the button and or the background Enter the Text that you want to appear Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box e Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Increment Decrement Clock Button on the screen and size it e To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen s ACTIVATE SCREEN SAVER YES IWANI AELA Touch Panel Programming Softw
476. y Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Set On will latch the tag ON e Set Off will latch the tag OFF e Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the button is pressed Select Background color for Bitmaps Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Select the color for the background of the Bitmap Button Select whether or not you want to Display Frame selected by default around the bitmap and whether or not you want the Background to be Transparent To create On Bitmap and Off Bitmap 1 Under On Bitmap or Off Bitmap the On Bitmap is the one that is triggered to display when the bit is ON the Off Bitmap is triggered to display when the bit is OFF Select the Alignment parameters for the bitmap If you want the bitmap to stretch when the object is sized on the screen make sure that the box in front of Allow Stretch ing is checked and then select Stretch to Fit or Maintain Aspect Ratio Select the Justification for the bitmap IWARA SAA Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual within the object 3 You have three choices for bringing a bitmap into the object they are a Click on the Import Bitmap button and a window will appear allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where the bitmap file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button The Size of the Bitmap will be displayed If the Bitmap is too large you will
477. yed across the bottom of the EZ Series Touch Panel Screen V Log Print High Li siiin W Display Alarm Text Language fi 4 Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Alarm Print Out Edit Alarm Details Dialog Box Edit Alarm Details 3 Alarm Number Tag Name Alarm State JJ D h D D O D r Limits l M Log Low Limit 32768 Print High Limit 32767 Pace gt Alarm Text Language fi 4 This is alarm number 3 scroll to the alarm number you wish to add Click on the DOWN arrow next to the Tag Name field and select the tag that will trigger the alarm If your Data Type is DISCRETE you will be able to select whether the alarm will be displayed when the bit is On or when the bit is Off If the data type of the tag is another data type the Alarm State selections are not available The default is On Enter the Limits tag set points Low Limit and High Limit The alarm will activate when the tag value goes outside the set point limits The available ranges for the Low and High Limits will be displayed in these fields and are particular to the data type The limits you place here must be within these ranges If the data type of tag is Discrete then data boxes for Low Limit and High Limit will not be available Click on the box next to Log if you want the alarm to be logged in Alarm History when it is triggered The Alarm History object will st
478. ype PLC Click on the OK button VARY et Touch Panel Programming Software User Manual Enter On Off Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the Indicator Light object for the On Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOPPED and RUNNING inside the Indicator light instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled aS Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Indicator Light object on the screen and size it To size it grab a handle and drag it to the size that you want To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the programming screen Cl

EZ Series Touch Panel Software Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents